11 LESSON 1 IN THE MORNING Tom, Martin, and John are brothers. Tom, the oldest, is an early riser - he has to get up early because his work at the factory starts at 6 a.m. He is already long gone when Martin's alarm clock goes off. When Martin wakes up, he is always surprised that it is already morning. He lies awake for some time and tries to remember his dreams; sometimes he closes his eyes and nearly falls asleep again. Seeing his brother John sound asleep does not really encourage him to get up. He and John share a room, whereas Tom has got a room of his own. At last Martin, with a big yawn, jumps out of bed (the only physical exercise he does in the morning), puts his slippers on, and goes to the bathroom to wash. He strips to the waist and begins his morning routine. He rinses his mouth and brushes his teeth; the cups, toothbrushes, and a tube of toothpaste are on the shelf above the washbasin. Then he turns on the cold water tap, washes his face and chest (sometimes he takes a quick shower instead), and dries himself with a towel; each member of the family has his own towel on the towel rail. Next he plugs in his electric razor and shaves. Only his father still uses brush, soap, and a safety razor. Finally he combs his hair in front of the mirror and returns to the bedroom. There he takes off his pyjamas and puts on his underpants and vest. He keeps his underclothes in a chest of drawers and his other clothes in the wardrobe. While still in his underwear, he goes to the window and has a look at the sky to decide what to wear. In the meantime the time signal on the radio reminds him that it is seven o'clock and John is still asleep. It is not easy to wake him since he is a heavy sleeper. When Martin gives him a good shake, John just pulls the blanket up over his ears. He is a student and he often stays up late and then in the morning he is sleepy. He likes to sleep late but in the end he always gets to his class on time. Martin sees to that, for he feels responsible for his carefree younger brother all the time. The three boys rarely have breakfast together with their parents. Each goes to work at a different time. And John is always in such a hurry that when Martin makes a mug of coffee for him, he usually just drinks half of it. Very quickly, he puts a snack in his briefcase and is off. Martin: John, look at the time. It's late. John: Go away and let me sleep. M: Do you realize what the time is? It's ten past seven. J: Good grief, is it as late as that? I can't be late today. M: What's up? J: There's a test in English grammar. Latecomers miss the beginning of the dictation and lose some points. Oh dear, where's my notebook? M: You're really hopeless. I'm always telling you to get your things ready in the evening. LESSON 1 12 13 LESSON 1 You're as bad as Mum. Oh, oh, I think I left my notebook behind in the classroom. Yes, that's right - I remember now that I couldn't find it last night. M: Well, it's your own fault, isn't it? J: This is no time for an argument. I'm in an awful hurry. Put a snack in-my briefcase, will you? M: Here you are. Hurry up - it's time you left. J: I'm nearly ready. Where the devil's my other sock? A sock, a sock, a kingdom for my grey sock! Ah, here it is. M: Don't forget to take your umbrella. It looks like rain. /: Ah, you're my guardian angef! What would I do without you? VOCABULARY SLEEP stay up zůstat vzhůru •■ sit up nejít dlouho spát, být dlouho vzhůru go to bed jít spát It's long past your bedtime. Už dávno jsi měl spát. (o dítěti) sleepy ospalý fall asleep [o'sli:p], go to sleep usnout be sound / fast asleep tvrdě spát dream of / about st mít sen o něčem, snít o něčem; 1 dreamt that... zdálo se mi, že...; I had a dream. Něco se mi zdálo. Měl jsem sen. sleep late dlouho vyspávat oversleep zaspat wake (up) probudit (se) lie awake [a'weik] ležet a být vzhůru be a sound / heavy sleeper být velký spáč sleepyhead ospalec (zejm. o dítěti) spend a sleepless night strávit bezesnou noc take sleeping pills / sleeping tablets brát prášky na spáni Sleep it off. Vyspi se z toho. (ze špatné nálady, účinku léků nebo alkoholu apod.) wind up ['waind 'apj and set the alarm clock [a'laim klok] for six natáhnout a nařídit si budík na šest hodin The alarm clock is ringing. Zvoní budík. It's loud enough to wake the dead. Vzbudil by i mrtvého. I want to be called at seven. Chci být vzbuzen v sedm (host) be an early riser být zvyklý brzy vstávat be wide awake být úplně vzhůru, být naprosto bdělý give sb a good shake pořádně někým zatřást pull down / up the blanket stáhnout / přitáhnout přikrývku yawn [jo:n] zíval; živnuti get up vstát jump out of bed vyskočit z postele IN THE BATHROOM do one's morning routine [ru:'ti:n] dělat ranní toaletu strip to the waist svléci se do půl těla / do pasu do (physical) exercises cvičit; (častěji) begin / finish one's exercises začít / přestat cvičit shave with an electric razor [i [lektrik1 rciza] holit se elektrickým strojkem plug in zapnout (zastrčit do zásuvky) unplug vypnout (vytáhnout ze zásuvky) brash štětka (bar of) soap mýdlo, kus mýdla safety razor ['seifti |reizs] holicí strojek (razor) blade žiletka put on some aftershave (lotion) [bušn] použit vodu po holeni stand on the bath mat stát na rohoži v koupelně wash in cold water umývat se studenou vodou tap, amer. faucet [fo:sat] kohoutek turn on the hot water (tap) pustit teplou vodu, otočit kohoutkem s teplou vodou turn off the water zastavit / zavřít vodu washbasin [' woš|bcisn], amer. washbowl [woš- baul] umývadlo have / take a quick shower rychle se osprchovat (separate) shower samostatná sprcha, sprchový koul have / take a bath vykoupat se bath a baby koupat dítě (w vaničce) bath, zijm. timer, bathtub vana dry oneself with a towel [tausl] utřít se ručníkem lowel rail držák na ručníky clean the bath with a sponge [spandž] čistil vanu houbou rinse [rins] / wash one's mouth out vypláchnout si ústa brush one's teeth with a toothbrush čistit si zuby kartáčkem tube of toothpaste tuba zubní pasty comb one's hair with a comb [koum] česal si vlasy hřebenem mirror Imira] zrcadlo, zrcátko DRESSING dress, get dressed oblékat se; dress welt dobře se oblékat, umět se obléci; I'm dressing / Retting dressed. Už se oblékám. Get dressed! Obleč se! undress [an'dres], get undressed svléknou! (se) take off one's pyjamas [pa'dzarm?/] svléci pyžamo nighlclothes inn. č. oblečení pro spaní nightdress, hovor, nightie [naiti]. zeftn. amer. nightgown (dámská) nočni košile dressing gown župan put on one's underpants obléci si spodky put on one's slippers obout si trepky underwear [andswes], underclothing, underclothes [andskbuoz], amer. [andsrklauz] prádlo chest of drawers f |čest sv 'dro:zj prádelník keep in a drawer mít v zásuvce wardrobe [woidraub] šatník hang up one's clothes pověsit si šaty suit [su:t, sju:l] oblek ..Clothes" podrobněji v 7. lekci. THERE'S TIME There's plenty of time. Je spousta času Take your time. Nepospíchej. There's no hurry. Není naspěch. I'm in no particular [po'likjula] hurry. Nemám nijak zvlášť naspěch. What's (all) the rush? Nač (všechen) ten spěch? We've arrived ahead [o'hed] of time. Přijeli jsme dřív, než jsme měli. Look at the time. Podívej se, kolik je už hodin. Oh, is it as late as that? To už je tak pozdě? We must be off. Musíme už jíl. There's no time to lose / spare. Není času nazbyt. I didn't realize it was so late. Neuvědomil jsem si, že už je tak pozdě. It's time we left. Je na čase, abychom Šli. It's high time we left. Je nejvyšší čas, abychom šli. I'm in an awful [o:fl] hurry. Hrozně spěchám. I never have time (to eat my breakfast properly). Nikdy nemám čas (se pořádně nasnídat). I've hardly any free time. Nemám skoro žádný volný čas. DELAY What kept you so long? Co tě tak dlouho zdrželo? ■ I was delayed [di1 letdj. Byl jsem zdržen. Zdržel jsem se. Don't put it off. Neodkládej to. Do it without (any) delay. Udělej to bez odkladu. a delay of up to two hours až dvouhodinové zpožděni I'm sorry I'm (a little) late. Promiňte / Omlouvám se, že jdu (trochu) pozdě. Just a moment. I'm not quite ready. Ještě okamžik, nejsem úplné holov. ' It's much too late. Už je příliš pozdě. I can't make it To nestihnu. Nemohu to stihnout. He isn't punctual [patjkčual]. Není přesný. Není dochvilný. He never gets to work in time. Nikdy nepřijde včas do práce. I'm nearly ready. Už jsem skoro hotov. 1 really shan't / won't be a minute. Nebude mi to trvat ani minutu. I shan't / won't keep you much longer. Nebudu vás už dlouho zdržovat. 1 I'm afraid I'm late. Jdu bohužel pozdě, latecomer opozdilec Your watch is Rve minutes fast / slow. Hodinky ti jdou o pět minut napřed / pozdě. LESSON 1 14 My watch loses time. Hodinky se mi opožďuji. This flock gains about fire minutes a day. Tyto hodiny se denně předbíhají asi o pět minut. Additional phrases from the text remember st vzpomínat si na něco remind sb of st připomenout někomu něco ľll see to it. Zařídím to. Postarám se o to. He's off. Je pryč. Odešel. Good grief! [igud 'gri:ľ] zvolaní Hrome! What's up? Co se děje? It's your own fault [fo:ltJ. Je to tvá vina. This is no time for an argument. Teď neni čas na dohadováni. . You're really hopeless. Ty jsi beznadějný případ "A horse! A horse! My kingdom for a horse!" „Končí Koně! Království za koně!" citát ze Shakespearova Richarda f II.; volá to na bojišti poražený král LESSON 1 1. Translate: set and wind up the alarm clock; plug in the razor; a sharp blade; turn off the tap; clean the bathtub; morning routine; a mug of coffee; What's up?; I'll see to it; Jtvs your own fault. 2. Supply synonyms: underwear; he's gone; Is it so late?; a person who's late; He's a sound sleeper; take sleeping pills; He's accustomed to getting up early. 3. Supply: a) the missing adverbs: get up ... (around 6 a.m.); sit up ... (until midnight); be ... asleep (and not hear the noise); be ... awake (and hear everything); b) the objects: rinse ...; brush ...; comb ...; turn on ...; wind up ...; have a ... at the sky; c) the prepositions: dream ... one's holiday; jump ... bed; listen ... the time signal... the radio; shave... an electric razor; wash ... cold water; clean the bath ... a sponge; set the alarm clock ... six o'clock; pull the blanket up ... one's ears. 4. Distinguish: get up - stand up - stay up; sleepy - asleep; bathroom bath - washbasin shower; chest of drawers wardrobe; remember st - remind sb of st. 5. Supply expressions from the sphere of: a) shaving; b) washing; c) mouth hygiene [haidži:n]. 6. Translate: brzy vstávat; je zvyklý brzo vstávat; probudit se; ležet a být vzhůru; opět usnout; tvrdé spát; zatřást spáčem; přitáhnou! si přikrývku; dlouho spát; dlouho zůstat vzhůru; chodit pozdě spát; cvičit ráno; svléknout se do pasu; obout si pantofle; otočit kohoutek se studenou vodou; dát si rychlou sprchu; osušit se ručníkem; vypláchnout si ústa; čistit si zuby; zapnout holiči strojek; česat si vlasy; svléknout si pyžamo; obléci si spodní prádlo, míl prádlo v prádelníku; časové znamení mu připomíná, že ...; uvědomuješ si, kolik je hodin?; co se děje?; je nejvyšší čas. připravit si své věci večer; nechal sešit ve škole; je to /vo/e chyba; není čas na dohadování; strašně spěchám; jsem skoro hotov; je čas, abych šel; ještě je dost času; nezapomeň deštník; vypadá to na déšť. 7. Complete the statements: (. I'm in no particular hurry today. 2, There's no time to lose. 3. I was delayed. 4. I really won't be a minute. 5. What's the rush? 6. It's much too late. 7. I won't keep you much longer. 8. This is no time for an argument. 8. What preceded the statements? 1. Go away and let me sleep. 2. It's your fault, isn't it? 3. I'm nearly ready. 4. I'm always telling you to get your things ready. 5. What would I do without you? 9. Read, memorize and repeat: 1. Do you wake up / get up / have hreakfast / leave for work j catch the bus early in the morning? - Oh yes, I usually wake up / get up j have breakfast / leave for work / catch the hus at about six o'clock. 2 Does he always sleep j He in bed J stay in the bath j eat his breakfast so long? It's simply awful. - Oh, no, it's just on Sundays that he sleeps j lies in bed / stays in the bath j eats his breakfast for such a long time. 10. Answer according to the text: I, Why don't the three brothers get up at the same time? 2. Do any of them tend to oversleep? 3. How does Martin wash? 4. What else does he do in the bathroom? 5. How does he decide what to wear each day? 6. Is it easy to wake John? 7. Does he have a leisurely [ležali] breakfast? 8. Does he get his things ready in the evening? 9. What does Martin remind John to take? 10. Is it good to have a brother who always feels responsible for you? 11. Find three responses to each: 1. Do you realize what the lime is? 2. J left it behind on the bus. 3. Don't leave your umbrella at home. 4. You never come to class in time. 5. What's up? 6. Get up, or you'll be late for school. 7. No breakfast? 8. Do you mean to stay in the bathroom until lunchtime? *) You never oversleep? How do you manage that? 10. Wake me up at half past five, will you? 12. Topics for discussion: 1. How to avoid the morning rush. 2. Working hours beginning early: arguments for and against. 3. The importance of sleep. 4. The advantages of summer time. 5. The ideal division of work and leisure during the day. 6. Sunday morning in my family. 7. Morning at home (or in the hall of residence) on a weekday. 13. Memorize these proverbs and sayings: The early bird catches the worm. Early to bed and early to rise, makes a man healthy, wealthy, and wise. Never put off till tomorrow what you can do today. LESSON 1 16 GRAMMAR 1 PŘÍTOMNÝ ČAS PRŮBĚHOVÝ A PROSTÝ Průběhový přítomný čas označuje děj právě probíhající: he's getting up (právě) vstává. Může označovat i děj, s kterým se už počítá, že proběhne: he's coining tonight přijde dnes večer. Prostý přítomný čas označuje děj, který je v přítomnosti obvyklý nebo se v přítomnosti opakuje: he gets up early brzy vstává. V češtině se rozdíl průběhový - neprůběhový vyjadřuje jen u některých sloves, např./ďu - chodím, a jinak se probíháni děje vyjadřuje příslovcem pravé. V otázce a v záporu se užívá pomocné sloveso do: Do you get up early every day? Vstáváte brzy každý den? 1 don't get up early on Sundays. V neděli nevstávám brzy. Opis s do umožňuje, aby zápor byl signalizován pomocí not již před plnovýznamovým slovesem. Podobně umožňuje v otázce dávat plnovýznamové sloveso až za podmět. Proto pomocné do není v těch kladných otázkách, v nichž tázací výraz stojí na začátku věty a má funkci podmětu; významové sloveso tak stojí za podmětem: 17 LESSON 1 Who knows you? What begins at 9 a.m.? liuW many Pe°Pie know it? Whose windows face the street'' Kdo tě zná? Co začíná v devět ráno? Kolik lidí to ví? ________ Čí okna vedou na ulici? Doje tedy nutné, je-íi tázací výraz na začátku věty něčím jiným než podmětem nebo je-li otázka záporná (v ní je kvůli not): Who doesn't know you? Kdo tě nezná? What doesn't begin at nine? Co nezačíná v devět? Who do you know? Koho znáš? What do you begin to do at two? Co začínáš dělat ve dvě? Pozor na slovosled v záporné otázce: ..,-n't je před podmětem, not je za podmětem: Doesn't he know you? = Does he not know you? Cožpak tě nezná? Častěji je ...-n't: Doesn't John know you? Průběhové tvary normálně nemají statická slovesa, tj. slovesa: a) pasivního smyslového vnímání a mentálního postoje nebo stavu: believe, dislike, doubt, guess, hate, hear, imagine, intend, know, like, love, mean, mind, prefer, realize, recognize, regard, remember, satisfy, see, smell, suppose, taste, think, understand aj.; b) vztahová: be, belong, concern, consist (of), contain, cost, depend (on), deserve, equal, fit, have, include, involve, lack, matter, need, owe, own, possess, remain, require, resemble, seem, want, wish aj. i . Pamatuji si to. Vim. Chci to ted. I remember it. 1 know. I want it now. I need it very much. I resemble my father Některá z těchto sloves však mohou mít i dynamický, akční význam, a potom mají průběhové tvary. Napr. think ve významu „domnívat se" a consider ve významu „považovat" nemohou mít průběhové tvary, ale ve významu „přemýšlet" a „rozvažoval" průběhové tvary míl mohou. I think you're right. Mys/im, že máš pravdu. ľm thinking of you. Myslím na tebe. I consider it important. Pokládám to za důležité. ľ m considering your suggestion. Uvažuji o tvém návrhu. Slovesa tělesného pocitu mívají častěji prostý než průběhový tvar: I feet it. I'm feeling it. Cítim to. It hurts. It's hurting. Boli to. O průběhovém přítomném času užitém k vyjádření budoucnosti viz 4. lekce. Velice to potřebuji. Podobám se svému otci. 1,1 Ask about the subject and object: Example: He knows Mr Smith. Who knows Mr Smith? - Who docs he know? i. The two brothers share the room. 2. John begins bis morning routine in the bathroom. 3. John often puts Martin's slippers on. 4 Dad still uses a safety razor. 5. Martin often forgets to put a snack in his briefcase. 6. Jim always tells me a funny story when we meet. 7. Mother takes sleeping pills. 8. On Sundays, Tom makes tea for the whole family. 12 Ask where, when or what time: 1. On weekdays his alarm clock goes at seven. 2. At 7.05 John goes to the bathroom. 3. He always puts the towel on the towel rail. 4.1 shave and comb in front of the mirror. 5. He keeps his underclothes in a chest of drawers. 6. He gets his things ready in the evening. 7. They go to bed before 11 p.m. 8.1 set my alarm clock for 6.30. 1.3 Fill in the simple or the progressive form of the present tense: 1. 1 (believe) you. 2. 1 (think) of htm because he (write) a lest in English. 3. I (try) to find my socks; could you help me, please. 4. We (prefer) the other toothpaste. 5. I (remember) how I hated getting up early. 6. Wait a moment. 1 (take) a cup of tea to Dad. 7. You (need) a new pair of shoes. 8. I (look) for mv grey jacket; where can it be?'9. I (doubt) that I can make it. 10. He (not realize) that there's no time lo lose. 1.4 Answer: Example: Does he wash and shave every ilny'i He Hashes every Jay bul he Jtwsii'i shave. I. Do you know Martin and John? 2. Does he wake up early and jump out of bed? 3. Does John brush his teeth and take a shower every morning? 4. Do you make both tea and coffee for breakfast? 5. Do you keep your underwear and your clothes in this wardrobe? 1.5 Translate: 1, Cožpak si neuvědomuješ, kolik je hodin? 2. Kdo mi chce pomoci? 3. Kdo tomu nerozumí? 4. Co se lomu podobá? 5. Co zamýšlíte dělat? 6. Nepředpokládám, že je na to připraven. 7. Právě vstává. 8. Co obsahuje tato zásuvka? 9. Cožpak ráno necvičí? 10. Jsem překvapen, že ten sešit nepostrádá. LESSON 1 2 SLOVESO HAVE V OTÁZCE A ZÁPORU Sloveso have nemá v otázce a záporu opis s do, je-li pomocným slovesem (např. v předpřítomném čase: Have you seen it?) a je-li slovesem plnovýznamovým v následujících dvou významech - pozor však: jen v čase přítomném, kdežto v čase minulém v otázce a záporu většinou do bývá: a) „trvale mít / vlastnit" (úzus bez do a bez got je charakteristický jen pro starší generaci; jinak je have got): Has he got a house in the country? Has he got many friends / children? Has he got blue eyes? Has he got a good memory? Has he got a car? He hasn't got blue eyes. 19 LESSON 1 Má dům na venkově? Má hodně přátel j dětí? Má modré oči? Má dobrou paměť? Má auto? Nemá modré oči. Zápor has no je též možný: This door has no doorknob. He has no beard. o jedn^íS tosti jde"h ° VlaStmCtVÍ neb° Zážitek v »*Htou chvíli, jde Tyto dveře nemají knoflík. Nemá vousy. Have you got a cold now? You haven't got a cold now. Have you got any idea where? I've got no idea where. Have you got any hope of finding it? I haven't got a chance. Have you got any free time today? Have you got enough money with you? He hasn't got tired eyes any more. Otázka má formu s do: Jste led nachlazen? Ted nejste nachlazen Máte ponětí kde? Nemám ponětí kde. Máte nějakou naději, Nemám naději. Máš dnes volny čas? Máš s sebou dost peněz? Už nemá unaveně oči. že to najdete? a) v minulém čase v obou shora Did he have a car? Did he have a chance? b) jde-li o opakování: Do you ever have colds? Do they ever have apples? c) have = „prožívat": Do you often have arguments? Do you have any trouble with it? Do you all have breakfast here? d) have = „muset": Do you really have to go? e) have = „dát (si)": Do you have it sent? uvedených významech: Měl auto? Měl šanci? Býváte někdy nachlazen? Mívají někdy jablka? Hádáte se často? Máte s tím potíže? Snídáte všichni zde? Skutečně už musíte jit? Dáváte si to poslat? sdl ^S^^^^JT může mít v otázce a záporu vždy opls memory? amerického uzu. Does she have blue eyes? Do you have a good Have - have got: V nehovorové angličtině got nebývá. Got bývá zejména v britské hovorové angličtině pro význam „mám teď' (zejména v otázce a v záporu; v oznamovací větě se od něj někdy upouští). Srovnejte: í have bad colds every year. Does he have colds every year too? I've got a bad cold now. He hasn't got a cold now. Has she got a cold? How often do you have free time? Have you got free time now? 2.1 Ask: Example: I've got friends in Canada. - Have you got friends in other countries too? I have breakfast in bed on Sundays. - Do you have breakfast in bed on other days too? 1. I have to decide whether to go now. 2. We have an old clock in this room, 3. I've got to go to that class. 4. I have a bad memory for French names. 5. I've got a German dictionary in my library. 6. We often have visitors from Poland. 7. We have a lot of fun with our French teacher. 8. I've got some small change in my pocket. 3 PŘEDLOŽKY V OTÁZKÁCH Předložky v otázkách uváděných výrazem, kterým se ptáme na předmět (většinou to jsou who, what, which), stojí zpravidla až za významovým slovesem. Jen ve formálním psaném projevu se může předložka vyskytovat i na začátku (For what, in that case, were they fighting?). What are you looking at? Which street do you live in? What is this for? How many did you send for? Na co se díváte? Ve které ulici bydlíte? K čemu je tohle? Pro kolik jste jich poslal? 3.1 Ask about the expressions printed in italics: 1. He's drying himself with a towel. 2. He's asking for his money back. 3. He usually talks about the weather. 4. I'm thinking about my holiday. 5. Mrs Smith always makes breakfast for her two sons. 6. He's speaking to Dad, 7. He's looking at his watch. 8. This snack is for you. 9. They believe in plenty of physical exercise. 10. I've decided on fish and chips. 4 PRÍSLOVEČNÉ URČENÍ: POSTAVENÍ VE VĚTĚ Příslovečné určení stojí zpravidla na konci věty, a to v pořadí určení způsobu, místa a času. Např. / sleep late at home on Sundays. V neděli doma dlouho spávám. Někdy příslovečné určení stojí na začátku věty. Např, On Sundays I sleep late. At home I sleep late on Sundays. Především je třeba pamatovat:, že příslovečná určení nemohou oddělovat sloveso od jeho předmětu, což je y češtině běžné (např. „Když potkám v neděli přátele...; Mám doma knihu..."). Některé jednoslovné údaje neurčitého času a frekvence, jako always vždycky, just právě, often často, never nikdy, once jednou, rarely / seldom [seldam] zřídka, LESSON 1 20 sometimes někdy, usually obvykle, a dále příslovce almost j nearly téměř, quite docela, hardly j scarcely sotva / stěži, stojí mezi podmětem a plnovýznamovým slovesem, za prvním pomocným slovesem a za slovesem be. I often see him. I have often seen him. He rarely has free time. They've just arrived. We usually help them. I'm sometimes very busy. I always forget. I can't quite understand. He never stays long. I'll always remember it. 4.1 Add the time adverbial: 1.1 oversleep when I forget to wind up my alarm clock, (sometimes) 2. If 1 miss the seven o'clock bus I'm late, (usually) 3. My parents let me sleep until ten. (never) 4. These cheap clocks lose time, (often) 5. She's punctual, (always) 6. I notice things, (rarely) 7. I arrive at work before my boss, (usually) 8. He's in a hurry, (never) 9. There's a delay of up to two hours, (sometimes) 10. He makes mistakes, (seldom) 4.2 Translate: 1. Ráno poslouchám časové znatneni v rozhlase. 2. Ve čtvrtek večer obvykle nebývám doma. 3. Vracívá se vždy ve stejnou dobu. 4. Mezitím obvykle opět usne. 5. Nejprve si pustí rádio a nato si zapne holicí strojek. 6. Ve všední dny (on weekdays) snídají v různou dobu. 7. Ona se ustavičně češe před zrcadlem. 8. V tomto novém bytě má Tom svůj vlastní pokoj. 9. Zřídka si sen pamatuji, obvykle jej hned zapomenu. 10. Obvykle nás zdržuje mnohem déle. MORNING MEALS Meals and meal times vary slightly from family to family, but these are approximately, the eating habits of the British in the morning. Breakfast is ready between 7.30 and 8.00 or earlier, if any member of the family works in a factory which starts et eight. Breakfast is still rather good, but the traditional breakfast (the old advice to foreign visitors was: If you want to eat well, eat three breakfasts daily) is dying out. The great prerequisite for the traditional breakfast is leisure. How could one eat porridge, scrambled eggs (or bacon and tomato, sausage and fried eggs, kippers, or grilled kidney), and buttered toast and marmalade with one eye on the clock? Today breakfast is rarely a social occasion. It consists all too often of cornflakes or some other breakfast cereal, which - however seductively advertised - will never be able to replace the traditional hot porridge. After the cornflakes comes a hurried cup of tea, together with a glance at the newspaper headlines and a background of chatter from the radio. The early morning tea, when one heroic member of the family got up earlier than the others, made a pot of tea and took a cup to the rest of the family, still lazing in bed, is also mostly a thing of the past, except perhaps on the weekends. In the middle of the morning, most people have a cup of tea or coffee, and perhaps a biscuit. Children can get a glass of milk at school. This snack is popularly known as "elevenses"; "morning coffee" is the more formal term. 21 LESSON 1 advertise [adv^laiz] propagovat (v reklame); approximately [a'proksimatii] přibližně; bacon [beikan] slanina; biscuit [biskit] sušenka; buttered toast jen j. č. topinka n. topinky s máslem {„toast" je chléb opečený bez tuku); cereal [siarialj pokrm i. obilniny; chatter hovor, povidaní; cornflakes pražené kukuřičné vločky; die out vymřít; eating habits zvyky týkající sc jídla; elevenses ji1 levnziz] mu. č., brit. hovor, dopolední přesnídávka (o jedenácté); fried egg sázené vejce; glance [gla.ns] pohlédnuti; heroic [hi'reuik] hrdinský; hurried fhand] uspěchaný; kidney [ktdni] /. č. ledvinky; kipper, kippered herring uzenáč; laze lenošil, povaloval se; morning coffee přesnídávka; popularly [popjubb] většinou, obecné; porridge ovesná kaše; pot konvice (k podúvaní nápoje; ..keltle" = konvice k vařeni vody); prerequisite [pri;1 rekwízit] předpoklad; scrambled eggs míchaná vajíčka; seductive [si1 dakliv] svůdný; smoke udit: vary [vesri] lišil se (být rozmanitý) BILLY IS GETTING UP My mother shouted up the stairs: "Billy? Billy! Are you getting up?'' - the third call in a fairly well-established series of cries that graduated from "Are you awake, Billy?" to "It's quarter past nine, and you can stay in bed all day for all I care," meaning twenty to nine and time to get up. I waited until she called "If I come up there I shall tip you out" and then got up. put on the old raincoat I used for a dressing gown, and went down. The breakfast ceremony at our home had never been my idea of fun. I had made one disastrous attempt to break the monotony of it, entering the room one day with my eyes shut and my arms outstretched like a sleepwalker, announcing; "A Yorkshire breakfast scene. A polished table, covered with a white tablecloth, with green strip border. Saucestain to the right, blackberry stain to the centre. Kellog's cornflakes, Pyrex dishes, plate of fried bread. Around the table: father, mother, grandmother, one vacant place." None of this had gone down well. 1 entered discreetly now. "You decided to get up, then," my mother said. My stock replies were "Yes", "No, I'm still in bed." Today I chose "Yes" and sat down to my boiled egg, stone-cold as threatened. This made it a quarter to nine. The old man looked up from some papers and said: "And you can start getting bloody well dressed before you come down in the morning." So far the dialogue was taking a fairly conventional route. But then the old man said: "And what bloody time did you get in last night? If you can call it night. This bloody morning, more like." I sliced the top off my boiled egg and said lightly: "1 don't know. About half past eleven, quarter to twelve." The old man said: "More like one o'clock." (Adapted from Keith Waterhouse: Billy Liar) bloody [bladi], bloody well brit. explelivum (obvykle nepřekládáme); care: tor all I care pro mě za mě; disastrous [di1 za:strss] katastrofálni; discreetly jdi1 skri:tlil diskrétní; nenápadně; go down být přijat; graduate [graedžueit] stupňovat; Kellog's cornflakes Kellogovy pražené kukuřičné vločky (známá obchodní značka); monotony [ma'nolani] monotónnost; more like spiš; the old man hovor, táta; outstretch natáhnout; Pyrex dish dpaireks'-J nádoba z varného skla (obchodní značka); saucestain [lso:S|Stein] skvrna od omáčky; series (sisitz) série; shout [šautj křičet; sleepwalker náměsíčník; slice off uříznout (plátek); stock reply stereotypní odpověď; stone-cold studený; third call třetí výzva; tip out vyklopit; threaten [eretn] hrozit; well-established stereotypní LESSON 2 22 IN THE STREET The streets in the centre of a town in Czechoslovakia look different at various times of the day. In the morning, people are on their way to work: workers are going to their factories and plants, shop assistants to their shops, office workers to their offices, workmen to their workshops. Everybody is in a hurry - to catch the tram or bus, to take children to the nursery school or kindergarten, to clock in in time. And the schoolchildren? As in Shakespeare's day, they are creeping unwillingly to school with satchel and shining morning face. Between the morning and afternoon rush hours the centre of the town (though not in the capital, of course) is fairly quiet. The public transport system is not packed, the pavements are nearly empty, and the only people you can see about are housewives and those who work on afternoon shifts. A few vans deliver goods to the shops and department stores and municipal vehicles sweep and clean the littered streets, while others clear the dustbins. Around two o'clock the schoolchildren begin to return home from school. Small boys in particular are in no hurry to get started on their homework a'id they find many things to interest them in the street: a man walking a dog, a policeman fining a driver for parking in the wrong place, a man explaining, with many signs and hardly any words, the way to a foreigner. They may stop outside a toyshop window or in front of a foreign car parked ouiside a hotel. Yes, for a small boy, the street is full of adventures. For most men the street is just a way of getting from one part of the town to another (and perhaps seeing a pretty young woman on the way). For women, the streets are full of irresistible shops with tempting shop windows full of beautiful things just begging to be bought. - In the afternoon the streets are full of shoppers because many people do their shopping on their way home. There are queues outside the greengrocers'. The pavements are so crowded that movement is difficult. At crossroads that are not controlled by traffic lights jams develop. Drivers become impatient and try to overtake each other. By about 6 p.m. the rush-hour traffic is over and the streets become quiet again. The last few late shoppers enter the shops shortly before closing time. After dark, shop-window lights, neon signs on shop fronts, and street lights come on, the cars switch on their headlights, and the streets look different again. If it is a pleasant evening, many people go for short walks; young men can be seen strolling about arm in arm with their dates. Other people may be hurrying to various places of entertainment cinemas, theatres, concert halls, disco clubs. And a few of them may even be going to evening classes in foreign languages. A: B: A: Excuse me, am I right for the railway station? You 11 have to speak up, I'm afraid. I can't hear very well Can you tell me the way to the railway station, please? 23 LESSON 2 B: A: 8: B: A: C: Ah, the railway station. It's a good way from here. You'd better take a bus. There's a bus stop over there, on the other side of the street. Take a number six, the one marked Railway Station. Get off at the terminus. ■ Excuse me, please, how can I get to the bus station? I'm afraid I've lost my way. Go straight on till you get to the corner, and then turn left. You'll go past a tall office block and the station is about a hundred yards further on. ■ Excuse me, please. Which way is it to the post office? 1 know it must be somewhere round here. I'm sorry, I'm a stranger here myself. You'll have to ask someone else. Right. Thanks anyway. Excuse me, please, how do I find the post office? It's a little farther on. Go straight ahead as far as that tower block and it's just round the corner. You can't miss it. amer. Británii úředně venkovské měs- VOCABULARY TOWN, CITY. STREET cit) město (důležité, větší než „town' angličtině i menši město; v měslo s královskou chartou) big city velkoměsto provincial town [pra'vinši tečko town centre brk. slřed města inner city centrum města (implikuje chátrající budovy spíše než ulice s obchody) downtown ![-'-] zejm. amer. centrum (zejm. obchodní slřed) municipal [mju:1 nisapl] městský suburb (saba.bl předměstí residential district [reza! denšl industrial part průmyslová část townspeople ['- ] obyvatelé mtist(a) tountrypeople obyvatelé venkova square [skwca] náměstí circus [so.kas] hrit. náměstí (kruhové) crossroads/ i mn. ě.. intersection [|int3'seksnj křížovníka thoroughfare [9arafe3] dopravní tepna roadway vozovka: slop on the roadway zastavit uprostřed vozovky Pojmenováni ulic (druhá složku): Street, Avenue obytná čtvrť [scvsnjirj třída. Road, Alley [a:lij. Lane ulička, Place, Row [rsu], Terrace [teras]. Embankment [im'bserjkmant] nábřeží. Crescent [kresnt] půlkruhovitá. ob/oukovitá ulice, Boulevard [bulava.d] zejm. amer. bulvár. Mews[mju:z] ulička {původní význam ..stáje") TRAFFIC stream of traffic proud vozidel rush hour [—] dopravní špička A traffic jam develops. Vzniká dopravní zácpa controlled by traffic lights řízen dopravními signály / světly be red, amber [aemba], green svítit červeně, žlutě, zeleně The road is clear. Silnice je volná. Look out when crossing! Pozor při přecházení! cross against the red prcjil na červenou cross at a zebra crossing [| zebra, iziibra1-] hrit. přejit na značeném přechodu (Bclisha) beacon (bsih.Š9 bi'.kanl brit kmitajUi oranžové světlo na sloupu u přechodu pro chodce, signál pro řidiče island [aitand], amer. safety island ostrůvek, refýž (uprostřed vozovky, na němž přecházející může počkat) LESSON 2 24 underpass, ťiWr. též subway podchod pavement, amer. sidewalk chodník paving, amer. pavement dlážděni step from the pavement scsioupii z chodníku knock down a pedestrian [p.Vdcstron] srazit chodec passer-by, mn. č. passers-by kolemjdoucí ran / bump into sb hovor. nora7.il na někoho {náhodou potkat) pram, amer. baby carriage kočárek; push a pram ilaču kočárek public transport / í. veřejné dopnu ni prostředky, veřejná doprava flat rate jednotné jízdné The bus is packed. Autobus jc nacpaný. central station hlavni nádraží terminus [tsiminss] konečná (stanice veřejné dopravy) vehicle [viáklj vozidlo torry, amer. truck nákladní auto van dodávkové auto, dodávka deliver Idi'iivsl goods rozvářel zhoži fine for parking in the wrong place pokutovat za nesprávné parkování SANITATION sanitation Jisma'teisn] veřejná hygiena, kanalizace refuse disposal ['rcfjus ditspauzt] odvo7 a likvidace odpadků clear the dustbin Mt. vyprázdnil nádobu na odpadky garbage can |'ga:rbidz ) timer, nádoba na odpadky, popelníce dustman [dastnunj, amer. garbage collector popelář dustcart, amer. garbage truck vozidlo n.t odvoz odpadků street sweeper metař, počišťovaě titter j i: (poházené) odpadky litter tbe street znečišťovat ulici, odhazovat odpadky na ulici Street covered with rubbish uticc posetá odpadky throw away odhodil, zahodil drop into the litterbin hrit. zahodil do odpadkového koše sprinkle the sireel kropil ulici The place is full of dust. Práší sc (tu). puddle louže; pool (of water) kaluž [unitary facilities ['síenalri fO|Sibtiz] hygienická /uřízeni public lavatories [Isevattiz}, lavatory / <"".. public conveniences [ksn1 vi:niansizj (v nápisech) veřejné záchodky 24-hour toilets toalety s nepřetržitým provozem LIGHTING street lighting pouliční osvětlení light osvětlit; a badly lit street špatně osvětlená ulice. The street is badly lit. Ulice je špatně osvětlena, dim nejasný, slabý (o světle) lamppost stojan, stožár pouličního osvětlení blaze of lights záře světel Neon [ni:on] signs come on. Rozsvítí se neónové nápisy. glaring neon lights zářící neony switch on the headlights rozsvítil světla (reflektory aut) VERBS OF MOTION motion fmaušn] pohyb be on the way být na cestě (někam) walk along the street jít po ulici take / go for an evening walk jit na večerní procházku, projít se večer walk a dog jít se psem na procházku, vyvést psa arrive at a place / in Prague přijít, přijet, dorazit někam / do Prahy go past st jít kolem něčeho turn (round) the corner zabočit za roh go fast / slow jet rychle / pomalu He's gone. Je pryč. Zmizel. Ztratil se. move fast / slowly pohybovat se rychle / pomalu crawl [kro:l] plazil se, vléci se: The traffic crawls along at IS miles an hour. Doprava se vleče rychlosti 15 mil za hodinu. hurry spěchat, pospíchat; be in a hurry mít naspěch catch up with sb dohonit někoho overtake dohonit, předhonit rush řítit se: Sorry to rush you like this. Promiň, že tě tak honim. take sb to a place zavést někoho někam make / push one's way through the crowd razit si cestu davem mingle with the crowd splynout s davem, vmísit sc do davu drive a car řídil auto 25 LESSON 2 get on(to) / get off (a hus) nastoupit / vystoupit get in(to) / get out of (a car) nastoupit / vystoupil ASKING ONE'S WAY Excuse me, how can I get to...? Promiňte, jak se dostanu k...? Am I right for...? Jdu dobře k..7 Which way to ... please? Kudy se jde prosím k ...? Could you tell me the way? Vysvětlíte mi laskavě cestu? Is there any ... around herc? Jc tady někde pobliž nějaký ..,? How do 1 find ...? Jak najdu ...? Where do I get the bus for...? Kde najdu autobus do .. Which bus do I take? Kterým autobusem pojedu? Go straight Jstreit] on. Jděte pořád rovně. Turn (to the) left / right. Zabočte doleva / doprav;-. It's at the next corner. Je to na dalším rohu. It's about a hundred yards from here. Jc to asi si o metrů (odtud). You can't miss it. Nemůžete to minout. Nemůžete to nenajit. It's a good way from here. Jc to kus cesty odlud. You'd better take a bus. Raději jeďte autobusem There's a bus stop over there. Zastávka jc tamhle. Take a number six bus, the one marked "University'". Scdnclc do autobusu číslo šesl. jc označen Univerzita". Get off at ... Vystupte u ... It's little further / farther on. le to ještě trochu dill. It's just round the corner. Jc lo hned za rohem You go past it until you see ... Přcidctc to a půjdete dál. dokud neuvidíte .. It must be somewhere around here, Musi to byl někde tady. You'd better ask someone else. Raději sc reptejte někoho jiného I'm sorry, I'm a stranger here myself. Bohužel to su lake ne/nám. Také se tu nevyznaní. SHOPPING po Id Ihe town / go inln town tu do some shopping lil do města nakup*ivat be looking for st, be třtiny li> hnd >t shánět uéei' I was shopping for some new clothes. Díval jsem sc po nějakých nových šatech. 1 couldn't find anything. Nic jsem nenašel, a wide range of goods velký výběr zboži, široký sortiment come across / upon st objevit něco, přijít na něco shop window, shop front výkladní skříň, výloha go window shopping jit si prohlížet výlohy on display (dísplei) vystaven tempt the shopper lákat kupce irresistible [|ire'zistabl] neodolatelný It's just begging to be bought. Zrovna si to říká o lo, abych to koupil. closing, opening boors zavírací, otevírací doba where to shop kde nakupovat do one's shopping nakupovat, dělat nákupy shop, amer. store obchod shopping centre |-] komplex obchodů (postavených jako uzavřený celek, obvykle mimo centrum města) shopping mall [mo:l) amer. komplex obchodů (utice n. několik ulic uzavřených dopravě) arcade [a:1 keid] pasáž department store obchodní dům (např. v Londýně Selfridges [selfridžiz] a exluzivnijši Harrods [híeredzj) chain store [' r ], hrit. též multiple store ['mal-lipl]-] obchod (a mnoha pobočkami, např. v Británii Marks & Spencer, Woolworth, Sainsbury. Boots, v USA Sears, Safeway) discount store pdiskaunt H obchod s nízkými cenami {protože s menší režií) corner shop krámek na rohu (little shop often tinned and run by a family, with personal service hut more expensive) chemist's (kemistsj. amer. drugstore (širší sortiment) drogérie (a lékárna) ironmonger's [aunmarjgaz], amer. hardware store I'ha.rdwear 1-J •železářství electrical appliances (itlektrikl o'plaisnsiz] elck-Iropotřeby (jako speciální obchod nebývá 1' Rriiúnii a USA) delicatessen [jdclíkaUesn], deli lahůdkářství greengrocer's ['grutiigrsussz] ze/m. hrit. zclinář- stVI fishmonger's [iišmarjgaz] sejm. hrii. obchod s rybami butcher's Ibučsz] řeznictví bakoťBpcIbRfstvi (a zčásti cukrářstvi) cuiaTectioner's [Jon1 fekšonazj cukrářstvi LESSON 2 26 grocer's obchod se smíšeným zbožím general store amer. obchod (na venkově, který vede všechno); = brit. the village shop dairy shop ('deori mlékárna toyshop hračkářství supermarket {' su:p3, ma: kit] samoobsluha (zejm. s potravinami) (shop) assistant, amer. (s*les)clerk fseilzkta:rk] prodavačka) salesman, saleswoman prodavač, prodavačka (se specializací na určité zboží) row [ran) of shelves rada regálů trolley (troli), amer. cart vozík; We regret that shopping trolleys must not be taken away. Žádáme zákazníky, aby neodváželi nákupní vozíky. wire basket drátěný košik carry one's shopping borne nést nákup domů paper bag papírový sáček carrier bag ['katria ;-], amer. shopping hag nákupní taška, sáček (z plastiku n. silného papíru) cardboard box kartón, lepenková krabice mesh bag síťovka desk, checkout (counter) pčekaut |kaunt»] pokladna (v samoobsluze) queue [kju:), amer. line fronta shoplifter krámský zloděj; Shoplifters will he prosecuted. Krádeže jsou trestné. Yes, madam? Prosím (pani)? Can I help you? Čím mohu posloužit? Přejete si? Are you being served / helped? Jste již obsluhován? What would you like? Co byste si přál? What can I show you? Co vám mohu ukázat? Just looking, thanks. Děkuji, jen se tak dívám. J want... Chtél bych ... Have you got...? Máte ...? Do you sell ...7 Prodáváte ...? I'm looking for ... Hledám ... May I see it? Mohu se na to podívat? Could I have a look at that one? Nemohl bych sc podívat na tamhleto? What would you recommend? Co byste nu doporučil? How much is it? Kolik to stoji? Wrap it up please. Zabalte to prosím. 1. Translate: crossing for pedestrians; truck; van; sidewalk; wide range of goods; checkout counter; greengrocer's; delicatessen; chemist's; carrier bag; wrap up st; recommend; go window shopping; discount store; catch up with sb; mingle with the crowd; blaze of lights; central station; refuse disposal. 2. Supply synonyms; crowded; walk; catch up with sb; far from here; the people doing their shopping; a person walking in the street; the traffic moves very slowly; run- make one s way; run into sb; public lavatories; rubbish; a thief in a shop; a thine vou can t resist; town library. * ' X Distinguish: factory - plant - workshop - works; worker - workman; clock in - clock out-crossroads - crossing; street - avenue; shop - department store; shopping mall -arcade; the road is clean - the road is clear; lorry - van; headlight - streetlight what s the date today? - h^gfcme for a walk with his date; traffic iam -strawberry jam. ^ J 27 LESSON 2 4. Translate: dopravní zácpa; přeplněná tramvaj; prázdný chodník; razit si cestu davem; křižovatka dvou ulic; ulice je volná; značený přechod; vézt kočárek; vyvést psa; fronta před obchodem; neónový nápis; pouliční světla se rozsvítila; je to kus cesty odtud; vystoupit na konečné; zabloudit; jít pořád dál; je to kousek dál; hned za rohem; jsem tu cizí; píchnout včas příchod do zaměstnání; v různou denní dobu; dopravní špička; pracovat na odpoledni směné; být na cestě domů; krátce před uzavírací hodinou; po setmění; předjet nákladní auto; hlavní nádraží. 5. Supply American equivalents: subway; lorry; dustbin; pavement; dustman; shop; shop assistant; trolley; chemist's. 6. Name the shops (other than a supermarket or department store) where you can get: soap; nails; an iron; a sandwich; pineapples; carp; sausages; rolls; sugar; a Teddy bear; a toothbrush; a torch; cheese; a steak. 7. Read, memorize and repeat: 1. I want lo get to the station / the university / St Paul's. Could you tell me the way, please? To the station j the university j St Paul's'} Now let me see. Oh yes. Take a number nine bus. 2. I want to get to the town hall. Should 1 take a tram j get a bus j go past the hospital? No, you needn't take a tram j get a bus / go past the hospital. It's only a five-minute walk from here, you can't miss it. 8. Supply five questions: 1. a shop assistant might ask a customer; 2. a shopper might ask a shop assistant; 3. a person who has lost his way might ask a passer-by. 9. Answer according 10 the text: 1. What can you see in the streets of a Czechoslovak town in the morning? 2. Describe a quiet period in the town. 3. What sort of motor vehicles can be seen in ihe centre of the town? 4. What interesting things can a schoolboy see on his way home? 5. Describe some irresistible shop-window display. 6. Why is traffic controlled by traffic lights? 7. Outside what shops may a queue occasionally be found? 8. When is the afternoon rush hour over? 9. Why do the streets look different in ihe evening? 10. What are the people doing who you meet in the street in the evening? 10. Provide answers, explanations, or comments: 1. Explain to a stranger how to take a bus (or a tram) from where you are to the central station. 2. Describe the various kinds of pedestrian crossings. 3. Enumerate the different words that denote a street in a street name. 4. Explain the difference in meaning of the word "city" in British and American English. 5. Describe the location of residential districts and the industrial parts in the town where you are studying. 6. Would you prefer to live in a big city or in a provincial town? 7. Think of as many verbs of motion as possible, ranging from slow to fast motion. LESSON 2 28 tl. Give an improvised talk utilizing the vocabulary of: a) urban sanitation; b) urban lighting. (Keep your book open on the respective page with the vocabulary.) 12. Find Ave responses to each: 1. Excuse me, is it far to the department store? 2. Why are you so late? 3. What shall we do if it begins to rain? 4. Can we cross now? 13. Topics for discussion: 1. Should motor traffic be banned in some streets? 2. The closing hours of shops. 3. Why do drivers get impatient with each other? 4. Places of entertainment in your town. 5. The disadvantages of life in a big city. 6. The street where you live. GRAMMAR 1 ZPŮSOBOVÁ SLOVESA he can come he must come he may come he can't come he needn't come he may not come he mustn't come muže přijít musí přijít možná, že přijde; smí přijít nemůže přijít nemusí chodit možná, že nepřijde nesmí přijít Způsobová slovesa mají tyto zvláštnosti: 1. 've všech osobách mají stejný tvar; 2. musí být doplněna infinitivem bez to; 3. otázku tvoří obrácením slovosledu {Can I must ( may he come?); 4. nemají infinitiv, musí se užít fráze s vhodným významem, takzvaný opis: can: be able to must: have to n. be obliged to may (jen ve významu „smím"): be allowed to 5. zápor tvoří pomoci not, ale jsou tu opět zvláštnosti: zápor k must „musím" je need not „nemusím" (nikoli must not); zápor k must (he) „musím (být)" je can't (be) „nemohu (být)"; zápor k may „smím" je must not nebo may not „nesmím"; zápor k may „možná, že" je may not „možná, že ne"; 6. bez opisu lze vyjádřit minulý čas jen u can (could) a kondicionál jen u can a may (could, might). Výslovnost: V kladné oznamovací větě je výslovnost oslabená: [kan, kn. mast]; may se neoslabuje. Can't a mustn't maji výslovnost [ka;nt, masnt]. V otázce a v krátké odpovědi je výslovnost neoslabená: [hi: k(a)n (kam - 'kaen hi: !kam? - 'jes, hi: 'kaen]. CAN Can se někdy překládá slovesem s předponou u- {he can lift j carry uzdvihne, unese) a někdy se nepřekládá: Can you stand it? Sneseš to? Zvláště je tomu tak, pojí-li se can se slovesem smyslového vnímání: 29 LESSON 2 [ can understand very well rozumím velmi dohře 1 can see; can you see? 1 can't see vidím: vidíš?; nevidím I can't hear you neslyším tě Po2or však, sloveso see má též významy „pozorovat" a „navštívit". Pak užívá v otázce a záporu do, ne can; srovnejte: they don't see him nevidí ho, nezpozorovali ho, nevšimli si ho they can't see him nevidí ho, nemohou ho vidět Can't je zápor ke can (he can't swim neumí plavat), ale také znamená „určitě ne", takže je záporným protějškem k must: He must be cold. - No, he can't be cold. He must be at least sixty. - No, he can't be sixty yet. V americké angličtine se pro tento význam užívá must n 't. Sloveso can (moci) má tři významy: a) schopnost - anglicky can: That's alt í can do. To je vše, co mohu udělat. He can do it. Dovede to. Svede to. b) dovolení - anglicky can n. may (nejčastěji v otázce): Can / May I go with you? Mohu jít s tebou? c) možnost - anglicky may (pro přítomnost i budoucnost) nebo can (ale toto v přítomném čase pouze v otázce a záporu). Obojí se vztahuje k celku sdělení („snad", „třebas" apod.): We may go swimming tomorrow. Možná, že se zítra půjdem koupat. Who can that be at the door? (ne *Who may...) He can't know it. Kdo to může být za dveřmi? On to nemůže vědět. Užitím příslovce possibly při can / could a well / very well, perhaps při may se jednoznačně určí, že jde o možnost, nikoli o schopnost či dovolení. MUST Must znamená příkaz (you must go), nikoli objektivní nutnost {you have to go). Proto v otázce bývá častěji have to nebo need: Do you have to leave? Do you need io leave now? Need you leave now? Musíš už jit? Need jako ekvivalent k must se v současné hovorové angličtině užívá j jako pravidelné sloveso, tj. tvoří zápor ) otázku s do (i když neznamená „potřebovat"). S významem „určitě, jistě" se vztahuje k celku sdělení: He must be fifty. Musí mu být padesát. MAY May je mnohem běžnější ve významu „možná, že" než ve významu „smím". V hovoru se užívá více can „mohu" než may „smím". May se vyskytuje v ustálených formulích, jako May I have this dance? Smím prosit? Konkurence can - may pro teoretickou možnost: S aktivním slovesem je častější can, takže tu splývá „mohu" („umím, dovedu") s „mohu" (,je to možné"): You can find it in nature. Můžete to najít v přírodě. V trpném rodě, u obecného podmetu a u sloves výskytu se najde can i may: it can I may be analyzed; we can j may assume; one can / may say; it can / may occur / be found / take place / be. V záporu však ke kolizi can - may už nedochází: He can't know it. Nemůže to vědět. Určitě to neví. He may not know it. Možná, že to neví. LESSON 2 30 Opisná fráze v konkurenci se způsobovým slovesem: Způsobová slovesa can, may, must jsou bezpříznaková, tj. mohou vždy nahradit opisné fráze, kdežto obráceně to možné není, protože opisné fráze mají ve svém významu navícmotivovanost zvnějšku, např. tlak okolností. Proto např. / was able f to come) má také význam českého „podařilo se mi (přijít)" a je tedy vlastně synonymní k I managed (to come). Srovnej: You must stay for lunch. I'm sorry you have to stay for lunch. You mustn't eat so much. You aren't allowed to smoke here. Musíte zůstat na oběd. (chci to) Mrzí mě, že musíte zůstat na oběd. (implikuje např., že není kam jít) Nesmíte tolik jíst. (chcete-li zhubnout) Zde nesmíte kouřit, (je tu zákaz) České „mohu, musím, umim" bez infinitivu V češtině v určitých souvislostech se najdou „mohu, musím, umím" bež infinitivu. V angličtině se to musí vyjádřit jinak Umím anglicky. Ušel dvacet kilometrů a pořád ještě může. I can speak English. I know English. ... and he can still walk. Už nemohu dál. Musím domů. I can't go any farther. I must go home. Záporná otázka v češtině a angličtině: České záporné otázce začínající „nemůžeš" nebo „nemusíš", ale i u jiných sloves, např. „nemáš, nemyslíš...?" často odpovídá anglická kladná otázka tehdy, když na otázku se nečeká záporná odpověď: Nemůžeš mi říct, kdy se vrátíš domů? Ta taška je velmi těžká. Nemůžeš mi pomoct? Nemusíš to vrátit? Nemáš čas? Can you tell me when you're getting home? That bag is terribly heavy. Can you help me? Do you have to return it? Have you got time? Anglická záporná otázka vyjadřuje často zklamání nebo netrpělivost: Can't you tell me when you're getting Copak mi nemůžeš říct, kdy se vrátíš? home? Hasn't he come yet? Ještě nepřišel? (netrpělivost) Can't he come? Copak nemůže přijít? Jakto že nemůže? Haven't you got time to see me? Tak ty nemáš čas mě navštívit? 1.1 Rephrase the commands, using must or mustn't: I. Don't explain it to him in such a complicated way. 2. Don't forget to remind me. 3. Be patient. 4. Don't ask any more questions. 5. Tell me everything right from the beginning. 6. Don't behave so foolishly. 7. Try to overtake that lorry. 1.2 Fill In can't or needn't j don't have to J don't need to: 1. You .. hurry - the bus stop is quite near. 2.1... catch the six o'clock train -it s nearly six already. 3. She ... work afternoon shifts; she has a small baby at park your car in the side street - there's still some space left home. 4. You 31 LESSON 2 here. 5. You ... go with me if you prefer somebody else's company. 6. We... cross now, the traffic light is red. 7. You ... miss the railway station - it's at the bus terminus. 1.3 Rephrase: Example: This is his car. - This may be his car. This isn't his car. - This may not be his car. ]. You'll find interesting things there. 2. The rush hour is over before six o'clock. 3. He doesn't know where it is. 4. She won't be able to tell you the way. 5. It's a queue for cinema tickets. 6. He's back from school. 1.4 Translate: 1. Dnes nemohu udělat nákup cestou domů, pracuji až do šesti. 2. Možná, že některá samoobsluha je ještě otevřená. 3. Můžeme se zastavit v nějakém zábavním podniku. 4. Nemůže to být daleko, musí to být někde za rohem. 5. Nesmíš to ztratit, je to drahá věc. 6. Musíme se zeptat někoho jiného. - Musíme se skutečně ptát? 7. Možná, že je to ještě trochu dál. 8. Musíš jet autobusem označeným „Hlavní nádraží". 9. Neslyším tě, ale vidím tě. 10. Nemusíš to vrátit? 2 TÁZACÍ ZÁJMENA Which se užije při omezeném výběru, what slouží k prosté identifikaci (výběr je širší, možnosti nejsou zřetelně vymezeny). Srovnej: What country do you come from? Which countries in Europe have you visited? Who are you waiting for? Which of us are you waiting for? Who do you want to speak to? Which of them do you want to meet? What will you have? Which will you have, tea or coffee? Z které země pocházíte? Které země v Evropě jste navštívil? Na koho čekáte? Na koho z nás čekáte? S kým chcete mluvit? S kým z nich se chcete sejít? Co si dáte? Co si dáte, čaj nebo kávu? „Jaký je...?" je buď What is ... like? (doslova „čemu je ... podobný") nebo, a to velmi často, se určí, o jakou stránku jde: What size / shape / colour is ...? Protože what ve spojení s podstatným jménem znamená ,jaký", „který" i „kolikátý" (What day is it today? Kolikátého je dnes? Který den je dnes? -zatímco What day of the week is it today? znamená „Který den je dnes?"), chceme-Ii se zřetelně zeptat na kvalitu, užijeme what sort of nebo what kind of: Jaký člověk to vlastně je? Co je to za člověka? What sort of man is he? (místo: *What man is he? ~ a častěji než What is he like?) What kind of tree can you see there? (místo: *What tree ...?) Jaký strom tam vidíš? LESSON 2 32 ľoznámky: 1. Sort of a kind of se stále vice chovají jako jakási složená zájmena {what sort of, this son of). Proto už za nimi nebývá člen: what sort of (a) man. This sort of mivá v hovorovém stylu i své vlastní množné číslo: these sort of people, 2. Dožadujeme-li se odpovědi v podobě příslovce (příslovečné vazby), ptáme se how: How did you arrange it? - Very easily. Proto nemůže být s how „Jak se jmenujete?" nebo „Jak tomu říkáte?": What's your name? What do you call it? 3. What is he? Ctm je? What did he speak? Jak mluvil? (jakým jazykem) 2.1 Fill in whoiwltat or which (of): \. ... hotel will you be staying at? (we haven't a limited set of hotels in mind) 2. ... street do you live in? 3. ... job is more difficult? 4. ... is still interested in going there? 5____shop did you buy it in? (we have a limited set of shops in mind) 6. ,., can I show you? 1. ... suggestion was more useful - his or mine? 8. ... suggestion could you make? 9. ... will you have, porridge or cornflakes? 10. ... adventures does that book describe? 2.2 Translate: I. Jaké je to auto? 2. Jaké zboží mají v tom obchodním domě? 3. V které zemi je Dublin? 4. Jaké pouliční osvětlení je ve vaši ulici? 5. Kdo z vás mi může říct, kde vysednout? 6. V jakém městě bydlíte? A které město to je? 7. V které třídě je Jim? 8. Co je to za člověka? 9. Jak tomu říkají ve Skotsku? 10. Jaký den je dnes - středa nebo čtvrtek? 3 JEDEN ZÁPOR VE VĚTĚ Anglická věta se stává zápornou jediným záporem. Zápor v podmetu má vždy podobu s no. U dalších výrazů ve větě je pak na místě českého záporného výrazu any nebo slovo s any a místo „nikdy" příslovce ever: Nikdo mě tu nezná. Nobody knows me here. (neni *Not anybody knows me ...) Nobody remembers anything. Nothing ever makes him angry. {neni *Not anything makes ...) Neni-li záporný podmět, lze zápor vyjádřit dvojím způsobem: s no nebo s not ... any. Any (atd.) je hovorovější a běžnější. Nikdo si nic nepamatuje. Nic ho nikdv nerozzlobí. I don't know anybody here. I know nobody here. He never remembers anything. 1 won't tell anybody anything. I never say anything anywhere. We won't get anywhere like this. We will get nowhere like this. Nikoho tu neznám. Nikdy si nic nepamatuje. Nikomu nic neřeknu. Nikdy nikde nic neříkám. Takhle se nikam nedostaneme. Poznámky: 1. V angličtině se s oblibou přesouvá zápor od vlastního významového slovesa na sloveso úvodní: 33 LESSON 2 ] don't think he understands. Myslím, že nerozumí. He doesn't seem to be very happy. Zdá se. že není moc šťastný. 2. Never se užije mnohdy i tam, kde jde jen o „určitě ne": You'll never catch the train tonight. Ten vlak večer určitě nechytneš. 3. V angličtině se hojně využívá sloves, která jsou formálně kladná, ale významově záporná: avoid vyhýbat se, fail selhat, opomenout, miss minout, prevent (from) zabránit, stop přestat. (Povšimněte si, že jen fail se doplňuje infinitivem s řo, ostatní mají vazbu s gerundiem.) He prevented us from asking any ques- Nedovolil nám na něco se zeptat. tions. They failed to get any answers. Nedostali žádnou odpověď. He avoided asking her anything that Nechtěl se jí ptát na nic, co by ji mohlo might embarrass her. uvést do rozpaků. He stopped going anywhere after his Od té doby, co mu zemřela žena, nikam wife died. nechodí. 4. Angličtina rovněž využívá sloves s předponami mis- a dis-: The journal was discontinued. Časopis už nevychází. His intention was misunderstood. Jeho záměr nebyl správné pochopen. 3.1 Put into the negative: Example: I've got something for you. - / haven't got anything for you. 1.1 know someone there, 2. You'll have to explain something to him. 3. There are some foreigners in the queue. 4. The policeman fined some drivers. 5. We've got some homework to do tonight. 6. There's some change in their office hours. 7. Tell me something. 3.2 Rephrase the statements: Example: I understand nothing. - I don't understand anything. 1. 1 heard nothing about it. 2. I saw nobody who resembled him. 3. There's no department store in this town. 4. There was nothing to interest me there. 5. The Browns have no friends. 6. 1 promised them nothing. 3.3 Translate: I. Nikdo mě nemá rád. 2. Nikam nepospíchám. 3. Nikdy ničemu nerozumí, 4. Nic neslyším. 5. Žádný autobus tu nikde není. 6. U nás žádná křižovatka není řízena dopravními světly. 7. Žádné auto nás nikdy nemůže předhonit. 8. Nemohl jsem na nic přijít. 9. Nic neříkej. 10. Nikde jsem nic nesehnal ( = nemohl dostat). 11. Nikdo nikdy nikam nepřišel pozdě. 12. On nikdy nikomu nic nedá. 13. Nikdo mi nedovedl vysvětlit cestu. 14. Nic není tak zlé, jak to ze začátku vypadá. HOUSING IN BRITAIN Over half of the dwellings in Britain are owned by their occupiers - the average Englishman prefers to own his house, however small. About a third are owned by public authorities (in Scotland the figure is about one in two) and the I.KSSON 2 34 remainder, mainly older houses, are rented from private landlords. About three quarters of* all the dwellings in Britain are houses of four to six rooms, usually of two storeys, either semidetached (joined to another house on one side only) or terraced (joined to other houses on both sides). One eighth are detached houses (standing by themselves) and the remaining eighth are flats. The proportion of Hats is very much higher in London and in Scotland. Only 4.3 per cent of people live at a greater density than one person per room. The terraced houses were mostly built before 1910. In central areas of towns some bigger houses had more floors, but even a house with four floors was usually on the same basic pattern, with a basement for the servants and the top rooms lor the children. Houses standing alone in their own grounds were normally very large, and until 1850 of very pleasing design: the Georgian period the late 18th and early 19th centuries - is the most glorious period of British architecture. The rows of red brick town houses built in the 19th century were mostly built by private enterprise for the purpose of being rented. Many of these were of very poor quality and lacked basic sanitary facilities, and are now old and dilapidated houses. In programmes of urban renewal and slum clearance these substandard houses are being demolished and replaced by blocks of flats. In the early 20th century, public authorities started building houses und letting them to poor people at less than the economic rent in order to enable them to live in healthy conditions. Every local council has a long list of people who want to live in these "council houses". The role of the central govern men I is restricted to contributions for old people's homes and the replacement of slums. I lome ownership has increased three times, to 12 million, over the past thirty years, Tvcry second family now lives in a post-1945 home. In Britain there are four houses for each flat. The liking for houses with small gardens means that in so crowded an area as England, the houses must be rather close together and to be cheap they cannot be individually designed; all the houses in a suburb look very much the same. But in recent years there have been great advances in interior decoration, and the standard of wallpaper, curtains, furniture, and other furnishings has greatly improved. In order to buy a house, a person does not usually need to have all the money lo pay for it; there exist many special associations called building societies from which il is possible to borrow up to almost the total value of the house. A typical borrower pays back the loan on his house (pays off the mortgage) in about t went y years. People who are fairly prosperous live in suburbs that are generally a long way from the town centre, so that they may have a journey of an hour between their homes and offices. But these faraway suburbs are usually very pleasant districts, with detached houses of up to ten rooms, set in large gardens. The great country houses and stately homes have become too difficult and costly for their titled owners to keep up. Now the owners often live in one wing, and open the rest of the house to the public. About five hundred of these historic houses nre now maintained with the help of entrance fees. authorities [or'Ooraliz] úrady; basement suterén: borrower půjčovatel; contribution [|kontra1 bjuršn] pŕispčNck; council (kauris!) (městská) rada; council house brit. dům pronajímaný městem; country house |. 1 ] venkovské sídlo, zámek; dilapidated [di'taepideitid] chátrající {o budove); demolish |ttrnn>li\| /.bourat; design [di'zain] navrhnout; návrh, projekt; a house with a pleasing design dům s peknou architekturou; detached house [di'taečt vilka, rodinný domek (ne radový); dwelling íibyliiii jednotka, příbytek, economic deka'nomik, |i:ka'nomik) ekonomický {vyplácející se); en- 35 LESSON 2 trance fee pentrans fi;| vstupné; figure [figs], amer. [figjsr] počet, číslo; furnishings mn. u3] opravil sekačku na trávu master all the jobs zvládnout všechny práce LESSON 3 40 do-it-yourself sprav / udělej si sám (po domácku) be a jack-of-all-trades ((---'-] být všeuměl {někdy naznačuje „nic neumět pořádně"; jedno úslovi konči.....and master of none") PETS pet pes, kočka n. jiné zviře chované doma puppy [papi] šlčně Alsatian (dog) (xl'seišn -], amer. German Shepherd (šerwd] vlčák fox terrier [foks 'tcriaj foxteriér dachshund [dxkshund] jezevčík poodle [pu:dlj pudl cat, tomcat kočka, kocour kitten [kitnj kotě canary [ks'neon) kanár budgerigar [badžariga:] andulka goldfish zlatá rybička Additional phrases from the text We've given up looking (for it). Už jsme to hledání vzdali. He happened to drive past. Náhodou jel kolem. The house had a sign up. Na domě byla tabule s nápisem. Once he gets going... Jak sc jednou do toho dá... 1. Translate: let an unfurnished room to a lodger; allocate a flat with all the conveniences; conform to modern standards; cupboard space; aerial; lean on the handrail; mind the step; fireplace; short circuit; flex; unmade bed; filthy; it only collects dust; hoover the carpet; mop up spilt water on the tiles; what an awful mess; tea towel; drudgery; caretaker; charwoman; janitor; well laid-out garden; lawn-mower. 2. Supply the missing verbs: ... one's feet on the doormat;... muddy tracks;... on the handrail;... a room to a lodger;... the bathroom with another lodger;... vegetables in a greenhouse; ... the fire in the stove;... a fuse;... the light;... spilt water;... the dishes;.,. the broken bits together; there's something wrong with it - it won't ... 3. Distinguish: live - stay; let - sublet; drip - leak; bring - fetch; make a table - make the bed; door handle - door knob; paint - distemper; glass jar; furniture - furnishings; green house - greenhouse; kitchen - kitchenette; socket - plug; terraced house -detached house; cosy - comfortable; dirty - filthy; sweep - vacuum. 4. Translate: dům patří nám; splácet hypotéku; v horním poschodí; podnájemník v podkroví; nevycházet dobře se sousedy; mít rozpory; přidělit pokoj; bytová tíseň; bezdětní manželé; vnitřek domu je prostorný; vystoupit po třech schodech; utřít si boty na rohožce; odemknout dveře; zazvonit; zapomenout klíče doma; pověsit si plášť v přízemí; dveře vedou do koupelny; oheň vyhasl; třást se zimou; v místnosti táhne; uhlí na zimu; zamést chodník; odhazovat snih; uklouznout na kluzkém povrchu; střídat se v práci; uklízet v pokojích; vyvětrat ložnici; vysát koberec v obýváku; utřít podlahu v dětském pokoji; dát věcí na místo; všude se povalují hračky; zajít pro děti do jeslí; vyměnit pojistku; opravit rozbitý zámek a kliku; zasklít okno; vymalovat pokoj; zeď je vlhká; střechou zatéká; nesplachuje to; ucpaný dřez; všechny nejdůležitější věci jsou v dobrém stavu; být obratný; zvládnout všechny práce. 41 LESSON 3 5. Supply American equivalents: ground floor; first floor; terraced house; tap; flat; caretaker. 6. Enumerate: a) a few pets; b) various breakdowns involving water; c) some repair tools. 7. Complete the statements: 1. It isn't particularly clean. 2. Give me a hand with ... 3. I tried to make myself useful but... 4.1 meant to do it but... 5. It won't take long. 6. Our house is the same as yours, with one important difference. 7. He and his mother-in-law, as you may have guessed, ... 8. What preceded the statements? 1. Don't worry. I'll see to it. 2. Nobody will notice anything. 3. But do you realize how expensive it'll be? 4.... so I haven't got much time left for household work. 5. Otherwise someone might slip and break his leg. 6. ... and in the end he mastered it. 9. Read, memorize and repeat: 1. Does anyone help you with the cleaning j washing j cooking j shopping? You must be awfully busy. My husband / daughter Jane / daughter-in-law / mother helps me a lot. I don't know how I'd manage without him / her. 2. Do you know anybody who can repair a socket / a blocked sink / a dripping tap j a broken lock j a leaking cistern? Our lodger j landlord / tenant / neighbour j neighbour's father can. He knows how to repair a socket / a sink j a tap I a lock / a cistern in no time. 10. Find three responses: 1. Look at the mess you've made. 2. You didn't do the stairs, did you? They're absolutely filthy. 3. You should have a rest now. 4. I need some help in the garden. 5. Would you like me to help you with the washing-up? 6. We can take turns. 11. Answer according to the text: 1. What is the layout of this house like? 2. What do the windows look out on? 3. How is the basement utilized? 4. Who does most of the household work? 5. What are Grandfather's duties? 6. Does anyone live in the attic? 7. Why is young Mr Hora called a jack-of-all-trades? 8. Why is it important to clear the snow away in front of the house? 9. Why is the young couple planning to move? 10. Will the empty rooms be let again? 12. Describe: a) a well-equipped kitchen; b) a house or flat with all the conveniences; c) the relation between a lodger and the owner of a house; d) the entrance to your house or flat. 13. Points for discussion: 1. Reasons for the housing shortage. 2. A house or a flat? 3. What to do with old junk. 4. There's something to do all the time in a house. 5. The division of labour in my family. 6. The house of my dreams. LESSON 3 42 14. Memorize the proverbs: There's no place like home. An Englishman's home is his castle. A new broom sweeps clean. Necessity is the mother of invention. People who live in glass houses shouldn't throw stones. GRAMMAR 1 NEURČITÉ ČÍSLOVKY Málo, několik, trochu, (jak) mnoho: a) few, a few, (how) many se pojí s počitatelným podstatným jménem v množném čisle nebo s výrazem people (lidé). O omezení užití few viz poznámku níže. few cars a few cars málo aut několik aut many cars mnoho aut how many cars kolik aut a great / good many hodne aut cars b) little, a little, (how) much, a great / good deal of se pojí s nepočitatelným podstatným jménem (které nemá množné číslo). O omezení užití little viz poznámku mze. little noise a little noise málo hluku trochu hluku much noise how much noise a great / good deal of noise mnoho hluku kolik hluku hodně hluku much time little time a little time mnoho času málo času trochu času many friends few friends a few friends mnoho přátel málo přátel několik přátel Stupňování many, few, little: Few se stupňuje pravidelně (fewer méně, the fewest nejméně), many a little nepravidelně {more více, most nejvíce; less méně, the least nejméně). Omezení užití much j many, little j few: 1. V oznamovací kladné větě se much j many i little / few málokdy vyskytují. Jako příslovečná určení u slovesa se much i little vyskytují nejčastěji ve spojeni very much (Thank you very much. Děkuji vám mnohokrát.) a very little (Igo there very little. Málokdy tam chodím.) nebo se místo little užije not much: Málo ji. She doesn't eat much. She eats very little. (Obojí je lépe než She eats little.) There are very few tickets left. I have very little money left. Zbývá už jen velmi málo lístků. Zbývá mi už jen velmi málo peněz. (there is / are ... left = zbvvá; I have ... left = zbývá mi) 43 LESSON 3 Je toho tak málo, co pro něho mohu udělat. Mám tak málo příležitostí se pobavit. There's so little 1 can do for him. I have so few chances to enjoy myself. 2. Běžnější než few j little, zejména v hovorovém stylu, je ve spojení only a few, only a little- Only a few people know it. I saw only a little. Málo lidí to ví. Ví to jen několik lidí. Viděl jsem málo. 3. Výraz very many je méně užíván než výraz a great many: I have a great many things to do. Mám velmi mnoho práce. 4. Jiné výrazy pro „hodně, mnoho, moc" jsou: a lot of, lots of, plenty of (s počitatelným i nepočitatelným výrazem; jsou příznačné pro hovorový styl); česky „moc, spousta"; a large number of (s počitatelným výrazem). Poznámky: 1. Pozor: české „moc" znamená někdy „mnoho", jindy „velíce", jindy zas „příliš". To angličtina rozlišuje. 2. Vazba s of: Na rozdíl od českého „mnoho / málo", která se pojí s druhým pádem, jejích anglické protějšky mají vazbu s of jen když chceme říct „mnoho / málo z...", „kolik z..." (tak je tomu i při „něco / co / nic" s přídavným jménem: nothing good nic dobrého, ale nothing of it nic z toho). many / (only a) few of my friends mnoho j málo z mých přátel much / (only a) little of my time mnoho j málo z mého času how many / how much of... kolik z... 3. Pro výraz „trochu" je v hovorové angličtině též výraz a (little) bit of a neurčité zájmeno some s oslabenou výslovností [sam]. U some se nevyjadřujeme k množství tak konkrétně jako u a bit of: Give me some tea. Put just a bit of milk in the tea. Dej mi trochu čaje (nějaký čaj). Dej do čaje jen trochu mléka. 4. České „velmi, velice, moc" u přídavného jména a příslovce je very. Hodnoti-li se nějaký výraz jako příčestí, může u sebe mít much. hodnotí-li se jako přídavné jméno, má u sebe very (a těchto případů přibývá, napr. surprised): much obliged very interesting very experienced very surprised very long velice zavázán velice zajímavý velice zkušený velice překvapeniý) velice dlouho 5. V knižním stylu, tak jako české „mnohý, nejeden", se vyskytuje i many a v jednotném čisle: Many a man would welcome this Mnohý (člověk) by takovou příležitost opportunity. uvítal. LESSON 3 441 1.1 Respond: Example: There are lots of large Hals here, aren't there'.' Not realty. In fact, there 're only a few large flats here. There's a lot of food left, isn't there? Not really. In fact, there's only a little food left. ]. There're a lot of gardens in this neighbourhood, aren't there? 2. There's plenty of furniture in this room, isn't there? 3. There're lots of flowers in your garden, aren't there? 4. There's plenty of fruit on the Irees this year, isn't there?i 5. There're lots of shop windows in this street, aren't there? 6. There's plenty of| snow outside, isn't there? 7. There're a lot of houses with a mortgage in this street, aren't there? 1.2 Respond: Example: How much help do you need? Only a little. How many helpers do you need? - Only a feu: I, How many toys have your children got? 2. How many third-year students live in this hall? 3. How much money do you owe? 4. How many trees do you want to plant here? 5. How much time do you need to repair it? 6. How much room is there still left? 7. How many young couples live in this block? 8. How much did he tell you about his new roommate? 1.3 Answer: Example. Did you get any cheese? - Yes, I did, but only a little. Did you get any books? - Yes, I did, but only a few. 1. Did you lend him any money? 2. Are the rooms heated? 3. Were any students interested in the talk? 4. Can you drive? 5. Do you know any people in this neighbourhood? 6. Can you cook? 7. Have you any time left for household work? 8. Are there any houses for sale in this district? 1.4 Answer: Example How many people came? - Fewer than last year. How much snow was there in the mountains? - lj>ss than last year. 1. How many people are on the waiting list? 2. How much do you miss him? 3. How much cooking do you do? 4. How many meals are served here? 5. How many visitors came to see you? 6. How much coal shall we order? 7. How many cars did you meet on the way? 8. How many mistakes did you make? 1.5 Translate: hodně času; několik kachliček; méně zeleniny; více květin; méně prostoru; méně kupujících; nejméně pořádku; méně starých krámů; nejvíce antén; nejméně světla; několik nápisů; trochu rozlité vody; málo garáží; nejméně chyb. 2 NEPOČITATELNÁ PODSTATNÁ JMÉNA Nepočitatelná podstatná jména nemohou mít množné číslo a v angličtině neurčitý člen (místo toho je some [sam]). Jsou to především jména: 45 LESSON 3 a) látková: milk, water, oxygen (kyslík) apod. Přechod k pocitatelným je spojen se změnou významu, zejména dochází k posunu na význam „druh" {the ■nines of France francouzská vína, the foods Hike best jídla, která mám nejraději) nebo jednotlivý kus, exemplář (slone - a slone). b) abstraktní: time čas, work práce, good dobro, music hudba, patience trpělivost, rest odpočinek, room prostor, information informace, news zpráva / zprávy, progress pokrok(y), knowledge vědomost(i), znalost(i) apod. Vlivem českého množného čísla (ty informace, zprávy, pokroky, vědomostí) se tato nepočitatelná podstatná jména chybné převádějí do angličtiny do množného čísla. Správně je tedy: The news is good. His knowledge is poor. His information was useful. Zpráva je dobrá. Zprávy jsou dobré. Jeho znalosti jsou slabé. Jeho informace byla užitečná (byly užitečné). c) hromadná: furniture nábytek, luggage, amer. baggage zavazadla, music hudebniny, noty. Sloveso je v jednotném čísle. Money doesn't always bring happi- Peníze vždy nepřinášejí štěstí. ness. All your luggage is on the rack. Všechna tvá zavazadla jsou na polici. Některá anglická podstatná jména jsou nepočitatelná (tj. chápou se jako látková nebo abstraktní nebo hromadná) jen v jednom ze svých významů (první v následujících dvojicích je nepočitatelný výraz): work práce / (umělecké) dílo, lace krajka / tkanička, toast topinka / pripitek. Někdy u téhož významu je možné dvojí pojetí: a house built of stone / brick dům postavený z kamene / cihel throw stones / bricks at sb házet po někom kameny / cihlami Coal is a fuel. Uhlí je palivo. a coal from the fireplace uhlík z krbu My hair has grown very long. Vlasy mi hodně narostly. The cat has left her loose hajrs all over Kočka nechala chlupy po celé pohovce. the sofa. three hairs tři (jednotlivé) vlasy Is there any potato left? Jsou ještě nějaké brambory? a few potatoes on the plate několik brambor na talíři Poznámka: Čeština liší pojetí obecné a odborné (karbanátek s brambory, karbanátek ■s bramborem), obecné a stylově příznakové (její hustě vlasy, hustý vlas). 2.1 Translate: peníze jsou nutné; jeho vlasy jsou dlouhé; jejich pokroky jsou malé; vaše informace jsou nespolehlivé; její zavazadla jsou těžká; jeho znalosti z teorie jsou docela dobré; skopová s brambory; vyrábějí se tu ještě krajky.'; topinky jsou často k snídani; mohu se spolehnout na tuto informaci? LESSON 3 3 TÁZACÍ DOVĚTEK Anglický dovětek je záporný, je-li hlavní, oznamovací věta kladná. Opa kuje se v něm sloveso věty hlavní, a to v záporném staženém tvaru. Tvoří-li tott sloveso otázku a zápor pomocí do, obsahuje dovětek stažený záporný tva slovesa do: don't, didn't. Nejčastějším českým protějškem je „ne?" nebo „že?' nebo „že ano?", případně i „viď(te)". Je však třeba si uvědomit, že české dovětki „ze" a ,,viď(te)" mohou znamenat „že ano?" i „Že ne?", tedy se rovnají „prav da?". Čeština může mít i takovýto slovosled: Vid, žes mu to nedal? V 1. osobě jednotného čísla je místo..., am I not? v angličtině většinot, aren't I?, nespisovné ..., ain't I? He's there, isn't he? He has (got) a lot of friends, hasn't he? She must come too, mustn't she? You have lunch there, don't you? She's coming, isn't she? She's come, hasn't she? He works here, doesn't he? He arrived last night, didn't he? Druhou složkou dovětku (podmětem) může též být „prázdný" podmět it nebt there: It's OK now, isn't it? There's some doubt about it, isn't there? Tedje to v pořádku, že? Trochu se o tom pochybuje, že? Anglický dovětek je kladný, je-li hlavní, oznamovací věta záporná: You aren't coming, are you? Nejdeš, že ne? You won't come, will you? Nepřijdeš, že ne? You can't come, can you? Nemůžeš přijít, že ne? You needn't come, need you? Nemusíš chodit, že ne? You don't have to come, do you? Nemusíš chodit, že ne? Intonace tázacího dovětku závisí na očekávané odpovědi. Klesavá in-* tonace implikuje naši víru v pravdivost našeho výroku, stoupavá intonaa implikuje ..Correct me if I'm wrong". Tázací dovětky se v angličtině užívaj daleko častěji než české „že ano, viď' a pod. 3.1 Supply the tag question: Example: He wants to move. - He wants to move, doesn't he? 1; He often comes to see you. 2. Mother airs the rooms every day. 3. She' cleaning the carpet. 4. He puts it where it belongs. 5. Therere some old chai stored in the attic. 6. Their room looks out on the street, 7. The next two doo lead to the bathrooms. 8. He himself does all his redecorating. 9. He can help you. 10. They're an amusing couple. 11. It's a pity. 12. There must be some more tea. 3.2 Rephrase: Example: Do you want to move? - You want to move, don't you? 1 ■ Do y°u let the attic room? 2. Does she get on well with her mother-in-law? 3. Does he clear the snow outside his house? 4. Do they have to share the bathroom? 5. Will their children need a room of titer own soon? 6. Does your 47 LESSON 3 husband smoke a lot? 7. Will you miss your neighbour when you move? 8. Did they invite their friends to their house? 9. Can I leave it here? 10. Should I return it by Monday? 3.3 Rephrase: Example: How often do you see her? - You don't see her very often, do you? I. How often does he help you with the dishes? 2. How often do they redecorate their flat? 3. How often does she clean the flat? 4. How often can you visit him? 5. How often do you go to bed early? 6. How often must you borrow money? 3.4 Supply the tag question: Example: He often moves house. - He often moves house, doesn't he? He doesn't move house very often. - He doesn't move house very often, does he? 1. The new house is very roomy. 2. The living room isn't very cosy. 3. The walls are a bit damp. 4. They didn't happen to see it. 5. The garden was well laid out. 6. She doesn't go out to work. 7. She keeps the whole house very ctean and tidy. 8. He doesn't brush his teeth every day. 9. You can't make the children do that. 3.5 Translate: 1. Mladí bydlejí v prvním poschodí, že? 2. V zimě musejí odklízet sníh z chodníku, pravda? 3. Nemají velkou zahradu, že? 4. On nerad umývá nádobí, že? 5. Nezlomil si nohu, když uklouzl, že ne? 6. Ložnice je obrácená do zahrady, že? 7. Už jste to vzdal, že? 8. Nepůjčils mu ty peníze, viď? 9. Jejich děti už chodí do školy, že? 10. Viď, že v tom žádný rozdíl není? II. Nemůžete na to zapomenout, že ne? 12. Je to jeho povinnost, ne? AN ENGLISH HOME A typical English house has two floors and no cellar. The front door opens into a hall, often no more than a wide passage. Off this hall there are two medium-sized rooms; one is the dining room, the other may be called the living room or the sitting room or the drawing room. The kitchen is generally at the back of the house, and the back door opens out of it into the garden or the passage which runs round the side of the house. Upstairs, there are three bedrooms, a bathroom, and a lavatory. There is a small garden at the front of the house and a larger one at the back. For most people the garden is a place of relaxation. Usually there is a garage at the side. In winter houses in Britain are often rather cold, since many do not have double windows or double glazing and draughts come in through the single windows. The fire does not warm the whole room. The bedrooms are often not heated at all. But gradually, more people are putting in central heating and are using more electric or gas radiators. And to save energy, they have secondary glazing installed, which makes the rooms draughtproof. Only one woman in every hundred has a resident help, and often this help is a girl who has come from abroad for six months or a year, to learn English (an au pair girl). But all women benefit from the spread of such things as launderettes and automatic machines selling supplies at any time of the day or night. Much of the housewife's drudgery has been reduced by the availability of easily LESSON 3 48 cleaned plastic surfaces, convenience foods (processed foods prepared to an advanced state by the manufacturer), non-iron fabrics, babies' disposable nappies, and the spread of labour-saving machines. Most of the people in the country, elderly women included, are responsible for the upkeep of their homes themselves. Do-it-yourself is for some people a hobby, for others a necessity. The chief reason for this is the high cost of labour for services such as decorating and household repairs. au pair (girl) [au 'pea] mladá cizinka přijatá do rodiny k drobné posluze a k dětem (cílempobytu v Británii je naučit se anglicky a poznat zvyky zemí); availability [a (veils1 bibti] dostupnost; to, že je k dispozici; existence; benefit from st mít užitek z něčeho; convenience foods [k9nivi:nians r] polotovary, předvařené potraviny; disposable nappie [di | spauzabl !nsepi] papírová plenka; draught [dra:ft] průvan; draughrproof zajištěný proti průvanu; generally [dženrali] obvykle, zpravidla; glaze zasklít; double glazing dvojité sklo; gradually [grsdžuali] postupně; launderette [loin'dret] automatická prádelna se samoobsluhou; medium-sized f ,mi dbm1-] středně veliký; non-iron fabric tkanina, která se nežehli; passage [paesidž] chodba, průchod; plastic surface povrch z umělé hmoty; process [pwuses] zpracovat; relaxation [, ri:Uek 'seišn] uvolnění, odpočinek; resident help [, rezadnt 1 -] služebná bydlící v domácnosti; spread [spřed] rozšíření; upkeep udržování 49 LESSON 4 IN THE CLASSROOM All classrooms in Czechoslovakia are more or less the same: large windows, rows of school desks with two aisles in between, a blackboard, a notice board, and the teacher's desk. Subjects that need special equipment are taught in special classrooms: for instance, chemistry lessons are held in a laboratory, while some foreign language instruction is given in the language lab, a room equipped with various audio-visual aids such as tape recorders, slide projectors, overhead projectors, and screens. PE is taught in the gymnasium, which may be used as an assembly hall too. Let's take a look inside a classroom. When the teacher enters the room, the pupils stand up to greet him. He makes an entry in the class register and then he starts the lesson with a revision of the previous lesson. He begins with the slow workers, that is the less talented or lazy pupils. As usual, Charles's responses are not satisfactory: they are either incorrect or incomplete. He should make more effort. His school achievement is below average - not because he has no brains, but simply because he does not work hard enough. Besides, he tends not to pay attention in class, letting his thoughts wander to the ice-hockey stadium. His great ambition is to become an ice-hockey star. His training takes too much time too, time which should be spent on learning mathematical formulas, irregular verbs, dates of revolutions, and other important .things. Next the teacher calls on Margaret. She makes some elementary mistakes again. The reason for her disappointing performance? She does not do her homework regularly and often relies on her pretty face and her winning smile to persuade some boy to let her copy his homework during the break between two periods. She does not realize how important independent work is; she may be unpleasantly surprised at the finals all her shirking will come out. And a C on the school report spoils a pupil's chances of entering university. After questioning these two pupils the teacher calls on two brighter ones, hoping they will put him in a more cheerful mood. Fred is an extremely conscientious boy. He always takes a lot of notes of what the teacher says. He is doing very well in all subjects except PE. There is only one pupil in the class who is capable at maths, physics, biology, chemistry, history, civics, and languages, with a record of straight A's in them, and who excels at sports and games as well. The name of this prodigy is Simon. The last pupil called is Helen. She is fluent in French conversation and can make herself understood in French fairly easily. This is a remarkable achievement, considering that she has only been learning the language for four years. Her weak point is spelling. She is the opposite of her friend Dorothy, whose personal problem is nervousness; it always spoils her oral performance. But when she does some written work, it always deserves an A. As you can see, the pupils in this class are a mixed lot. It is not easy to teach such a class. Teaching is a demanding job even when the pupils behave in class and do not create a disturbance. In the old days it was enough to teach the children the fundamentals of a few subjects and to keep order in the class. LESSON 4 50 Now the teacher is expected to know the latest developments in his field. He musl Iv able to stimulate the pupils' interest in his subjects and develop their power ol logical reasoning, their sense of beauty, a love of reading, civic responsibility, and patriotism. He has to set, correct, and mark hundreds of exercises and ol her assignments. No wonder he needs the two months of vacation as much ;is his pupils. Aims A: B: A: ii: Ii: It: 1 know I'm coing to fail the final exam. Oh? Why's that? Well, it's not because 1 haven't worked. That's for sure. In fact I've hardly had a chance to speak to you all term. You've done nothing but sit in the library. I know, but I'm still scared of failing. I'm one of those people who panic in exams: all my thoughts seem to vanish the moment I see the paper. Unfortunately, it's the exam that counts most, not what you do the rest of the year. Yes. And some people can write exams, some can't. I'm one of those who can't. Hut what does that prove anyway? Passing an exam just shows you're the kind of person who can pass exams. It doesn't show that you're clever, or that you've worked hard, or anything else at all. Fxccpt that you don't have to repeat your year, of course. VOCABULARY SCHOOL FACILITIES facilities [IVi'sibtiz] mn. č. vybavení, zařízení sfaffromn sborovna head's uflice ředitelna (viz ..headmaster") assembly room, assembly hall [a1 sem,bli | -] shro- niažďovací sál gymnasium [dzim'neiziam] tělocvična language laboratory ta|borstri], amer. [I.ebrolori], hovor, language lab jazyková laboratoř rlavtroom učebna, třída desk lavice; the teacher's desk katedra aisle [ail) ulička blackboard tabule notice board, amer. bulletin board ['bubtin -] nástěnka equipped with audio-visual aids [|0:dÍ3u |VÍžual 'eid/j vybaven audiovizuálními pomůckami tape recorder ['- ri|ko:d3) magnetofon cassette player fk.Vsct (-] kazetový magnetofon slide projector Ipr.vdžekip] diaprojektor overhead projector zpětný projektor screen plátno STAFF AND STUDENTS staff učitelský sbor pupil (pju:plj žák schoolboy školák: schoolgirl školačka schoolchildren mn. č. školní mládež, školáci headmaster [jheďma:st3], headteacher, hovor. head brit. ředitel, ředitelka („headmaster" jen muž) headmistress [|hedl mist ras) brit. ředitelka principal [prinsapl] amer. ředitel assistant principal fc'sislsnt |-], vice-principal [,vais '-] amer. zástupce ředitele deputy [depjuti] head brit. zástupce teacher učitel(ka), (středoškolský) profesor(ka); oslovován Sir, Miss (často i vdaná) nebo jménem s Mr j Mrs I Miss schoolmaster, schoolmistress brit. zastarale učitel, učitelka 51 LESSON 4 Lnglish teacher učitel angličtiny schoolmate, (mírně zastarale) schoolfellow, (amer., brit. zejména dospělý) fellow student spolužák colleague [koli:g] kolega, kolegyně freshman amer. student prvního ročníku (high school, tj. od 14 tet, nebo univerzity) SUBJECTS compulsory [kam1 palsri], required [ri'kwatsd] povinný optional [opšnal], amer. elective volitelný favourite (feivret) oblíbený, nejoblibenější the arts, the humanities [hju: majnatiz] humanitní obory the sciences [saiansizj přírodní vědy. přírodovědné obory; the social sciences společenské vědy maths [mae9s], amer. math hovor, matematika crafts ruční práce physical education, zkratka PE [pi; 'i:J, physical training, zkratka PT [|pi: 'li;] tělocvik, Ičlcs-. ná výchova woodwork jen j. č. (dílenská) práce se dřevem; metálwork práce s kovem religious instruction [rs'lidzas in)Slrakšn| výuka náboženství sex education sexuální výchova, výchova k rodičovství CLASS class I. vyučování: There are no classes today. Dnes není vyučováni; talk in class mluvil během / při vyučováni; cut classes = cut school vynechávat školu, chodit /.a školu; 2. třída (skupina žáků): The class went swimming. Třída šla plavat 3. třída (postupný lačník zukludm školv): He's in the third class. 4. amer. absolventský ročník; He got his degree from Ohio Stale, class of '90. Dokončil slátni uníver/ilu v Ohiu roku 1990. I'm in the class of 1991. Vyjdu školu roku 1991. form brit. třída (postupný ročník střední školy) grade amer. třída {postupný ročník všeobecné) term pololetí, semestr, čtvrtletí The lesson is over. Lekce ; Hodina skončila. It's been cancelled. Odpadlo to (o vyučováni) instruction (in'straksn) výuka curriculum (ks'rikjubm) j. č. učební plán, osnovy revision [ri'viznj opakování explain new subject matter vysvětlit novou látku, vyložit nové učivo sum up the topic [topik] shrnout téma take part in extracurricular activities [ek-strak3|rikjubr aek'tivaliz] účastnit se mimoškolní činností do st after school hours dělat něco po škole make an entry in the class register zapsat do třídní knihy mark the pupils present, absent, or late zaznamenal prezenci / docházku ASSIGNMENTS assign b'sain] zadat give extra work, zejm. amer. give an extra assignment b'sainnont] zadat mimořádný úkol, mimořádnou práci set homework zadat domácí úkol(y) do one's homework psát domácí úkol(y) hand in one's essay [esei] odevzdat kompozici (slohovou práci) correct [ks'rektj opravil paper, formálně examination paper písemka, písemná práce (forma zkoušky); set a history paper zadat písemku z historie mark an exercise in red opravit cvičení červeně EXAMINATION AND PERFORMANCE oral [o:ral] and written exam / examination ústní a písemná zkouška examine [ig'zaemin] zkoušel put up one's hand zvednout ruku, hlásit se call on so vyvolat ask sb to come to the blackboard vyvolat někoho k tabuli question sb about si dotazovat se někoho na něco ask an additional question položit dodatečnou olázku correct response [k3|rekt ri'spons] správná odpověď, správná reakce incorrect [links'rekt] nesprávný, chybný make frequent, elementary / basic mistakes dělat časté, základní chyby be accurate jskjarst] in st být přesný v něčem 52 1 53 LESSON 4 LESSON 4 incomplete [|inkam'pli:t] neúplný sit for / take an exam in st podrobit se zkoušce, dělat zkoušku z něčeho pass an exam (with high marks) složit, udělat zkoušku (s výborným prospěchem) fail neuspět, propadnout; nechat propadnout; fail a subject propadnout z předmětu fail the final exam, fail the finals neudělat závěrečnou zkoušku have a chance of passing mít naději, že projde / že udělá zkoušku be nervous, be scared mít trému; He's scared of failing. Bojí se, že to neudělá, suffer from nervousness [naivasnas] trpět nervozitou panic panikařit, propadnout panice worry about the results dělat si starosti s výsledkem performance [pa ffo:mans] výkon standard [staendad] úroveň results mn. č. (celkový) prospěch achievement [a'cirvmant] prospěch, úspěch(y) How's he getting on? Jak mu to jde? do very well (in English, at school) prospívat velmi dobře (v angličtině, ve škole); He's doing better now. Už je lepší. be brilliant at school být ve škole výborný make a great effort vyvinout velké úsilí, velmi sc snažit cram dřít, šprtat (na určitou zkoušku) excel [ik1 sel] at / in vynikat v něčem average record [|Svridž 'rekord], amer. [rekard] průměrný prospěch have (a record of) straight A's mít samé výborné The bighest mark in the test was 9 out of 10. Nejvyšší dosažený počet bodů při testu bylo 9 z 10 možných. His examination results / marks are rather disappointing. Jeho výsledky / známky ze zkoušek nás zklamaly, mark, zejm. amer. grade známka; známkovat make slow progress dělat pomalé pokroky, zlepšovat se jen pomalu satisfactory [ t saetis1 faektri] uspokojivý deserve [di'zarv] as A, ■ B / C / D zasluhovat jedničku, dvojku, trojku, čtyřku independent work [indalpendant samostatná práce copy [kopí] opisovat crib opisovat (podvodně - od souseda, z taháku) shirk [ša:k] one's job ulívat se v práci; shirk doing one's homework nedělat domácí úlohy He has been a disappointment to us. Byl pro nás zklamáním. Zklamal nás. get a bad (school) report [ri'po:t] / amer. report card dostat špatné vysvědčení certificate [sa'tifikat] závěrečné vysvědčení spoil sb's chances of entering university pokazit někomu naději na přijetí na univerzitu REWARD, PUNISHMENT, DISCIPLINE behave badly špatně se chovat well-behaved dobře vychovaný cheeky drzý talk back odmlouvat make a row [rau] dělat rámus tease [li:z] schoolmates škádlit spolužáky bully [buli] smaller boys zastrašoval menší chlapce play pranks on sb vyváděl kousky / šprýmy někomu right rvát se lie lhát, lež GOOD AND BAD QUALITIES OF PUPILS AND TEACHERS hardworking pracovitý, pilný capable [keipabl] at st schopný v něčem gifted [giftidj nadaný talented [Uelantid] talentovaný extraordinary talent [ik|Stro:dnari '-] mimořádný talent exceptional [ik'sepsnal] výjimečný He's got brains. Myslí mu to. ambitious [íem'bišas] ctižádostivý lazy liný, lenivý careless nedbalý dull nenadaný, těžkopádný, hloupý inattentive [|ina'tentav] nepozorný average [íevridž] průměrný slow worker pomalý žák lenient [lřniant] shovívavý patient [peišant] trpělivý enthusiastic [in 19ju:zi 'aestik] zanícený, zapálený exacting [ig'zEktirj] náročný conscientious [|konši'enŠ3s] svědomitý stimulate sb into an interest in st zvýšit něčí zájem o něco develop the power of logical reasoning rozvíjet schopnost logického uvažování train sb to be a good citizen vést někoho k občanské zodpovědnosti educate sb to be a patriot [paetriat, peitriat] vychovávat někoho k vlastenectví ideal teacher [ai|dial 1 -] ideální pedagog with a sense of humour [hju:ma] se smyslem pro humor a model [modi] for (the) young people vzor pro mládež experienced teacher zkušený pedagog Additional phrases from the text He let his thoughts wander [wonda] to st. Myšlenky mu k něčemu zabloudily. It will come out Vyjde to najevo. She's the opposite of him. Ona je jeho opak. The pupils are a mixed lot Žáci jsou různi. That's for sure. To je pravda. He's done nothing but (sít). Pořád jen (sedí). The moment 1 see ... Hned, jak spatřím ... It's the exam that counts [kaunts]. Nejvíc plati zkouška. Největši váhu má zkouška. reward [ri!wo:d] odměna; odměnit praise [preiz] chvátit admonish [aďmoniš] napomenout (formální styl); The teacher admonished him for making so much noise. Učitel ho napomenul, že dělá moc hluku, scold [skauld] kárat, knižně plísnit; The teacher scolded him for being lazy. Učitel ho káral kvůli jeho lenosti. rebuke for disobedience [ri'bju.k fa | diss1 bi:dians] (nehovorově) kárat za neposlušnost; stern rebuke přísné pokáráni punish severely [|paniš si'viali] přísně potrestat strict parents přísní rodiče keep rigid discipline [ii'idzid disaplin] udržovat přísnou kázeň summon [šaman] a parent to school (úředně) zavolat si rodiče do školy assign some extra work přidělit práci navíc keep in detention [di'lcnsn] for talking in class nechat po škole za vyrušování při vyučování keep in school after hours nechat po škole corporal punishment [|ko:pral 'panišmant] tělesný trest abolish [a1 bolíš] zrušit introduce [| intra1 dju:s] zavést cane rákoska expel [ik'spel] from school vyloučit ze školy drop out zanechat studia, odejít ze školy; He's a dropout. Nechal studia; the dropout rate in a course úbytek studentů v kursu (odpadáváni) pay attention in class dávat pozor při vyučování undisciplined conduct [anjdisaplind 'kondaktj neukázněné chování 1. Translate: stafFroom; English teacher; compulsory and optional subjects; the classes have been cancelled; cut classes; do well at school; average record; satisfactory performance; detention; good conduct; be expelled from school; behave in a cheeky way; lenient; shirking; extracurricular activities. 2. Find opposite*: satisfactory performance: regular verb; correct response; written exam; standard above average; be at the top of the class; praise. 3. Supply American equivalents: notice board; headmaster; deputy headmaster; form; mark; [reko:d]. 4. Translate: sedět v lavici; dvě řady s uličkou uprostřed; vybavit pomůckami; výuka jazyků; diaprojektor a promttact plátno; strávit neicon* audiovizuálními LESSON 4 54 55 LESSON 4 minut opakováním; vyvolat žáka; vyptávat se na podrobnosti; špatný ústní výkon; hanbit se; ctižádost být dobrý v co nejvíce předmětech; být schopný v tělocviku; zvlášť vynikat ve sportech; prospěch v jiných předmětech; neukázně-né chování; kárat za vyrušování během vyučování; škádlit spolužáky; udržovat pořádek ve třídě; několikrát napomenout; být přísný; chválit i trestat; pozvat rodiče do Školy; být mezi posledními ve třídě; zasluhovat špatnou známku; dostat C na vysvědčení; četné gramatické chyby v kompozici; opisovat úlohy; zadat cvičení; dělat si poznámky; shrnout námět; oznámkovat zadaný úkol; opravit stoh sešitů; samostatná práce; náročný úkol; základy oboru; vzbudit zájem o učivo; rozvíjet schopnosti logického myšlení; smysl pro krásu; občanská zodpovědnost; vlastenectví; zanedbat výchovu; zanechat studia; odměna učitele; nevýhody učitelského povolání. 5. Enumerate: a) the common audio-visual aids; b) the members of the staff; c) the various school subjects; d) the qualities of a good teacher; e) the qualities of a bad pupil; f) a few extracurricular activities; g) a few subjects for displays on the classroom notice board. 6. Read, memorize and repeat: 1. How's John getting on at school j getting on at the language school j getting on at university j getting along in his studies? - Very well. He seems to be quite capable / gifted/ bright j clever, which is a bit of surprise for us, I must say. 2. 1 suppose a lot of pupils talk in class j cheat in exams j copy their compositions I cut school now and then. What about Dick? - No, not Dick. Dick never talks in class j cheats in exams j copies his compositions j cuts school. 7. Compleie the statements: 1. His marks are rather disappointing. 2. He's making slow progress in English. 3. At first he was at the bottom of his class. 4. He doesn't pay attention in class. 5. Tm afTaíd I can't hand in my essay today. 8. What preceded the statements? 1. ... and that would spoil his chances of entering university. 2. .,. and that's why he deserves an A. 3____so I didn't punish him very severely. 4____I got scared and forgot everything. 5. ... but in the end I was pleasantly surprised. 9. Kind three responses: 1. Why aren't you prepared today? 2, What sort of assignment did you get for tomorrow? 3. Why don't you like your chemistry teacher? 4. What did your father say when he saw your school report? 10. Answer according to the text: 1. What does a classroom for language instruction look like? 2. Why is Charles's achievement below average? 3. Why is the teacher disappointed with Margaret? 4. What are her chances of entering university? 5. Why is Fred doing well in most subjects? 6. Is there anyone in the class with a record of straight A's? 7. How much French does Helen know? 8. What always spoils Dorothy's oral performance? 9. What was teaching like a hundred years ago? 10. In what ways should the teacher educate his pupils? 11, Topics for diecusaioa: 1. Compulsory and optional subjects. 2. Reasons for failing secondary-school exams. 3. Why is teaching a demanding job? 4. My favourite secondary-school teacher. 5. My class (in the year before the school-leaving exam; comment on the talents of the students, their devotion to work, personal relations, etc.). 6. My school-leaving exam. 12. Memorize die proverbs: It's never too late to learn. You can't teach an old dog new tricks. He who laughs last laughs longest. Easier said than done. Honesty is the best policy. GRAMMAR t BUDOUCÍ ČAS Budoucí čas lze vyjádřit pomocí will a infinitivu. V britské angličtině, stejně tak jako ve formální americké angličtině, může být v I. osobě shall [šl, šolj místo will; jejich stažené tvary jsou kladný '11, záporný won't a shan't. I'll help you. I will help you. He won't help me. He will not help me. Shall / will v otázce. a) Otázka Shall I do it? je většinou žádostí o radu nebo instrukci: Mám to udělat? What shall we do? Co máme / budeme dělat? b) Shall často vyjadruje nabídku, návrh: Shall I carry your bag? Mohu ti vzít tašku? Vezmu li tašku, ano? Shall we go out for lunch? Co kdybychom šli někam na oběd.' c) Will se stále více užívá v 1. osobě pro budoucnost bez prvku vůle; Witt 1 w you later? Uvidim tě později? d) Will you do it? má dvoji význam: „Uděláte to?" (olá/.ka) u ..Udělejte id. prosím." (zdvořilá žádost). Proto se někdy v 2. osobě užívá v otázce budoucí ča> průběhový misto prostého, aby bylo jasné, že jde o dotaz, a ne o zdvořilou žádost. Will you come soon? Will you be coming soon? Budoucnost v podmínkové a časové větě: Po podmínkových spojkách, tedy především po // (jestliže, -li), a po časových spojkách (viz 9. lekce) se budoucnost vyjadřuje tvary pro čas přítomný: If / When he asks you about it, tell Jestliže / Až se tě na to zeptá, pověz mu him. to. Přijdeš hrzy? ľnjd brzy. Přijdeš brzy'.' LESSON 4 56 Způsobová slovesa a budoucí čas: Opisy pro způsobová slovesa mají v budoucím čase tvary s will, případně shall Lan musí a mav netvoři budoucí čas, musí se užít opis s will (případně shall) -je-h to nutne. Často se totiž vystačí bez budoucího času- Can you come tomorrow? You must leave tomorrow. I can't buy it tomorrow but I shall be able to buy it later. I'll have to I shan't / won't be able to I'll be allowed to buy it. Můžeš I Budeš moci zítra přijít? Musíš j Budeš muset zítra odjet. Nemohu I Nebudu moci si to koupit zítra, ale budu moci si to koupit později. Budu muset J Nebudu moci > to koupit. Budu smět I Další mluvnické prostředky pro vyjádření budoucnosti: a) Pro děj již plánovaný, zejména u sloves pohybu, se často užívá průběhový přítomný čas; musí tu však být časový údaj. V češtině se podobně užívá čas přítomný. I'm leaving tonight. What are you doing tomorrow morning? Dnes večer odjíždím. Co děláš zítra ráno? b) Vazba going to + infinitiv se užívá pro vyjádření úmyslu (hodlám chci, chystám se) nebo předpovědi o blízké budoucnosti: I'm going to leave soon. He's going to be a dentist when he grows up. It's going to rain. Srovnejte: He's going to sell his house. He'll sell it if you ask him. That tree's going to be cut down. That tree will reach its full size in a hundred years. Brzy odjedu. Chystám se brzy odjet. Bude (chce být) zubařem, až doroste. Bude pršet. (např. už je zataženo) Bude prodávat svůj dům. Prodá jej, když ho požádáte. Ten strom bude poražen, (kdosi se už chystá ho kácet) Ten strom dosáhne své největší velikosti za sto let. (možnost v daleké budoucnosti) 1.1 Answer. Example: Are his translations reasonably accurate? No. but t think they will be in a fairly short time. 1. Is he good at sports and games? 2. Do they do woodwork at school? 3. Does she like mathematics? 4. Are they fluent in French conversation? 5. Can she understand spoken English? 6. Must you go right now? 1.2 Ask: Example: He'll start going to school in September. When will lw start going to school'? I. We'll get those new audio-visual aids next week. 2. You'll have to revise your lessons soon, 3. Margaret will do it after school hours. 4. He'll let her copy his homework later. 5. Some of them will get a job with the local firm. 57 LESSON 4 1.3 Put in the future tense: 1. He must mark hundreds of compositions. 2. Does he praise his pupils? 3. It isn't easy to teach a class like that. 4. Perhaps he has some satisfactory excuse. 5. They were unpleasantly surprised. 6. Can we ask some questions? 7. All the essays were corrected by the same teacher. 1.4 Translate: 1. Sejdeme se na stadiónu. 2. Zítra začneme opakování. 3. Možná, že se stane hokejovou hvězdou. 4. Matematika se příští rok bude učit jinak. 5. Kdy dostaneme nové učebnice? 6. Budou muset být pozváni všichni učitelé. 7. To ti pokazí vysvědčení. 8. Doufám, že nebudu vyvolán. 2 NEURČITÉ VÝRAZY ANY, EVERY, SOME, NO, EVER Dosud jsme se zmínili jen o ony v souvislosti s tím, že angličtina dělá větu zápornou pomocí záporky not nebo tím, že je ve větě never nebo jeden záporný výraz obecné platnosti: no a výraz odvozený s no na počátku (2. lekce), zatímco čeština zezáporňuje vše. Mezi any a dalšími neurčitými výrazy, every a some a jejich odvozeninami, je téměř úplná souvztažnost: ANY any anybody, anyone anything anywhere (in) any way (at) any time kterýkoli, jakýkoli kdokoli cokoli kamkoli, kdekoli jakkoli kdykoli We can make this model in any size. We can make anything. Ask anybody. It may be anywhere. Anywhere is better than here, {výrazy s where se mohou chovat jako podst. jméno) He can come back (at) any time. Dovedeme vyrobit tento model v jakékoli velikosti. Dovedeme vyrobit cokoli. Zeptej se kohokoli. Může to být kdekoli. Kdekoli je lépe než tu. Může se vrátit kdykoli. Poznámka: . .. Čeština dává zpravidla přednost zájmenu každý před kdokoli a kterýkoli: Anybody can explain it. He'll be back any minute. To umí vysvětlit každý. Každou chvíli bude zpátky. LESSON 4 EVERY every everybody, everyone everything everywhere in every way always každý každý všechno všude všemi způsoby vždy Every day is different. Everybody is unhappy there. Everything is ready. You will find them everywhere. We can always rely upon her. SOME J Každý den je jiný. Každý je tam nešťastný, y sec hnoje připraveno. Najdeš je všude. Na ni se můžeme vždy spolehnout. some somebody, someone something somewhere (in) some way sometime, at some time sometimes nijaký, některý někdo něco někde nějak někdy (neříká se kdy) někdy (neříká se jak často) I read it in some book. Some books are in English, others are in Czech, some twenty people I'll be away for some time. That's something else. It must be somewhere here. Don't worry, I'll do it in some way. Sometimes she laughs, sometimes she cries. We'll take our holiday August. Četl jsem to v nějaké knize. Některé knihy jsou anglické, jiné české. nějakých dvacet osob Nějakou dobu budu pryč. To je něco jiného. Musí to tu někde být. Nestarej se, nějak to udělám. Někdy sc směje, někdy pláče. sometime in Dovolenou si vybereme někdy v srpnu. NO no /none nobody, no one nothing nowhere in no way never žádný nikdo nic nikde nijak nikdy 59 LESSON 4 Poznámky: 1. Českému „nějaký" často odpovídá pouhý neurčitý člen (a jeho plurálový protějšek [sam]): There's a book on the desk. Na stole je nějaká kniha. There're some books on the desk. Na stole jsou nějaké knihy. 2. Rozdíl mezi sometimes a sometime se neprojevuje u always, které znamená jak „v každé době", tak „pokaždé". 3. Protože some se týká něčeho, co je v blíže neurčené podobě nebo v blíže neurčeném množství, hodí se za protějšek k „trochu"; toto some má pak oslabenou výslovnost [sam] (jak již bylo uvedeno v 3. lekci): I'll have some tea. I'll have some more tea. Vezmu si trochu čaje. Vezmu si ještě trochu čaje. 4. Další případy užití any a some: Any, protože se týká něčeho, co je jen pomyslné nebo nekonkrétní, se hodí do otázek a záporných vět, do podmínkových vět a do vět s hardly j scarcely (stěží, sotva). Are there any mushrooms here? No, there aren't any mushrooms here. If I had any power ... I've scarcely any money left. Hardly anybody likes him. Jsou I Rostou tu nějaké houby? (ptáme se na něco, co tu možná ani není) Ne, tady nejsou žádné houby. Kdybych měl nějakou moc .., (kterou nemám, ale kterou si představuji) Nezbývají mi už skoro žádné peníze. Skoro nikdo ho nemá rád. Someie pak všude jinde. V otázce a v podmínkové větě (s českým „by") může být jen tehdy, víme-li, že to, oč jde, existuje, je k dispozici, přichází v úvahu, je v potřebném množství. Srovnejte: Mohl bych st vzít moučník? Máš nějaký moučník? (vůbec nějaký) Chceš-li čaj, tak si vezmi / nalej. Chceš-li čaj, budu muset ho jit koupit. Coul d I have some cake? Have you got any cake? If you want some / any tea, just help yourself. If you want any / some tea. Til have to go and buy some. Some se tedy užívá ve větách, které sice mají formu otázky, ale jsou vlastně žádostí nebo vybídnutím: Will you have some cake? Vezmeš si moučník? ( = vezmi si). Ve větách s if lze užít obojí; v nabídkách je zdvořilé some. 5. Any, some, all v izolovaném postavení: Some (výslovnost [sam]), any a all mohou stát izolovaně, bez podstatného jména: a) které už bylo uvedeno; b) k označení neurčitých lidských kolektivů a neurčitého množství: I need some stamps. Have you got any? - Here are some. Some say .. Potřebuji (nějaké) známky. Máte nijaké? - Tady jsou nějaké. Někteří říkají... Někdo říká ... LESSON 4 6. No - none: ffi^tSSKŽS^S^ — [naň,, p^obnějaJ Vyber uvádí předložka oj: CI,d!"eauJe-" oj) nebo every (u osob i věcí), 61 LESSON 4 None have returned yet Have you got any money? - No None None of us was / were there none of that money Nikdo {žádný) se Ještě nevrátil Mate nějaké peníze? - Žádné. Nikdo z nás tam nebyl nic z těchto peněz 7. AU - everything: Zatímco all „všichni" je označeni životného, zejména lidského kolektivu, je „vše(chno)" all nebo everything, AU nazírá na souhrn, byť vnitrně členěný, everything pohlíží na jednotky, které dohromady vytvářej! souhrn. This money is now all yours. Ty peníze jsou ted všechny 1 haven't found everything. Všechno jsem ještě nenašel. 8. Za výrazy s no-, any-, some-, every- a také tázacími s wh- (a pří how) stoji else: nothing else nic jiného, anyone else kdokoli jiný, somewhere else někde jinde, everybody else každý jiný, what else co jiného, co ještě, who else kdo ještě, where else kde ještě. | Příslušné výrazy samotné se však doplňují s other: no other man, any other] book, every other suggestion. Podobne je s neurčitým členem another (v množném j čísle other): another word - other words (viz 1. lekce). Za výrazy pro počet a množství však stojí more: two more men ještě dva muži, dva další muži, give me three more dej mi ještě tři, I'd like to have some more chtěl • bych ještě trochu, / haven't got any more už žádné další nemám, víc už nemám. O čase je never more, ever more. no more už nikdy, ale some other time někdy jindy, (at) any other time kdykoli jindy. EVER Jako v případě výrazů never, always a sometime(s) stojí také pro údaj o čase jako složka souvztažné dvojice tvar ever: Nikdo se mě nikdy neptal. 1. Zápor: Nobody has ever asked me. 2. Otázka: Do you ever see her? Vidíte ji někdy? 3. Podmínka: Ring me up if you ever Zavolejte mi, jestli někdy přijedete do come to Prague. Prahy. Kombinovaně: Nothing will ever surprise anyone Nic nikoho nepřekvapí víc než toto. more than this. No money can ever buy anybody's Žádné peníze nemohou nikomu koupit health, zdraví. Did any of you ever get anywhere? Dostal se někdy někdo z vás někam? 2.1 Answer (using any and its compounds): Example; What shall I star! with? - Start with anything you like. 1. Who shall I ask? 2. What shall I choose? 3. Where shall I meet him? 4. What time shall Í come? 5. Which of them shall I choose? 6. What shall I write on the postcard? 7. When shall we return? 8. Who shall I revise it with? 2.2 Fill in so/ne j any (or some...) and ever; 1. You've eaten hardly ... 2. I hardly ... go out these days. 3. Hardly ... likes him, because he's so rude. 4. She has scarcely ... money left. 5.1 hardly know ... people there now. 6. Nobody has... complaint. 7.1 need... sunglasses. Have you got...? 8. Call on us if you ... come to London. 9. If you want... cakes, just help yourself. 10. If I had ... influence on him, he might change his decision. 2.3 Translate: 1. Musi to být někde zde. 2. Někdy mě velice povzbudí jakýkoli malý úspěch. 3. To ti vysvětlí kdokoli. 4. Jeho se můžeš zeptat cokoli. 5. To najdeš v kterémkoli větším slovníku. 6. Znám něco lepšího než tohleto. 7. Nějak se mi to nelíbí. 8. Nijak mi nepomohl. 9. Tady smíš zastavit kdekoli. 10. Nějakou dobu budu pryč. 11. Půjčilas mu ještě nějaké věci? 12. Bude to asi někde jinde. 13. Neudělal skoro žádnou chybu. 14. Téměř nikdo tam nepřišel. 15. Víc už nemám. BRITISH EDUCATION Compulsory education in Britain begins at the age of five and no children leave school before they are sixteen. The first- type of school a child goes to is the primary school, divided into Infants (5-7) and Juniors (7-11). During this time each class of children, normally about thirty, is taught by one teacher for a whole year and this teacher takes them for all subjects. There are five days of school a week. Classes usually begin at about 9.00 a.m. and end at about 3 or 4 p.m.; the younger children do not stay the whole day. Boys and girls are taught together. At the age of eleven most children now go to a comprehensive school, where they stay until they are sixteen. There children are divided into classes according to their talents and inclinations, but for social activities they are divided into houses, each house comprising younger and older children, the clever and dull -to be as near a real cross-section of society as possible. In the past gifted children with a good school record went to grammar schools, which were orientated towards university entrance. Grammar schools existed from the 16th century, when grammar meant Latin and Greek. At the age of sixteen pupils take examinations leading to the General Certificate of Secondary Education (GCSE), after a two-year course in a number of subjects. The GCSE is accepted for entry to courses of vocational training. If the pupils get good results, they can stay on at school, in the sixth form, until they are eighteen, and prepare for the Advance'd-level exams (A levels). The pupils take fewer (only two or three) subjects for A level than for the GCSE. The A-level examination is set and papers are marked by examining boards connected with the universities. Three good A-level passes mean the young person has a chance of going on to university or some other form of higher education. If, for example, you wanted to study science at a university, you would need one A level in a science subject like physics, another (at least a B) in mathematics, and a third in some other subject. In 1989 another examination was introduced, the Advanced Supplementary (AS) level. It provides an opportunity for sixth-form pupils to study a wider range of subjects than for an A level, for instance both arts and science subjects. The British system of education does not distinguish between "state" schools and "private" schools, but between "maintained" and "independent" schools. LESSON 4 - -7 The former are maintained out of public funds, but 80 per cent of money comes from local authorities and only 20 per cent from the state. Independent schools,: which educate about 5 per cent of British children, are not maintained from public money but from the fees paid by the pupils. No fees are charged at maintained schools and books and equipment in them are free. The independent j schools are not quite independent; they are open to inspection and can be j required to improve their instruction and accomodation or to exclude any one considered unsuitable as the proprietor of such a school or as a teacher there. Independent schools for pupils from the age of 13 include the "public schools". Some of them are famous boarding schools with a great deal of prestige and a high standard of education, for example Eton and Harrow. Most maintained secondary schools in England and Wales and nearly all in Scotland are mixed schools, i.e. coeducational. On the other hand, most independent schools are single-sex (the famous public schools are generally boys' schools), although the number of mixed schoois is growing. Besides the universities, which offer academic studies, the main establishments of further education are the polytechnics (where subjects are studied in a more practical way) and the many hundreds of institutes and colleges of various kinds, many of them specializing in certain fields. coeducational [jkaucdzu'keisanl] koedukační; entry přijetí; establishment of further education škola poskytující další, vyšši vzdělání; examining board zkušební komise; exclude [ik 'sklu:d] vyloučit; fund fond; inclination | inkb'neisn] sklon; infant [infant] dítě; open to inspection podléhající inspekci; orientate [o:rianteit] zaměřit; pass absolvování (zkoušky); prestige [pře1 sti:{d)ž] prestiž, proslulost; proprietor [pra'praiata] majitel; science subject přírodovědný obor; single-sev nekoedukačni; vocational training [víUjkcišnal ' ] odborná výuka pro průmysl a obchod 63 LESSON 5 FROM THE LANGUAGE LAB TO THE CAFETERIA John's last lesson before the lunch break was a language drill in the language lab. Students, with their headsets on. sat in their cubicles listening to real-life conversations between two native English speakers. The purpose of this type of excercise is to get the learners accustomed to other voices than those of their teachers and to improve their pronunciation, rhythm, and intonation. That is why the recording has a second version, in which the text is divided into segments with pauses in between so that the students can repeat what they have heard. In part two of the laboratory exercises the students were responding to oral stimuli. Each response was to take the form of a particular grammatical mode!. The responses were monitored by the teacher sitting at the control desk. Of course, he could only listen to one person at a time, but each student could check whether what he had said was correct or not because there was a repetition and a pause for self-correction in each pattern practice. Suddenly, John began to feel weak and his mistakes became more frequent; sometimes his responses did not even make sense. He is not very fond of this type of exercise, because he likes to work at his own pace, which is impossible here. Besides, there was a repeated noise in the cubicle, and this made him nervous. He wondered what it could be, when suddenly he realized that it was his stomach rumbling; there had been no time for breakfast that morning and it was nearly one o'clock. Fortunately, at one sharp the teacher switched off the tape recorder; the lesson was over and the students could go to the cafeteria. The cafeteria is a large hall with many tables. At one counter you take a tray and cutlery, at the next you get soup and the main course and, sometimes, a dessert. After the meal you bring your tray and the empty plates to a third counter. Students here do not pay for their meal each time, as they do in cafeterias on US campuses; instead, they buy coupons once a month and hand in a coupon with the date stamped on it for each meal. The meals are cheap because they are subsidized. The choice is usually between at least two dishes, e.g. roast beef, vegetables, and potatoes or rice, or pork with sauerkraut and dumplings. There may also be a sweet dish. Between twelve and one o'clock there is usually a queue at the counters, as many students finish their classes at the same time. But when John arrived the dining hall was half empty and he could take his time over the meal. He had hardly finished his soup when he felt his strength returning and his head beginning to clear again. What a pity we have no language drills now, he thought. I'd show them. He started talking to another student about the problem of developing the habit of correct and automatic responses in the language lab. He described various types of audio-oral drills and exercises designed to improve comprehension and explained how each of them helps the learner to achieve oral fluency. He was about to start in on the psychological problems of feedback and increased stress situations, when another student sitting at the same table LESSON 5 64 addressed him. This man. a medical student, had been silently chewing his lunch and now he said: "Excuse my intruding, but don't you think it's rather off-putting to talk shop over lunch? Just let me finish my meal in peace - or else I'll tel you an about the dissection we had this morning in the Department of Pathology. r Dinner with a friend A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B: Do start. Mmm - this pie is lovely. It's homemade, isn't it? Yes, it's something my mother used to make. You must let me have the recipe, {After a few minutes) Would you like some more? No thanks, that was absolutely delicious. Can I take your plate then? Yes, please Oh, let me give you a hand with the washing-up. He: Well, that, honestly, that was a marvellous meal. She: Oh, I'm glad you enjoyed it. 1 was a bit surprised it al! turned out so well myself. " No, it was really delicious. What about some more coffee? Yes, I'd love some. Right. If 1 could just reach over there ... No, don't bother, I can do it myself. Look, would you mind very much if I smoked? No, not at all. Where's the ashtray? Oh, it's over there. He She. He: She: He: She: VOCABULARY LANGUAGE LABORATORY learner učící se osobu switch on / off the tape recorder zapnout / vypnou) magnetofon booth [bu:6]. amer. lbu;6], cubicle |kju:bíkrj kabina {otevřený box) have the headset on nut nasazená sluchátka (často souprava s mikrofonem u úst) a pair of earphones [íafeunz] pár sluchátek talk into a microphone [maikrafaun] mluvit do mikrofonu monitor [moiiilsj the pupils from the control desk monitorovat / sledovat žáky od přístrojového stolu control panel řp*ní] přístrojová deska adjust a knob [s'dzast a 'nob) upravit / nařídit knoflík play back a real-life conversation přehrát konverzaci ze života native speaker rodilý mluvčí listen to a stow version (vs:sn] poslouchat pomalou verzí divide the text into segments rozčlenit text na úseky record with pauses Ipo.ziz] nahrát s pauzami repetition drepa'lisn] opakování repeat [ri1 pi;i] opakovat imitate fimateit] napodobit memorize [memaraiz] učit se zpaměti, zapamatoval si learn by heart učit se nazpaměť response to a stimulus [stimjulís) reakce na podnít f.5 audio-oral [|odsou'o:r,->lj drill audioorálni výcvik ' dril pattern practice strukturní výcvik sentence pattern větná struktura model sentence vzorová věta self-correction [iselľks'rekšn] vlastní oprava work at one's own speed / pace pracovat / postupovat vlastním tempem go / work through the materials projít materiál make sense dávat smysl dim noise šum faulty [fmlii] vadný become fluent Jfluiant] osvojit si plynulost achieve fluency [flu:ansi] dosáhnout plynulosti inability to understand fluent spoken English neschopnost rozumět / sledovat plynulou mluvenou angličtinu feedback zpětná vazba develop a habit vytvořit si návyk mastery of English ovládání angličtiny CAFETERIA cafeteria [ | kaefa1 tioria] jídelna sc samoobsluhou; student cafeteria menza; I ate in hall last night, brit. Včera večer jsem jedl v menze. tray podnos cutlery [kathri] /. č příbory, příbor {knife, fork, spoon) counter Jkaunu] přepážka, okénko, pult plate talíř main course hlavni chod soup [su:p] polévka hand in a coupon [ku.pon] odevzdat ústřižek meal coupon stravenka subsidize fsabsadaiz] the meals subvencovat stravování table talk rozhovor u jídla talk shop over one's meal bavit se o práci (vc svém oboru) při jídle take one's time over the meal jist pomalu, nespěchal s jídlem unappetizing [an'xpstaizirj] nechutný finish one's meal peacefully v klidu dojíst COOKING boil in a pot / saucepan fso:spa;n] vařit v hrnci / LESSON 5 fry in a frying pan sina/it na pánvi bake In the oven [;tvnj péci v troubě toast in the toaster opčk.it na opékači topi-nek roast péci {<> muse v troubě) grill on / under the grill griloval na rožní melt fat rozpustit tuk stir with a wooden spoon míchat vařečkou grate on a grater strouhal na struhadlc trimmings mn. č. príloha a obloha (vie. co patři k masu. jako brambory a zelenina. li'Wiw pudding apoel.) dumpling knedlík (vlastné velký nok. nekrá/i \e z šišky: český „knedi'k" by bylo možno pŕehžit .Czech dumpling") add ingredients [in'grŕdísnts] přidat přísady flour [flauaj mouka satt |so.h) sůl: osolů spice kořeni; highly-spiced tsilně) kořeněný spread [spred] mazat, roztírat; pomazánka: spread st on nama/at něčím; spi end st with st namazal si něco něčím toast j. č. topinka, topinky; a slice of toast topinka (opéká se be: tuku) homemade food domáci strava recipe Iresapi) recept cake dort, kousek (din-tu) pit [pat) koláč (plněný) cookery book, amer. cookbook kuchařská kniha, kuchařka spoil a meal pokazil jídlo cat st left over from last night jíst něco, to zůstalo od večera leftovers zbytky have an open sandwich (sicuwidžj, amir. [sren(d)wič) sníst si obložený chlebíček (ne ..eat") make a sandwich udělal obložený chléb í.r náplni mezi dvěnut krajíčky chleba, obvykle [iiekrojenými do trojúhelníku) have a cup of tea vypít (si) šálek čaje(w „drink") make tea or coffee varu čaj nebo kávu (ne „cook") iovely velmi dobrý delicious [di'lišos] velmi chutný, lahodný marvellous, outer, marvelous fmarrvfos] báječný LESSON 5 66 Additional phrases from the text It's my stomach rumbling. To mi tak kručí v žaludku, off-putting odrazující let me have dej mi Would you like some more? Chtěl bys ještě? Everything turned out well. Všechno dobře dopadlo. honestly [onastlíj vážně, na mou duši, čestné slovo 1. Supply synonyms: interval; understanding; earphones; cubicle; learn by heart; become fluent; at one o'clock exactly; a very good dish; main course; cooked at home; wash the dishes. 2. Distinguish: restaurant - cafeteria; habit - custom; talk shop - talk about the shop; meal -dish; prescription - recipe; boil - cook; bake - roast - toast; the record - to record; control - check; button - knob; ticket - coupon. 3. Translate: sedět v kabině; mít nasazená sluchátka; zapnout magnetofon; mluvit do mikrofonu; nastavit knoflík na přístrojové desce; rozdělit text na úseky; reagovat na ústní podněty; strukturní výcvik; kontrolovat správnost; pauza pro opakování; zpětná vazba; nahrávat odpovědi; pracovat vlastním tempem; rozvíjet správné návyky; porozumět rodilému mluvčímu; nedává to smysl; dosáhnout plynulosti ústního projevu; fronta u výdejního okénka; vzít si podnos, talíře a příbor; polévka, hlavní jídlo a zákusek; odevzdat ústřižek; subvencovat stravování (= jídla); vepřová s kyselým zelím a knedlíky; domácí moučník; vypít šálek čaje; uvařit čaj; nechutný; dojíst; lahodný; dát recept; pomoci s nádobím; promiň, že vyrušuji; bavil se o práci. 1 2. 4. Read, memorize and repeat: We could have cornflakes / ham / toast / fried eggs for breakfast. What do you say? - Hm, cornflakes / ham I toast j fried eggs would make a nice change. We've had porridge / sausages / bread and butter / boiled eggs twice this week already. Couldn't we have lamb chops j steak j something sweet / roast beef for dinner? Or would that mean a lot of extra work? - Let me think. Yes, we could have lamb chops / steak j something sweet j roast beef. We haven't had them j it for a long time. 5. Complete the statements: 1. Don't bother, I can ... 2. You must let me have the recipe. 3. What a pity we ... 4. Give me a hand with the washing-up. 5. Excuse me intruding. 6.1 like to take my time over dinner. 7. I'm not fond of this type of exercise. 8. Would you mind very much if I smoked? 6. What preceded the statements? I. Yes, I'd love some. 2. I'm glad you enjoyed it. 3. Let me finish my meal in peace. 4, It was absolutely delicious. 5.1 had a sandwich instead. 6. It would spoil the meal. 67 LESSON 5 7. Make three responses: 1. What was your lunch like? 2. You're eating very little these days. 3. Have another piece of meat. 4. Did you find something good in the cookery book? 8. Answer according to the text: 1. What types of exercises do the students do in the language lab? 2. Why are the texts divided into segments? 3. What is the purpose of these exercises? 4. Why are the responses monitored? 5. What is the principle of feedback? 6. Why is John making a lot of mistakes today? 7. Is there any choice of dishes in the student cafeteria? 8. How are the meals served there? 9. Is it "done" to talk shop over one's meal? 10. How did the medical student react to John's conversation about the language lab? 9. Topics for discussion: 1. The meals you like best and the meals you hate in your student cafeteria. 2. What things can spoil your appetite? 3. Do people spend too much on food in this country? 4. Should breakfasts be more leisurely than they are? 5. Comment on which of the following English language problems is the most serious for you: a) inability to understand fluent spoken English, especially when the language is informal or colloquial; b) inability to take part in discussions; c) inability to read quickly and efficiently; d) difficulty in taking lecture notes in English; e) inability to use the polite conventions of English. 6. If you had an English language instructor, what specific things would you ask him to do? 10. explain and memorize the proverbs and sayings: Too many cooks spoil the broth. The proof of the pudding is in the eating. It's no use crying over spilt milk. You can't have your cake and eat it. He knows which side his bread is buttered. A watched pot never boils. That isn't my cup of tea. A storm in a teacup. GRAMMAR 1 MINULÝ CAS Většina anglických sloves tvoří minulý čas pravidelně, tvarem s koncovkou ~ed. Její výslovnost závisí na povaze předcházející hlásky (podobně jako koncového -s v 3. osobě jednotného čísla přítomného času): [-d] po znělých souhláskách a po samohláskách [-t] po neznělých souhláskách; avšak: [-id] po [l d] Pravopisné úpravy nastávají v těchto případech: li ve - Uved končí-li infinitiv na němé -e, připojuje se jen ~d; stop - stopped souhláska po jednoduché prízvučné samohlásce se zdvojuje; travel travelled koncové -/ se zdvojuje v britské angličtině; LESSON 5 68 69 LESSON 5 try - tried stay - stayed koncové -y se měni v avšak ve skupině samohláska + -y koncové -y zůstává (slovesa say, pay, lay jsou nepravidelná). Did you help him? Why Where did you help him? When otázka I didn't J help him. I did not { zápor j Who helped him? kladná otázka s tázacím zájmenem ve 1 funkci podmetu, proto bez do Didn't you 1 help him? Did you not | záporná otázka; výzva k potvrzení naší domněnky nebo vyslechnutého sdělení You helped him, didn't you'' You didn't help him, did you? dovětek záporný a kladný Přehled minulého času způsobových sloves Přítomný čas CAN Minulý čas could, was able to He can read: 1. může číst 2. umí číst zápor: cannot / can't, isn't able to cannot / can't určitě ne MUST He must be there: 1. musí tam být (donucen) 2. musí tam být (Jistě) zápor: need not / needn't, doesn't have to, didn't have to, didn't need to; doesn't need lo needn't + minulý infinitiv (viz L 9) MAY He may do it: 1. smi to udělat I. was allowed to 2. možná, že to udělá 2. may -+- minulý infinitiv (viz L 9) could not / couldn't, wasn't able to cannot / can't + minulý infinitiv (viz L 9) 1. had to 2. must + minulý infinitiv (viz L 9) zápor. 1. must not / mustn't 2. may not 1. was not allowed to 2. may not -f minulý infinitiv (vil L 9} 1.1 Ask: Example: He wanted lo buy a car. - But did he buy it? I don't think he did. 1. They wanted to do some drills in the language lab. 2. He wanted to borrow some tapes of native English speakers. 3. She wanted to iearn to speak like a native Englishman. 4. They wanted to meet him in the cafeteria. 5. They wanted to have a meal with him. 1.2 Respond: Example: I waited outside the cinema. But Ann didn't wait there, did she'' \. I could do it in two minutes. 2.1 had to stay at home. 3. We enjoyed the class with him. 4. 1 listened to his recording yesterday. 5. He improved his intonation very much last term. 1.3 Ask in the past tense: Example: Who (help) you? - Who helped you? Who you (help)? - Who did you help? 1. Who (check) it? 2. How many responses you (check)? 3. Who (record) the second version? 4. Whose voices you (record)? 5. Which of them (improve) his English most? 6. How (improve) your intonation? 7. Who (have) the best mark? 8. How many A's he (have)? 9. Who (spoil) the meal yesterday? 10. What else you (spoil)? 1.4 Translate: 1. Nevysvětlil ti nic, že ne? 2. Co ti řekl? 3. Kolik chyb udělá) na jedné stránce? 4. Copak ti s tím překladem nepomohl? 5. Kdo zapnu! ten magnetofon? 6. Nemohl mi to bohužel nahrát na pásek. 7. Kohos potka! cestou? 8. Kdo si to od tebe vypůjčil? 9. Musel skutečně odejít tak brzy? 10. Copak jsi to nezkusil dvakrát? 11. Kde se to stalo? 12. Chtěl ti pomoci, že? 13. Či úlohu jsi opravil? 14. Snídal v osm nebo později? 15. Před dvěma dny jsem to ještě nesměl jist, ale teď už jsem úplně zdráv. 2 NEPRAVIDELNÁ SLOVESA I become became become stát se come came come přijít give gave given dát go went gone jít, jet aj. know knew known vědět, znát show showed shown ukázal speak spoke spoken mluvil take took taken vzít write wrote written psát Téměř všechna nepravidelná slovesa, jejichž minulý Čas končí na hlásky [-d] nebo [-t], maji stejný tvar i v minulém (trpném) přtčestí. Výjimky jsou slovesa go, show, write a ještě několik dalších (viz pozdější lekce). LESSON 5 70 bring leave lose meet pay put read [ri:d] say [sei] sit tell understand brought left lost met paid put read [red] said [sed] sat told understood brought left lost met paid put read [red] said [sed] sat told understood přinést odejít, opustit ztratit potkat platit dát, položit číst říct sedět povědět rozumět 2.1 Answer: Example: Did he mention it on Wednesday or on Thursday? / think he mentioned it on Thursday. 1. Did he come back before midnight or after midnight? 2. Did he become headmaster or deputy headmaster? 3. Did she go with Catherine or by herself? 4. Did she leave it for me or for Daisy? 5. Did they meet at the party or on the trip? 6, Did he read it in English or in a Czech translation? 7. Did she writ., to Susan or to Alice? 8. Did he find it out by himself or together with Diana? 9. Did you lose it in the street or in the park? 10. Did you say you'd go or you wouldn't go? 11. Did they pay for all of it or only for a part of it? 12. Did you tell Robert or Michael about your plans? 13. Did she speak to Elizabeth or to Margaret? 14. Did he know your father or your uncle? 15. Did he understand everything or nearly everything? 16. Did she bring her sister or her cousin with her? 17. Did they give her a souvenir or some flowers? 18. Did you put it in your bag or in your pocket? 19. Did he take a bus or a train? 20. Did they sit in the front row or in the back row? 2.2 Put into the passive voice: Example: Someone mentioned it to him yesterday. - It was mentioned to him yesterday. I. Somebody found it two days ago. 2. No one lost it they put it in the wrong place. 3. Somebody wrote the answer on the cover of the book. 4. Someone must know it by now. 5. They speak English here. 6. Somebody told them to leave. 7. Someone paid a very high price for it. 8. Somebody gave it to me as a present. 9. Someone brought it a few minutes ago. 10. Somebody took it from my desk. 2.3 Translate: 1. Četl o tom v novinách; minulý týden o tom psaly všechny noviny. 2. Ztratil peněženku, ale zase ji našel. 3. Jel autem, ale vrátil se vlakem - měl havárii. 4. Odjel před půldruhou hodinou. 5. Mluvil tak zřetelně, že mu všichni rozuměli. 6. Znal jsem ho, a proto jsem jim řekl: Nic mu nepůjčujte. 7. Dal ji pěkný dárek - včera ho přinesla a ukázala nám ho. 8. Vzal si židli a sedl si. 9. Když jsem ho potkal, řekl mi jen ahoj. 10. Oblékl si ty nové šaty a odešel na večírek. 11. Zaplatil jsem za vstupenku spoustu peněz. 71 LESSON 5 3 STUPŇOVÁNÍ PŘÍDAVNÝCH JMEN A PŘÍSLOVCÍ A VĚTY SROVNÁVACÍ Typ přídavného jména krátké dlouhé 2. stupeň příd. jméno + -er more + příd. jméno 3. stupen the + příd. jméno + -est the most + příd. jméno Pravopisná poznámka: Koncové -e odpadá {nice - nicer - the nicest). Koncové -y se mění či nemění v -/- podobně jako před -ed u sloves (happy - happier - the happiest; carry -carried; ale gay - gayer - the gayest; play - played). Podobně se koncová souhláska zdvojuje za stejných podmínek jako před -ed: big - bigger, hot - hotter, stop ~ stopped, ale cheap - cheaper, clean - cleaned. Dvouslabičná přídavná jména končící na vyslovovanou (např. narrow) nebo i psanou samohlásku (pretty) nebo na slabikotvorné -/ (simple) nebo mající přízvuk na druhé slabice se obvykle stupňují jako krátká. Ostatní dvouslabičná přídavná jména se stupňují jako dlouhá (i když některá se běžně stupňují obojím způsobem, např. quiet, cruel, common, pleasant). Kvůli důrazu se někdy stupňují pomocí more a the most i krátká přídavná jména (Today I feel more fit than yesterday. - survival of the fittest přežití nejschopnějších). Menší míra vlastnosti se vyjadřuje příslovci less [les] „méně" a the least [li:st] „nejméně"; tedy obdobně jako v češtině. Jsou to tvary nepravidelně stupňovaného příslovce little (málo). a less useful book méně užitečná kniha the least useful of the four books nejméně užitečná ze čtyř knih Srovnávací věty Srovnávací spojka pro 2. stupeň srovnávané vlastnosti je than [San]: It's more interesting than you think. Je to zajímavější, než si myslíš. Pro vyjádření stejného stupně srovnávané vlastnosti se v kladné větě užívá spojka as ... as, v záporné větě not as ... as nebo not so ... as: I'm as old as him / as he is. Jsem stejně starý jako on. I'm not as / so old as him. Nejsem tak starý jako on. I'm not so old as he is. Přídavná jména good, bad a far se stupňují nepravidelně: good - better - the best bad - worse - the worst far - farther / further - the farthest / furthest Příslovce - až na několik níže uvedených výjimek more a most; ve 3. stupni není člen. Výjimky: se stupňují pomocí LESSON 5 721 73 LESSON 5 much mnoho - more - most little málo - less - least badly špatně - worse - worst well dobře - better - best far daleko - farther / further - farthest / furthest He brought it more quickly than I had expected. Better late than never. He's worse off than you. It's more or less the same. How far is it? - Farther than 1 thought. I'm too tired to walk any further. Brno is further from Prague than from Bratislava. Přinesl to rychleji, než jsem čekal. Lépe pozdě než nikdy. Je na tom hůř než ty. Je to více méně totéž. . Jak je to daleko? - Dál, než jsem si myslel. Jsem příliš unaven, abych mohl jít ještě dál. Brno je dál od Prahy než od Bratislavy. 3.1 Express an objection (using cither more or -er forms, as required): Example: it isn'l very important. - // s more important than vou think - // certainly was. In fact, it was the most common mistake. 5. It isn't a long story. 7. Frank isn't very good at PE. 3.2 Respond: Example: That was a very interesting film, wasn't it? interesting film I've ever seen. 1. Those girls are quite pretty, aren't they? 2. Those were very expensive cars, weren't they? 3. That's very funny hat, isn't it? 4. That boy's very nervous, isn't, he? 5. Those are very nice shoes, aren't they? 3.3 Translate: 1. Nebyl tak úspěšný jako ostatní. 2. Samozřejmě, že je pohodlnější úlohu opsat. 3. Je chytřejší, než jsem si myslel. 4. Zdá se mi, že není tak hloupý, jak vypadá. 5. Který jazyk je nejobtižnější? 6. Krajina je tam ještě nádhernější než na těch pohlednicích. 7. Má z nás všech nejzajimavější povoláni. 8. Jeho prospěch v druhém semestru je mnohem horší než v prvním. 9. Nejhorší na tom je, že se ani nesnaží si jej zlepšit. 10. Možná, že nemluví tak plynule, ale psát kompozice umí lépe než kdokoli jiný. 11. Toto je nejméně obtížná část gramatiky. 12. Nejpříjemnější procházky jsou v tomto parku. FOOD In different parts of Britain people have different eating habits and call their meals by different names: perhaps breakfast is the only meal that is known by the same name throughout the country. The midday meal generally goes by the name of "lunch", and is usually fairly small. The main meal of the day is called dinner, and, except for Sundays and special occasions such as Christmas, it is usually eaten in the evening, at about seven o'clock. (Before this, of course, there has been afternoon tea.) The last meal of the day is sometimes referred to as supper, especially if it is fairly modest. For most people, breakfast is a bowl of cereal followed by toast and marmalade with a cup of coffee or tea. Some people have a cooked breakfast (often bacon and eggs) but this is not as common as it used to be. Lunch is usually a quick meal; most people have something like soup, a salad, a sandwich, or a light snack. Teatime comes around 4 p.m. The traditional tea is bread and butter with jam, cakes and biscuits - and of course tea, which in England is drunk with milk and (usually) sugar. Nowadays many people do not eat much at teatime, but most still have at least a cup of tea. The hot dinner may have two, three, or four courses. First soup or some other starter, then the main course (meat or fish with vegetables), next a dessert, and finally perhaps cheese and biscuits. The meat may be a stew, chops, a meat pie (meat enclosed in pastry and baked), a roast joint if it is Sunday, with potatoes and at least one other vegetable (peas, brussels sprouts, carrots, cabbage). Most families have fish for dinner once a week. The sweet may be fruit, fresh or stewed, fruit salad, fruit pie or fruitcake, pudding with custard, jelly with cream, ice cream, or, in families that want a really solid meal, some kind of pudding or other heavy dish. With the meal they may have beer or cider or wine, and they will finish with coffee now rather than with tea. If you are asked to dinner, an offer to help with the washing-up will be much appreciated even if declined. Eating habits in the North tend to be slightly different: there many people have what is called "high tea" at about five or six o'clock. The North of England and Scotland are famous for their homemade bread, buns, scones, biscuits, and cakes, and all these are served at high tea, preceded by some light dish, which might be fish (fresh, tinned, or smoked), ham, sausages, eggs, or cheese. And two or three cups of tea. This is not usually sufficient to last until the next morning, so there is often more tea or cocoa or some other drink made with milk, and sandwiches and cakes, sometime before bed. In the past, British food did not enjoy a very good reputation among foreigners. But it has improved considerably in recent years. However, there are still two main problems, vegetables and coffee: vegetables are usually overcooked, and coffee is usually instant. Also remember that if you ask for coffee in Britain it will normally be served white (unless you ask specially for a black coffee). bowl [haul] mísa. miska; bun brioška (sladké pečivo kulatého tvaru); brussels sprouts [ (braslz 1 sprauts], hovor, sprauts mn. č. růžičková kapusta; chop kotleta; custard [kastod| vaječný krém; fruitcake ['- -] biskupský chlebíček; jelly [dželi] želé; overcooked rozvařený, převařený; pastry [peistri] pečivo, moučník; scone [skon, skoun] brit. vdoleček (ji se teplý, s máslem) = amer. biscuit; starter první chod; stew guláš, dušené maso se šťávou; stewed fruit kompot; tinned konzervovaný LESSON 6 75 LESSON 6 THE COMMON ROOM John dropped into the common room in the halls of residence. There you can always find a friend, or at least someone you know will turn up. And if you do not know anyone at all you can get acquainted with somebody. You can even make a new friend. John had a look round and did not see any of his close friends; his experienced eye noticed, however, a girl who was sitting alone on a settee. She felt lonely and bored because her boyfriend was playing chess. As a matter of fact, she felt so neglected that she was quite pleased when John took a seat beside her and offered her his company. Soon they were engaged in a lively conversation. Did Jim, her boyfriend, mind? Not right now: he had eves for nothing but the game, which he was winning. Jim made a move and Bob, his opponent, looked even more worried. He was losing because he had made several mistakes. He wanted to avoid the checkmate that was threatening but he could not concentrate on the game very well because the record player was making an awful noise - a pop singer was singing the latest hit. Just as Bob was about to go over and tell the girls listening to it to turn down! the sound a little bit, they switched the record player off in order to discuss records. They started comparing two popular groups, arguing whether they were as good as the Beatles in their time. As usual, the pop fans failed to agree; they each had their own favourite. But the room was relatively quiet now. At another table, three young men were reading magazines and newspapers, completely oblivious to their surroundings. They were trying to catch up on the latest world news, since one of their main interests is discussing political de-i velopments. They are regarded by many as great authorities on anything tha^ happens in the world, though they often disagree with each other in thei* interpretation of events. Another serious-minded young man was standing alone at the bookcase* trying to find some bedside reading. He and his girlfriend had broken up and now he was looking for a book in which there were no women. In the meantime, the chess game continued. At one moment it very nearly ended in a draw, but then Jim made a very clever move and his opponent gave in. It was only at this point that Jim got up from the table and looked round the room, to find Jane and tell her about how he had won. For the first time he noticed that some chap was sitting close to her. And - were his eyes deceiving him? No: she was smiling very affectionately at him. Sensing that he was not wanted, Jim began to move slowly towards the bookcase. A: I hear Jane and Jim have broken up. B: Have they really? A: At least that's the rumour. I don't know whether it's final or not. But apparently she says it's all his fault. B: Well. I never could understand what she saw in him. A: That's what I say too. He isn't very amusing, is he? B: To tell you the truth, he bores me stiff with alt his talk about chess. A: He's conceited - just because he won a few championships. B: And whenever he lost, he blamed it on her. Said that she hadn't kept her fingers crossed for him! A: She'll be better off without him. B: And she's sure to find another chap. Somebody much nicer, 1 hope. A: From what 1 hear, she already has found someone. I wonder how Jim will get over it? Do you think he'll be shocked when she tells him? B: Him? Good heavens, no. He won't even be upset. The first game he wins he'll forget about her completely. A: Have you noticed how anxious Ann has been to comfort him lately? There's only one more thing she should do, and that's learn to play chess. Just for his sake, of course. VOCABULARY FRIENDSHIP, MEETING PEOPLE common room ] společenská místnost turn up objevit sc drop into (the hall) zastavit se v (koleji) be introduced to sb seznámit se s někým, být představen We've met. Už se známe, už jsme se setkali, become / get acquainted with sb [a'kwcintad] seznámit se s někým acquaintance [a1 kweintans] známý (častější je výraz .friend") make friends with sb spřátelit se s někým intimate friend [jintamat '--) důvěrný přítel old / close friend dávný / blízký přítel sociable [ssušsbl] společenský (majici rád společnost) get along with sb vycházel s někým (nějak) get on well together dobře spolu vycházet offer sb one's company nabídnout někomu společnost nice chap brit. příjemný, milý člověk smile affectionately [s'feksanatli] usmíval se přívětivě (projevovat sympatii) be on one's own být samostatný loner samotář neglect one's friends [ni'glekt] zanedbávat své přátele fall in love with sb zamilovat se do někoho be in love být zamilován A and B have broken up A a B se rozešli part rozejít se (nejen o citovém svazku) She'll be better off without him. Bude ji bez něho lépe. be desperate [desprat] být zoufalý, zoufat si break down: She broke down. Povolily jí nervy, have a nervous breakdown zhroutit se nervově upset [ap'sct] rozrušen, vyveden z míry get over one's disappointment vzpamatovat se ze svého zklamáni TALK talk hovořit, bavit se, konverzovat chat povídat si, vykládat be engaged in conversation být zabrán do konverzace converse |kan'v3:s] konverzovat (málo běžný výraz) say a few words to each other vyměnit si několik slov exchange words mít výměnu názorů (hádat se) hardly say a word neřict skoro ani slovo have an intimate chat důvěrně si povykládat discuss events (di1 skas i 'vents] diskutovat o událostech comment [koment] on the news komentovat novinky, zprávy interpret [inUaiprit] the latest developments vysvětlit nejnovější vývoj agree [s'gri:] souhlasit; disagree [jdisa'gri:] nesouhlasit; fail to agree nedohodnout se LESSON 6 argue [a:gju:] about st hádat se / dohadovat se o něčem; argue that it's good tvrdit, že je to dobré (uvádět důvody) concentrate on one topic soustředit se na jeden námět regard sb as an authority on st považovat někoho za autoritu / odborníka v něčem At least that's rumour [ru:ru]. Tak se to aspoň povídá. to tell the truth abych řekl pravdu PERSONAL QUALITIES AND STATES lonely osamělý sad smutný cheerful veselý optimistic [(opti'mistik] optimistický pessimistic [ipesi'mistik] pesimistický light-minded fr'-] lehkomyslný serious-minded vážně založený, vážný reliable [ri1 laiabl] spolehlivý steady [stedi] solidní, vyrovnaný sensible [sensabl] rozumný active aktivní well-balanced vyrovnaný good-natured dobromyslný reserved [ri'z3:vd] rezervovaný shy plachý, ostýchavý show one's feelings projevovat své city entertaining fients'teinirj] zábavný (umí bavit) amusing [s'mju^irj] zábavný, legrační boring nudný bore nudit; be bored nudit se; He bores me stiff with all his talk. Hrozně mě nudí těmi svými řečmi. unpredictable danpri'diktsbl] nepředvídatelný adventurous [ad'veneres] dobrodružný bad-tempered náladový, špatně naložený modest skromný conceited [kan'sKtid] domýšlívý, (příliš) sebevědomý self-confident sebejistý self-conscious [,-1 konšos]: I'm too self-conscious. Pořád se pozoruji, (implikuje: nervózně a bázlivě sleduje své chování) conformist [kan'fi^mist] přizpůsobivý člověk, konformista annoy [a!noi] otravovat 76 reproach jri1 prouc] sb with st, sb for having done st vyčítat někomu něco / že něco udělal blame st on sb, put the blame for st on sb vinit / obviňovat někoho z něčeho, svalovat vinu na někoho; He's to blame. On jc tím' vinen. GAME play a game hrát hru party game společenská hra win vyhrát, zvítězit winner výherce, vítěz lose to sb in st prohrát s někým v něčem loser prohrávající (strana), poražený be beaten být poražen end in a draw skončit nerozhodně tie [tai] nerozhodný výsledek, nerozhodné utkáni make a move táhnout (na šachovnici apod.) overlook a mistake přehlédnout chybu check šach He's threatened (Oretnd] with checkmate. Hrozí mu šuchmat, give in vzdát to (o hře) j champion [čsempisn] mistr ' win a championship vyhrát mistrovství concentrate on the game soustředit se na i hru opponent [a'psunsnt] protivník keep one's lingers crossed for sb držet někomu palce 1 Additional phrases from the text It was only at this point that I noticed it Teprve tehdy jsem si toho všiml. Are my eyes deceiving me? Klame mě zrak? Vidím dobře? He sensed that he wasn't wanted. Vycítil, že jeho přítomnost není žádoucí. Good heavens! Proboha! be anxious [íerjkšss] to comfort sb toužit po tom utěšit někoho She's sure to find another chap. Určitě si najde někoho jiného, far his sake kvůli němu There's only one more thing she should do. Měla by už udělat jen jedno. ! LESSON fi 1. Find opposites: optimistic; sad; serious-minded; win; partner; agree; entertaining; conceited; showing one's feelings; active. 2. Distinguish: turn - turn up; armchair - settee; alone - lonely; lose a thing - lose a game; give - give in; library - bookcase; look at st - look for st; break up - break down. 3. Translate: zastavit se ve společenské místnosti; objevit se; seznámit se na koleji; blízký přítel; cítit se osamělý; zanedbávat přítelkyni; rozejít se se svou dívkou; posadit se vedle někoho; nabídnout někomu společnost; zabrán do živého rozhovoru; prohrát; vyhrát mistrovství; soustředit se na šachovou hru; vyhnout se šach-matu; ohrožovat protivníka; skončit nerozhodně; dychtit po výhře; naučit se hrát šachy kvůli někomu; zajímat se o společenské hry; mít své oblíbené zpěváky; být autorita na hudbu; nesouhlasit s něčím výkladem; slyšel jsem pověsti, že ...; dává všechnu vinu jí; hrozně mě nudí; stále mi něco vyčítá; být zoufalý; zhroutit se; on to překoná (dostane se z toho); držet někomu palce; utěšit někoho; tím lépe pro nás; nevrlý; domýšlivý; zábavný; rozumný. 4. Fill in the prepositions: t. They're as good as the Beatles were ... their time. 2. He isn't very interested ... sports. 3. You must keep up ... the latest news. 4, A lot of things are happening ... the world. 5. Let's talk ... something interesting. 6. I can't concentrate ... the game. 7. All the evening he was engaged ... lively conversation. 8. He looked ... the room to find his friend. 9. You can't put all the blame... him. 10. She never reproaches me ... anything. 11. That's all the better... her. 12. Jim won't suffer much - he'll get... it easily. 13. I'm just doing it ... his sake. 14. He likes to be ... his own. 5. Give illustrations of personal qualities: clever - He always knows just what to tell the teacher when he's late. conceited; entertaining; boring; unpredictable; self-conscious; reserved; shy; a conformist. 6. Complete the statements: 1. And then I made a very clever move. 2. Jim and I broke up because ... 3. He'll be shocked when he hears ... 4. There's only one thing left for her to do. 5. At first he hardly said a word, but later... 6. He's regarded as an authority on pop music. 7. What preceded the statements? 1.... but in the end he turned up. 2. ... so that I couldn't concentrate on the game. 3. ... and so I offered her my company. 4. ... so I was very disappointed. 5. ..., at least that's the rumour. 6. ... and now they're getting on well together again. LESSON 6 78l 79 LESSON 6 8. Find three responses: 1. What about another game of chess? 2. Anything interesting in the news?] 3. What do you say to watching this TV programme? 4. Now what book shall 1 take with me on my holiday? 5. Does your hobby take up too much time? 9. Answer according to the text: 1. Why did John drop into the common room? 2. Why was Jane feeling bored? I 3. How was her boyfriend getting along in the game of chess? 4. What sort of] music could be heard from the record player and what were the pop fans i discussing? 5. Why were several young men reading the newspapers? 6. What, had happened to the boy who was trying to find something to read? 7. How did ! the chess game end? 8. What situation did Jim find Jane in? 9. What sort of boy is Jim? Who is to blame for the breakup of his friendship with Jane? 10. Will \ either Jane or Jim be desperate when they part? 10. Answer the questionnaire [ikwescs'nes]: What sort of person are you? Answers: Yes, always. - Yes, usually. - Well, it depends. - No, not usually. - No. never. 1. I worry very much. 2. I feel nervous when meeting new people. 3. I would rather be with members of the opposite sex. 4. I prefer going out at weekends to staying at home. 5. I think things over carefully before making a decision. 6. 1 am good with money. 7. I plan for the future. 8. I am always making big plans. 9. I hate being late and I get annoyed if other people are late. 10. I try to keep up with the latest world news. 11. 1 am enthusiastic and active. I love doing | things and hate sitting about doing nothing. 12.1 like being on my own. 13. I am very imaginative and adventurous. 14. I am well-balanced and sensible. I am above being ruled by my emotions. 15. I am totally unpredictable - there is no knowing what I am going to do next. 16. I like to be the centre of attention. 17. I am reserved and hate to show my feelings. 18. I want lo be a big success. 19. I am a conformist - 1 like to live my life in the safest way. 20. I have my own opinions of things and it is all the same to me if others disagree with me. 21. I am steady and reliable. I keep my friends for a long time. 22 1 hate disappointing people. 23. 1 am easily bored. 24. I like tidiness. 25. I like to read. 11. Topics for discussion: 1. Have university students less leisure than secondary school pupils? 2. What do you like to do in your leisure time? 3. People who don't know what to do with their leisure time; should we envy them or feel sorry for them? 4. What kind of reading would you recommend to a friend? 5. Students' clubs. 6. My friends among my fellow students. 12. Memorize the proverbs: Nothing ventured, nothing gained. Lucky at cards - unlucky in love. All's fair in love and war. Third time lucky. GRAMMAR 1 PRŮBĚHOVÝ MINULÝ ČAS Průběhový minulý čas se užívá jako prostý minulý čas. ale mluvčí jím zdůrazňuje průběh slovesného děje. V angličtině jde hlavně o tři druhy průběhových situací: 1. Současně probíhají dva paralelní děje a mluvčí je oba vnímá jako proces: Some students were reading, others were writing letters. While Jim was playing chess, Jane was talking to Jack. 2. Děj probíhá v určitém okamžiku v minulosti, definovaném buď bodem na hodinách (1. příklad), nebo, což je častější případ, nějakým jiným dějem vyjádřeným průběhovým minulým časem; tento druhý děj tvoří pozadí nebo rámec pro první, krátce trvající děj, vyjádřený minulým časem prostým (2. á 3. příklad). V češtině se probíhání rámcového děje obvykle vyjadřuje příslovcem „právě". At 3 p.m. I was watching television. He came when I was watching television. I was leaving when he arrived. Právě jsem odcházej když přišel. Oproti: 1 left when he arrived. . Odešel jsem poté, co on přišel. 3. Užitím průběhového tvaru klademe důraz na děj, který trval po určité minulé období. Průběhový tvar se však neužije pro opakovaný minulý děj (viz druhý příklad): I was reading for some time (e.g. the Nějakou dobu jsem četl. whole afternoon). I rang the bell six times. Zvonil jsem šestkrát. Zdůrazněním trvání děje se může: a) sdělení dodat citového zabarvení, netrpělivosti, nevrlosti; b) vyjádřit pokus nebo nesmělé či zdrženlivé snažení nebo c) vyjádřit častěji uvědomované duševní postoje a fakta - takže tvrzeni s průběhovým časem je někdy skromnější, a tak zdvořilejší než s minulým (nebo přítomným) časem prostým. a) He was always forgetting Pořád něco zapomínal. something. He was always playing some silly Pořád si přehrával nějaké pitomé desky. records. He was always using my things. Pořád si bral mé věci. It's costing more and more. Stojí to pořád vie. b) 1 was trying to say that... Pokoušel jsem se říci, že... I was wanting to ask about it. Chtěl jsem se na lo zeptat. We were expecting you yesterday. Včera jsme vás čekali. c) 1 was hoping so. Doufal jsem v to. Pbznámky: 1. Průběhový minulý čas se užívá pro dočasné děje a situace, prostý minulý čas pro delší, trvalejší situace. Srovnejte: LESSON 6 It happened when I was living in London last year. When I was a child I lived in London. 2. Je-H z kontextu zřejmé (zvláště při while), že jde o paralelně probíhající děje^ často se užije průběhový tvar jen pro jeden z nich, nebo se dokonce neužij vůbec: While I was listening to some records, he watched television. While I read, she sang. 3. Vyjadřuje-li se paralelnost dvou dějů pomocí spojky as, následuje budj prostý, nebo průběhový tvar; průběhový je obvyklý zejména pro just as: She dropped the glass as she stood up. She dropped the glass as she was standing up. She said it as we shook hands. She cried as ve said goodbye to each other. She didn't say anything as she read it. He saw her just as she was getting off the bus. He showed up just as I was leaving. 1.1 Make statement's: John - study until six o'clock - John was studying until six o'clock. 1.1 - speak to her until the lunch break; 2. Jim - play chess when he was only five years old; 3. Margaret - sing for three hours yesterday; 4. he - try to find-it the whole afternoon; 5. she - smile the whole day; 6. the teacher - already explain the grammar when I got to class late; 7. they - always run to their mother for help; 8. Dick - work in the garden from two to five. 1.2 Ask: at four - study - What was John studying at four? 1. between three and half past four - do; 2. on Sunday afternoon - read; 3. before dinner - write; 4. when I came in - explain; 5. the whole morning -discuss; 6. at that moment - do. 1.3 Make statements: arrive - leave for his exam - Dick arrived just as John was leaving for his exam. (Use different male first names.) 1. enter the room - telephone; 2. drop in for a chat - start to cram for his French exam; 3. start to eat lunch - finish it; 4. stop reading - get interested in the story; 5. come - get ready to leave; 6. switch on the radio - enter the flat. 1.4 Ask about the forms printed in italics and answer: What were you doing - study What were you doing while Mary was studying? (Use different female first names.) -/ was doing some homework. 1. sing an Irish song - play the piano; 2. laugh at some jokes - speak: 3. talk to Mr Smith - talk to Mrs Brown; 4. look for the tickets - pack the luggage; 5. think of my boyfriend - sing that love song. 81 LESSON 6 1.5 Translate: 1. Právě prohrával, když jeho protivník udělal chybu. 2. Zatím co John se bavil s Jane, ostatní sledovali hru. 3. Co právě dělal, když jste přišli? 4. Pořád si vypůjčoval moje věci. 5. I v neděli studoval celé odpoledne. 6. Včera v šest jsme právě začínali večeřet. 7. Plakala, když jsme se loučili. 8. Pokoušel jsem se vám to vysvětlit. 2 TRPNÝ ROD Anglický trpný rod odpovídá dvěma českým typům trpného rodu: It is often criticized, a) Je to často kritizováno; b) Často se to kritizuje, (zvratný slovesný tvar) Konatel se vyjadřuje předložkovou vazbou by: This poem was written by Keats. V češtině je konatel obvykle podmětem věty: Tuto báseň napsal Keats. Pozor však: ve většině anglických pasivních vět žádný konatel není, tj. věty s by se vyskytují zřídka. V uvedeném doklade je pasivní vazba, protože konatel i předmět jsou stejně důležité. Ale např. už by se zřídka řeklo It is criticized by everybody, nýbrž v angličtině by byla stejná vazba jako v češtině: Everybody criticizes it. Každý to kritizuje. To, že trpný rod má v angličtině rozmanitější použití (viz dále), vede k jeho nadměrnému užívání u českých studentů i v těchto případech. Větě s dvěma předměty odpovídá dvojí trpná konstrukce: a) Podmětem se stává nepřímý předmět (toto je běžnější a potřebnější). b) Podmětem se stává přímý předmět. My father gave me this watch = a) I was given this watch by my father; (mnohem běžnější než b)). b) This watch was given (to) me by my father. V případě předložkového předmětu nebo příslovečné vazby se předložka v trpné vazbě ocitá hned za slovesem'. He was sent for immediately. Okamžitě bylo pro něho posláno. Podmětem se může stát i jméno z příslovečného určení, jímž se mluví o způsobu použití nebo uplatnění toho, co jméno označuje; se jménem z příslovečného určení se tedy zachází jako s předmětem: The bed had been slept in. A decision was arrived at. V posteli někdo spal. Došlo se k rozhodnutí. Průběhový tvar trpného rodu je běžný jen v přítomném a minulém čase: It's being made. (Právě) se to dělá. It was being made when... Právě se to dělalo, když .. Rozšířenost trpného rodu v angličtině: Trpný rod je v angličtině častější než v češtině. Má to několik příčin: a) V angličtině neexistuji zvratné tvary sloves s významem trpného rodu: „zabil se" (tj. něco ho zabilo, byl něčím zabit) he was killed; ale o sebevraždě he killed himself. LESSON 6 b) Zvlaste ve vyšším stylu je v angličtině tendence vyhnout se neurčitém! podmetu (we, you they) a užije se pasivní vazba. V běžné, zvláště pak v mluven angličtine by vsak mže citované věty zněly stejně jako v češtině (People laushe at turn. We expect him tomorrow. You can get tickets everywhere )■ ■ He was laughed at. He's expected tomorrow. Tickets can be had everywhere. Lidé se mu smáli. Očekáváme ho zítra. Lístky jsou k dostání všude. c) Anglická věta a částečné i celý odstavec mají, opět zvláště ve vyšším stvh tendenci nestřídat podmety: y Když jsem přišel do Londýna, provedl mě po městě. * When I came to London, I was shown round the town. Trpný rod s get a become: Zdůrazňuje-li se spiše výsledek' než děj nebo činnost a její konatel (agens) bývá, zvláště v neformálním stylu, tvar slovesa get místo be. Postupné dosažen výsledku se vyjadřuje pomocí become. This looks as if it was done by John. I don't know how it all got done in the end. I know how the window got broken. In the course of a few weeks, the windows became covered with dust. Vypadá to, že to udělal John. Nevím, jak se to nakonec všechno zvlác lo (udělalo). Vím, jak se to okno rozbilo. Během pár týdnů se okna pokrvl\ prachem. 2.1 Rephrase the statements with a vague subject {we / you / they) by using a passive construction Wc expect a change. ■ A change is expected. 1. We anticipated an improvement in his marks. 2. They will laugh at himi 3. They will have lo send for a plumber. 4. We made rapid progress last year, 5. You can have breakfast before eight. 6. You can get the tickets at the ticket office over there. 7. They're making tea. 8. They asked a great many questions 2.2 Translate: 1. Bylo mu to dobře vysvětleno? (Vysvětlili mu to dobře?) 2. Kolikrát se td bude opravovat? 3. Pomoc byla nabídnuta, ale nebyla přijata. 4. Kolik lidí byld minule pozváno? 5. Jak to bylo vyzkoušeno v praxi? 6, Seznam byl udělán uJ včera. 7. Musí se to rozhodnout ihned, nedá se to odkládat. 8. Zboží poslednf nebylo dodáno včas. 3 NEPRAVIDELNÁ SLOVESA II begin drive fly grow run see began drove flew grew ran saw begun začít driven řídit; hnát flown letět grown růst run běžet seen vidět LESSON 6 build buy hear lead let sell send spend think stavět koupit slyšet vést nechat prodat poslat trávit myslet 3.1 Respond: Did he come on Monday or on Friday? - As far as I know, he came on Friday. I. Did they build a two-storey or a three-storey house? 2. Did he drive the whole way there or only the last part? 3. Did they grow vegetables or fruit in their garden? 4. Did the path lead to the village or to the lake? 5. Did he run all the way or only part of the way? 6. Did he go there by train or did he fly? 7. Did they spend every penny or only part of the money? 3.2 Respond: When did he come? - He came a few days ago. (Use different time indications.) 1. When did he begin to smoke? 2. When did you first hear the news? 3. When did you see him in the cafeteria? 4. When did you first think of that? 5. When did you buy this amazing toy? 6. How long ago did you sell your bicycle? 7. When did you send the parcel? 8. When did you fly abroad for the first time? 3.3 Translate: 1. Stavba byla zahájena na jaře, ale do podzimu toho nebylo moc postaveno. 2. Ty džínsy mu poslal jeho stýc z Irska. 3. Já jsem si podobné koupil v Prioru. 4. Když jsem tam přišel, byly už vyprodány. 5. Zřídka je ho tu vidět. 6. Před půlnocí bylo slyšet silný hluk. 7. Motocykl byl řízen mladíkem, který si jej vypůjčil od kamaráda. 8. Bylo to moc dobře vymyšleno. 9. Peníze utracené za knihy jsou peníze dobře vydané. 10. Nechali mě jít a nic mi neřekli. 11. Letěl do Anglie v dubnu a vrátil se v září. LEISURE TIME With the average working week in Britain now less than forty hours, British families have a lot of leisure time. In their time off they watch TV and video and listen to the radio, records, tapes and cassettes. Other popular activities are reading, playing the guitar or the piano, do-it-yourself home improvements, going out for a drink or to the cinema or to watch a sporting event or to visit friends, and doing social and voluntary work. An increasing number of women are participating in aerobics (keep-fit exercises) and yoga. There are enthusiasts 'or disco dancing, ballroom dancing and traditional Scottish dancing and English country dancing. Some people are interested in collecting stamps, matchboxes, beer mats, coins, autographs, dolls, pinups, glass, antiques simply anything. Others enter competitions and still others are fond of amateur dramat-•cs. Some are good at drawing, painting, making pottery, dressmaking, or LESSON 6 LESSON 6 model-making. Photography buffs have cameras and make prints or coloi slides (they often do the developing and printing themselves) or they make filr with a cinecamera. Some enjoy keeping birds or tropical fish, some study ancier history or read science fiction. They do it for relaxation, to take their mind o^ work. A hobby is a complete change from work, but it often takes a lot of time concentration, and patience too. Britain is a land of clubs and societies, and a large number of people belonjj to at least one society. These organizations hold regular meetings, which take uj a good deal of time; they make it very simple to meet others with simila interests. The British, being rather shy, feel more at ease when they are amonjj people with whom they have something in common. There are so many different societies that it is difficult to imagine a person who could not find a single on| to interest him. There are societies devoted to music, art, discussion, photc graphy, amateur drama, correspondence with foreign countries, reforms of al| kinds, bridge, chess, and bowling, to name only a few. Boys can join a Boys' Club from the age of eight. Usually they leave beford they are eighteen, but they are welcome to stay on and help the youngei members. The club provides table tennis, darts, and other indoor games, as well as a canteen for drinks and snacks. The clubs are members of the National Association of Boys* Clubs. This organization arranges holiday courses and competitions to encourage boys in sporting and creative activities. The NABC is just one of the many organizations that run activities for young people, soma of the others being the Scouts, Girl Guides, and churches. The British are also great home-lovers, and much of their leisure time is taker up around the house. They are ready to spend a great deal of time and mone on their houses, their gardens, and their pets. Although eighty per cent of th«j population lives in urban areas, at least every other family in Britain has garden of its own. The English have always loved gardening and are proud o| a fine hedge, a fine lawn (which they never fail to mow every week), the daffodil? and the roses in their garden. And, as a nation, they love their six million dogs, more than five million cats, and eight or nine million caged birds, mainl) budgerigars and canaries (birds have become more common as houses and flat have become smaller): there are many magazines and annual shows devoted tc pets. Very often people keep pets because they are lonely or have difficulty ir making relationships with other people. TIME OFF WITH DARTS AND BINGO Darts is a popular game in Britain. It is played in pubs, youth clubs - in fac^ everywhere that people meet. Two or more people can play: the players stanc eight feet (2.4 metres) from the circular board, and each person throws thre darts at it. A dart hitting the bull's-eye in the centre scores 50 points, one in the circle around it 25. The score in other places depends on which sector of the board the dart lands in: each has a certain number of points, written on the outer! edge of the target. There are also possibilities for multiplying the score by twof or three. Bingo has become very popular in Britain since the 1950s. All kinds of people] come to play, drawn by the chance of winning big prizes: at weekends when there j are crowds of people the prizes are worth as much as £500. To play bingo, you] must buy a card with five vertical rows of numbers on it. Every card has a different set of numbers. Then you sit down at a table facing the caller, who pulls j 85__ out numbers from a machine that goes round and round. If any number he calls is on your card, you draw a circle around it, and the first person who completes a row of five - horizontal, vertical, or diagonal - gets a prize. amateur dramatics (i^mata dra'maetiks] ochotnické divadlo; autograph [o:t3gra:f] autogram; ballroom dandng společenský tanec; beer mat pivní tácek; bingo hazardní hra; board deska; bowls [bsulz] kuželky (hra na travnatém hřišti „bowling green" s dřevěnou koulí s excentrickým těžištěm, koulenou k menší kouli zvané „the jack"); bridge karetní hra; budgerigar [badžríga:] andulka; buff {baf] fanoušek; bull's-eye [bulzai] cíl (střed teríe); caller vyvolávač; cinecamera ['siniikaemaro] filmová kamera; creative activity [kri|eitiv skHivsli] tvořivá činnost: dart šipka; develop [di'vebp] vyvolat (film); diagonal [dai1 eegMil] příčný; doll [dol] panenka; ease: feel at ease cítit se dobře; enthusiast [in1 Bju'.zisKst] nadšenec, stoupenec; Girl Guide (|- 'gaid] skaut ka; horizontal [(hora'zontl] vodorovný; matchbox krabička od zápalek; model making modelářství; outer vnější; pinup [pinap] obrázek ženy n, muže (obvykle vystřižený z časopisu); pottery keramika; print fotografie (ne diapozitiv); pořizovat kopie; Scout [skaut] skaut; sny [šai] plachý, ostýchavý; slide diapozitiv; take sb's mind off work odvádět něčí myšlenky od práce; take up time zabírat čas, být náročný na čas; vertical {vattikt] svislý; yoga [jauga] jóga; aerobics [es'reubiks] aerobik LESSON 7 DRESSING Today Jane decided to do her spring-cleaning. She started first thing in tht morning and finished around three o'clock, after which she stripped off hei soiled overalls and had a bath. Now she is standing in front of her wardrobe,; getting ready to go out - she has a date with John later in the afternoon. (Yes,i Jim was replaced by John.) *■ She can't make up her mind what to put on. She has already taken a dozenfl of her dresses from their hangers and after a critical look put each of them backjj in its place again. One is too showy, another too plain, the next too light. She| feels that this one makes her look rather fat, and that one isn't fashionable any more. Jane is depressed. "1 have nothing to wear," she complains to herself.™ (Have you ever seen a woman who has?) Suddenlyvshe remembers the elegant^ raincoat she bought recently. Bad luck again. It isn't raining today and it doesn't! look like rain either. Now what about this two-piece dress in navy blue? Yes, that's just the thing. Jane tries it on in front of the mirror. It's quite becoming, though the skirt is a little creased. But it can be ironed in a minute. And now; some matching stockings and shoes and the various accessories. Oh dear, is it as. late as that? At the same time, at the other end of the town, a young man is making a; critical inspection of his wardrobe. He likes to look smart too. Unfortunately, his favourite lounge suit is still at the cleaner's, and his second-best suit is, beginning to look rather worn out. This jacket is ready-made and it doesn't fit very well. How about this suit, though? He puts it on and seems satisfied with himself: it's made of first-rate material, wool combined with man-made fibre, which wears well and is crease-resistant. He will be able to embrace Jane as much as he likes. But this tie won't do - the design is too plain. John has often read that a man must be very particular about his tie. Now this one looks all right - and it'll also go with his light-grey suit. Then a pair of dark shoes, a handker-. chief in his breast pocket, a quick glance in the mirror, and John goes out, confident that he will dazzle Jane. A: B: A: B: A; B. B: A: What are you upset about? I can't get into this dress. I've put on weight. Not that much. Surely you're exaggerating. No, I'm not. I'll try it on once again - look, I can't even zip it up. Oh well - a few days of not eating and you'll be slim again. But I wanted to wear this dress tonight. Let's have a look in your wardrobe. Now what about this trouser suit? Or a skirt and this cardigan? Cardigans are very fashionable these days, in case you hadn't noticed. Well, I don't know. Oh dear, I've got nothing to wear. Now just calm down. Let's see - are you sure you don't want either of these two dresses? 87 LESSON 7 //. Well, not really. A: And what about this? It must have cost a fortune! I wish T had something as luxurious as that! B No, I've changed my mind. I'll wear the trouser suit after all. A; You're always safe with a trouser suit. And no one will be wearing a nicer one. B: I wouldn't be so sure about that. But what else can I do? A: Well, you could start slimming. Right now, tonight, at the party. VOCABULARY CLOTHES clothes [kteu8z], amer. [klauz] inn. č. šatstvo, šaty warmly clothed teple oděn / oblečen articles of clothing součásti oděvu inen's wear j. ŕ. panské oděvy >uit [su'.t. siu:t] oblek jacket [džaekit] sako lounge suit ['laundž - ) všední oblek dinner jacket, amer. tuxedo [tak'sŕdsu] smokink waistcoat [weiskaut. weskat], umer. vest vesta (součást panského obleku) blazer sportovní kabátek trousers jtrauzaz], amer. pants kalhoty: two / both pairs of trousers dvoje / oboje kalhoty; all my trousers všechny moje kalhoty jeans (dži:n2], levis [li.vaiz] džínsy, texasky denim [denim) jacket džinsová bunda braces, amer. suspenders [ss'spendaz] šle belt opasek: (belt) buakk* přezka ■iock ponožka ladies1 wear j. č. dámské oděvy, dámské oblečení dress (dámské) šaty (jedny; mn. č. dresses) cocktail dress koktejlové šaty evening dress 1. večerní šaty (pánský i dámský slavnostní večerní oděv; neexistuje ekvivalent pro ..společenské šaty"); 2. — evening gown večerní toaleta trouser suit kalhotový kostým two-piece dress dvojdílný komplet coat / jacket and skirt kabátek a sukně blouse [blauz], amer. [blaus] halenka, blůza knitwear [nitwea] pletené zboží jersey [džs.zi] úpletová halenka, svetřík jumper 1. brit. svetřík (bez zapínáni); 2. amer. šatová sukně cardigan [kaidigart] pletený kabátek, svetr (bez límce, na zapínáni, někdy s páskem) pullover ['pulpuvs] pulovr sweater [sweta] svetr (zejména teplý), poloneck sweater, amer. turtleneck sweater svetr s ro-(ákem coat plášť, kabát: overcoat plášť, svrchník; raincoat plášť do deště cape pláštěnka, pelerina fur coat kožich mackintosh [maeksntoš], hovor, mac brit. balónový pláíť (z impregnovaného plátna) waterproof nepromokavý plášť windcheater [windči:ts] brit. (zastarává) bunda, větrovka anorak [aensrask] zimní bunda s kapuci, větrovka parka [parks} 1 krátký zimní kabátek s kapuci; 1. zejm. amer. = anormk hood [hud] kapuce plastic cape and hood igelitový plášť s kapuci overall [auvaro:!] pracovní plášť overalls mn. č. = boiler suit /. č. montérky, kombinéza dressed in one's Sunday best / in one's Sunday clothes svátečně oblečen UNDERWEAR underwear / underclothes / underclothing prádlo (osobní) lingerie [Isenžari:] dámské prádlo (obchodní výraz) undies [andi.z] hovor prádlo (dámské) articles of underwear jednotlivé kusy prádla undergarment, an article of underwear prádlo (jeden druh) underpants krátké spodky LESSON 7 undcrsborts, amir, boxer shorts trenýrky briefs I. slipy (clone-fitting underpants); 2. = panties pants zejm. brit. 1. = underpants; 2. — panties; 3. amer. = trousers long underwear hovor, long Johns dlouhé spodky undershirt, brit. těl singlet, vest tilko T-shirt tričko (.5 krátkým rukávem) bra [bra:] podprsenka panties 1. dámské kalhotky; 2. spodečky, dětské spodky ( = underpants) tights [taits] mn. č.. amer. pantyhose j. č. punčochové kalhoty stocking punčocha (a pair of) nylons nylonové punčochy, silonky slip kombiné DRESSING, UNDRESSING get undressed svléknout se strip hovor, svléknout (se) get changed převléknout se take / strip off one's shirt stáhnout ze sebe košili take off one's hat and shoes odložit si klobouk a zout se undo one's shirt rozepnout kosili zip up ['zip 'ap] zapnout (na zip) unzip [an1 zip] rozepnout zip / zdrhovadlo; = undo a zip (fastener) [fa:sna] button up ['batn 'ap] zapnout unbutton [an'batn] rozepnout untie [an'tai] the shoelaces rozvázat tkaničky unlace the shoes rozvázat si boty BUYING AND DESCRIBING CLOTHES What size do you take? Jaké máte čisto? I take size eight shoes. Potřebuji osmičky. Have you got this in green? Mále toto v zeleném? Can 1 try this on? Mohu si to zkusit? 8! It's a bit tight here. Tady je to trochu těsné. BJ 1 can't get into this. I've put on weight B Nedostanu se do toho. Přibrala jsem na váz^B I need a size larger. Potřebuji o číslo větší. >B becoming [bi'kamin] slušivý B plain jednoduchý, obyčejný B everyday vsedni (pro všední den) B casual [kiežual] neformální (o oblečeni) B fashionable [faešňabl] módní fl in the latest fashion podle poslední módy B in fashion v módě B It's out of fashion. Vyšlo to z módy. B dressed up nastrojený B showy [šaui] okázalý, nápadný fl properly dressed vhodně oblečen fl That's the thing! To je ono! fl overdress oblékat se příliš slavnostně fl luxurious [lag'zjuariss, bg'zuarias] luxusní fl It's comfortable to wear. Pohodlně se nosí. fl go with everything hodit se ke všemu fl You're always safe with it Na to se můžešfl vždycky spolehnout. fl a glance in the mirror [mirs] pohled do zrcadlafl This tle doesn't match my suit Tato vázanka sefl mi nehodi k obleku. fl suit everyone slušet každému B a black dress with matching accessories S [sk'sesariz] černé šaty s vhodnými doplňky fl I've got nothing to wear. Nemám co na sebe. fl] Additional phrases from the text What are you upset about? Co tě zneklidnilo? in case you hadn't noticed jestli sis nevšiml Now just calm down. Uklidni se. Let's see, are you sure you don't want either of these two? Moment, určitě nechceš ani jedny z tich dvou? I'll wear this after all. Přece jen si vezmu tohleto. I wouldn't be so sure about that Tim bych si nebyl tak jist. 1. Translate: lounge suit; knitwear; evening gown; dinner jacket; fur coat; jumper- mai anorak; hood; undershirt; T-shirt; long Johns; braces; bra; tights; slip; linger* undo one s blouse; untie one's shoes; overdress; casual clothes; levis- zip up LESSON 7 2. Supply synonyms: go with a suit; become less slim; elegant; walk in the park; you can rely on it; it's in fashion; decide what to wear; ladies' undergarments; jeans; braces (US synonym); tights (US); trousers (US). 3. Distinguish: sock - stockings; shoes - boots; cardigan - pullover; dress - suit - trouser suit; try - try on; coat - jacket; overall - overalls; pants - panties; blouse - jumper; dressing gown - evening gown - gown. 4. Translate: svléknout zašpiněnou kombinézu; dát na ramínko v šatníku; nemoci se rozhodnout, co si obléci; rozmyslet si to (změnit názor); dvoudílný komplet; vyzkoušet si něco před zrcadlem; vyžehlit pomačkanou sukni; boty, které se hodí k těmto šatům; námořnická modř; vypadat elegantně; vybrat módní doplňky; to je ono!; oblíbený oblek; vypadat obnošeně; dobře to padne; sako je příliš volné; kalhoty jsou těsné; je to z konfekce; něco podle nejnovější módy; potrpět si na vázanky; jednoduchý vzorek; prvotřídní látka; vlna kombinovaná s umělým vláknem; nemačkavý; dobře se to nosí; přibrat na váze; štíhlý a elegantní; módní rozpínací vesta; rozepnout (knoflíky); opasek a šle; je to luxus. 5. Describe the occasions when you would wear a fur coat; a mackintosh; an anorak; an overall; an overcoat; overalls; evening dress; casual clothes; a black suit; jeans and a sports shirt. 6. Enumerate: a) compounds with under- (from the sphere of clothing); b) verbs of undressing; c) types of knitwear; d) types of clothing men and women cover their legs with; e) what each of these articles protects: a scarf; a hood; a sunhat; sunglasses; a boiler suit; a mac. 7. Read, memorize and repeat: 1. Do you really need a new hal / party dress / pair of shoes j cardigan? - Why, I haven't bought a new hat j party dress j pair of shoes j cardigan for at least a year j over a year j nearly a year j years. 2. Have you seen my new scarf j pullover / cocktail dress j overcoat? It'll match my green jumper j tan skirt / black shoes / brown hat. - It's lovely. I wish I had a scarf j a pullover / a cocktail dress j an overcoat like that. 8. Complete the statements: I. I've got nothing to wear, 2. It's quite becoming but... 3. This suit doesn't fit very well. 4. This tie won't do. 5. What a luxury! 6. Don't panic. 9. What preceded the statements? I. That's just the thing to wear. 2. Oh dear, is it as late as that? 3. Oh, I'm so upset about it. 4. I tried it on but it doesn't fit. 5. No one will have a nicer one. 6. I'm sure you're exaggerating. LESSON 7 10. Find three responses: I. Why don't we do the spring cleaning tomorrow? 2. How do I look in this; 3. Where's my old suit? 4. Why don't you buy this sweater? It's only 500 crowns 5. Could you lend me your dinner jacket? 11. Answer according to the text: 1. What was Jane wearing when she was doing her cleaning? 2. Why did shi stand in front of her wardrobe? 3. Why did she put each dress back again™ 4. What does she have to choose to go with her navy blue dress? 5. Has John go£ many suits to choose from? 6. What kind of suit did John put on in the end 7. What can make women upset? 8. Will any woman admit that she has got to< many clothes? 12. Topics for discussion: 1. The reason for the popularity of jeans. 2. Do people spend too much oi clothes in this country? 3. A critical description of the clothing of two fellowM students. 4. Should one wear one's Sunday best on Sunday? 5. What to do withS the clothes you're not going to wear any more. 6. My clothes purchases, 7. National costumes. GRAMMAR 1 PŘEDPŘÍTOMNÝ ČAS Předpřítomný čas se tvoří spojením have s příčestím minulým (trpným). V mluveném projevu, nemá-li přízvuk, se have oslabuje na 've [av, v] a has na 'i [az], případně [z, s] jako při -j 3. osoby. Předpřítomný čas se užívá v těchto případech: 1. Má-li se vyjádřit, že děj (událost, stav, skutečnost) z minulosti do přitom* nosti pokračuje, nese do ni své následky, nebo prostě není nazírán jako od přítomnosti oddělený - např. určením času s přítomností nesouvisejícího. Srovnejte tedy: I've seen him. Have you seen him? Did you see him? When did you see him? I saw him a week ago. Viděl jsem ho. Už jsem ho viděl. Vidět jsi ho? Už jsi ho viděl? (při těch příležitostech, které jsi dosud měl, za svého života) Viděl jsi ho? (tenkrát, kdy jsi ho mohl vidět, při té příležitosti, o níž jsi mluvil) Kdy jsi ho viděl? Viděl jsem ho před týdnem. Jak napovídá tvar have / has, je to svého druhu čas přítomný. Proto se v prípade, ze jde o konání v přítomnosti završené (dokonané), v češtině výhodně vyjadruje s „mám" („mám napsáno, mám zaplaceno" apod.) a pro stavy a vztahy v přítomnosti pokračující dokonce přítomným časem (zpravidla s „už • „Stunu už od neděle. Známe se už od mládí. Jak dlouho tu už jsi?"). 91 LESSON 7 2. Čas je dán určením doby, která dosud trvá: this year letos, this month tento měsíc, this week tento týden, today dnes, this afternoon dnes odpoledne apod. Nebo určením doby, která sahá až ke chvíli, kdy se mluví, tedy výrazy just právě, so far dosud, not yet ještě ne, since od té doby, až dosud, ever (vůbec) kdy, already už, lately, recently poslední dobou, always pokaždé, never nikdy apod. Yet a since stojí většinou na konci věty. Např.: I've seen him twice this week. Viděl jsem ho tento týden dvakrát. I've just seen him. Právě jsem ho viděl. I haven't seen him yet. Ještě jsem ho neviděl. I've done it already. Už jsem to udělal. Have you been to the cinema lately? Byls poslední dobou v kině? I haven't seen John recently. Johna jsem v poslední době neviděl. I've never heard such nonsense. Jakživ jsem neslyšel takový nesmysl. Poznámky: 1. Některá neurčitá časová určení, zejména always a never, ale též this year j month / week, today, připouštějí pojetí období jako skončeného i jako neskončeného záleží na tom, jak to chápe mluvčí. Proto se zde může užít minulý i předpřítomný čas; srovnejte: 1 was never happy there. (Implikuje, že jsem nebyl šťasten v období, jež je skončeno - protože nyní jsem už jinde a na staré místo - "there" se třeba ani nevrátím.) I've never been happy there. (Vypovídá, že jsem tam nebyl a dosud nejsem šťasten, tj. minulost s přítomností na sebe navazují.) Podobně: We've done a lot of work today, haven't we? (řečeno v pracovní době) We did a lot of work today, didn't we? (řečeno večer doma) He's always been good to me. (a dosud je na mě hodný) He was always good to me. (Neplatí pro přítomnost, protože dotyčný např. zemřel, odjel, nestýká se s námi nebo přestal být hodný.) 2. Předpřítomný prostý čas se ovšem užívá místo průběhového předpřítom-ného času u sloves, která netvoří průběhové tvary (viz 1. lekce). V češtině jim odpovídá konstrukce „už to dělám tak a tak dlouho" (viz 8. lekce): I've been here + údaj, jak dlouho / odkdy I've known him 3. Rozhovor o něčem, co se stalo, může být nejprve veden v čase předpřítom-ném, ale jakmile se činnost časově vyhraní, promluva přejde v čas minulý: A: Where have you been? B: I've been to the cinema, A: And what film did you see? B: I saw... 1.1 Respond: You should try it on. - I've already tried it on. 1 You should complain to the manager. 2. Let's look for it in the garden. 3. It'd be best to begin the treatment as soon as possible. 4. You should send him a telegram 5. Buy her another drink. 6. Don't spend too much money on her. LESSON 7 1.2 Check up to see if the person has done what you told him to do: Teil John about it. - Have you told him about it yet? 1. Sell your car. 2. Will you pay for it, please? 3. Will you speak to the he about it? 4. Go and say hallo lo Uncle Jim. 5. Meet the Parkers. 6. Leave all t] things you don't need at home. 1.3 Respond: He told her about his plans a few days ago. a) He hasn't told me about them. b) He's never told me about them. 1. They gave him an answer yesterday. 2. He put a lot of effort into helping me. 3. He beat me at chess on Sunday. 4. She tried to make it easier for theirj 5. Daddy read me a lovely bedtime story. 6. They spoke to me about it yesterda; evening in the pub. 7. He helped me last week. 1.4 Respond: Does he still play football? No - he hasn't played it for years. 1. Does she still love him? 2. Do they still make basic mistakes? 3. Are thelM still interested in it? 4. Does she still read pop music magazines? 5. Does he sttSH bring her presents? 6. Do they still believe it? 1.5 Respond with a) an objection, b) a surprised query: We should tell him. - a) But he's already been told. b) Hasn't he been told yet? 1. We should introduce them. 2. Let's invite them to the party. 3. You shoulc find them. 4. Make some coffee for them, will you? 5. Let's finish the job. 6. Will you air the rooms? 7. You should see to it. 8. They should discuss it in detail. 2 NEURČITÁ ZÁJMENA ANOTHER 1. jiný (ne tentýž): It's another boy, it's not the same boy. To je jiný chlapec, to není tentýž chlapec. 2. ještě jeden, další (druhý, jiný než předešlý): / know another boy there. Znám tam ještě jednoho chlapce; one after another jeden po druhém. OTHER Množné číslo: other boys = others jiní. i Různá spojení s other: my other son můj druhý syn; some other boys; every other year každý druhý rok; There's no other boy. Žádný jiný chlapec neexistuje; both other boys oba další chlapci; / have only one other sister. Mám jen jednu další sestru. THE OTHER ten druhý: / mean the other boy. Mám na mysli toho druhého chlapce; one after the other (= one after another) jeden po druhém; at the other end na druhém (opačném) konci; the other day onehdy. Množné číslo: the other boys (ti) druzí / ostatní chlapci; the others ostatní; all the others všichni ostatní; the other five boys ostatních pět chlapců. 93 LESSON 7 BOTH 0ba, obě: both boys; both the / these j his boys; both of the / these j his boys; they both; both of them; both other boys oba další chlapci. You're both wrong. Oba se mýlíte. We have both studied English. Oba jsme studovali angličtinu. My parents have both been invited. Moji rodiče byli oba pozváni. The children were both too young. (Both následuje po be a po prvním pomocném slovese, ale stojí před ostatními slovesy: We both like dogs. My oba máme rádi psy. The men both looked French. Oba muži vypadali francouzsky.) ALL všichni: all boys; all the j these j his boys; all of the / those j his boys; they all; all of them; all the other boys všichni ostatní chlapci. Both i all předcházejí před určitým členem, ukazovacím zájmenem (both these boys, ale these two boys), před přivlastňovacím zájmenem a (jako v češtině) před přídavným jménem. S osobním zájmenem se pojí dvojím způsobem, a totéž platí o each každý: we both / all j each nebo both j all j each of us. We each se pojí s množným číslem (we each know him), each of us s jednotným číslem (each of us knows him). 2.1 Doplňte another, (the) other, (the) others: 1. Some clothes are comfortable,... are not. 2.1 won't go skiing with one pair of socks as I did yesterday; I'll wear ... one. 3. Besides this cardigan you've got various... things, such as this sweater. 4. Where's my... sock? 5. They went from one shop to... but couldn't get any nice shoes. 6. Do ... shoes go with this skirt? 7. I didn't like the dinner but most of... did. 8. One car stopped and all... had to stop too. 9. Here's ... scarf. Do you like it? 10. There's only one boy here. Where are all...? 11. Where's ... boy who promised to come? 12. You'll have to use this chair. There's no... 2.2 Rephrase: All of the money's in dollars. - The money's all in dollars. Both of the records are broken. - The records are both broken. 1. All of the people have disappeared. 2. Both of the pupils were told what to do. 3. Do all of you want to come along? 4. Each of them should at least try. 5. He showed all of them round the house. 6. All of this has been known for a long time. 7. Both of the children need glasses. 8. Each of the guests has brought a present. 2.3 Translate: 1. Ty druhé šaty dej na ramínko. 2. Máš ještě jeden plášť do deště? 3. Kxomé této mám ještě různé jiné kabelky, ale ty ostatní už nejsou moderní. 4. Jedno zrcadlo je v předsíni a další (je) v ložnici. 5. Jiní nemají tak pěkné šaty. 6, Obchod s oděvy je na druhé straně ulice. 7. Ostatní obchody jsou už asi také zavřené. 8. Oba tyto šálky se mi libí; koupím je oba. 9. Všichni to chválí. 10. Mám jiné plány než on. 11. Vezmi si ještě jeden šálek čaje. 12, Některým lidem se ta nová móda bude líbit, jiným ne. 13. Kde jsou ostatní? Je tu jen Jan. 14. Jiní dobří studenti jsou Jan a Marie. LESSON 7 95 LESSON 7 3 NEPRAVIDELNÁ SLOVESA HI break choose draw fall ride shake throw wake wear win feel fight lose sleep broke chose drew fell rode shook threw woke wore won felt fought lost slept broken chosen drawn fallen ridden shaken thrown woken worn won felt fought lost slept zlomit vybrat táhnout padnout jet třást hodit probudit (se) nosit vyhrát cítit bojo vat ztratit spát 3.1 Answer: What did you hear? - / heard an awful noise. 1. What did you choose for dessert? 2. Where did you lose your purse? 3. What did you show him in town? 4. What did you wear? 5. What did you win? 6. Where did you fall? 7. What did you feel? 8. Where did they fight? 9. How did they sleep? 10. When did you wake up? II. When did you break your glasses? 12. When did| he draw her portrait? 13. Where did she ride on his bicycle? 14. Who did he shakel his fist at? 15. When did they throw it out? 3.2 Translate: 1. Bylo to vybráno dobře. 2. Bylo to ztraceno nejméně před dvěma roky. 3. První film, který byl na festivalu promítán, se mi moc nelíbil. 4. Hru vyhráli místní tým (trpný rod). 5. Utkání bylo prohráno už v první polovině. 6. Spal jsem jen od půlnoci do čtyř do rána. 7. Hollar několikrát nakreslil panoráma Prahy., 8. Někdy zaspal a pak jel do práce na kole. 9. Jel na jiném koni a ten ho shodil (throw down). 10. Podal nám ruku a odešel. 11. Bojovali na stejné straně jako my. 12. Je to polámané (break down). 13. Kdo to ztratil? 14. Ukázali nám své diapozitivy. 15. Krizi už pociťují všichni (trpný rod). aS they used to be. Some girls hate wearing uniforms, and every now and again people write letters to the newspapers, saying that girls ought not to be forced t0 wear them. The argument against uniforms is that girls in their teens should wear more feminine clothes and be able to express their personalities. The argument for uniforms is that they prevent competition among girls and hide differences in family incomes. TARTANS To a non-Scotsman, a Scotsman in his national costume looks very peculiar. That women all over the world are often found wearing trousers has become quite common. But the other way round, men wearing "skirts", is regarded as highly original and perhaps even suspicious. In Scotland these short skirts with rnany pressed folds are called kilts. With a kilt go knee-length woollen socks, a cap, and a sporran, a fur-covered bag worn as a purse. The kilt is made of tartan, a kind of woollen cloth woven in stripes of various colours crossing at right angles so as to form a pattern. Tartans were originally badges of rank, then of districts, finally of clans. A clan is a group of families, originally descended from one family. The clan chieftains were minor kings; they made alliances with other clans, had the power of life and death over their followers and reckoned their strength in the number of swordsmen they could gather. By 1700 most clans wore a distinctive tartan, the difference being in the colours and the width of the stripes. Tartans were banned for thirty-six years after Culloden (1746), as an anti-Jacobite measure. Many of today's tartans date from the early 19th century, when the popularity of Sir Walter Scott's novels led to a romantic enthusiasm for the Highlands. Most tartans in current use have either green or red as the dominant colour. The personal tartan of the Queen is the tartan of the Royal House of Stuart. alliance [s'laisns] spojenectví; angle [iengt] úhel; cross at right angles protínat se v pravém úhlu; anti-Jacobite [|«nti'džaeksbail] protijakobínský, protistuartovský; badge {baedž] odznak; ban zakázat (nařízením); zákaz; breast pocket [| brest 'pokat] náprsní kapsa; clan chieftain [|klsen 'čiiftsn] náčelník klanu; descend [di'send] pocházet; distinctive [di'stinktiv] charakteristický; dominant [domi-n?nt] převládající; feminine [feminin] ženský; fold [fauld] záhyb; sklad; followers mn. č. družina; gather [gaeôo] shromáždil; income [inkam] příjem; kilt [kilt] skotská suknice; measure [inežo] opatřeni; navy (blue) námořnická modř; peculiar [pa'kjuiHa] podivný, zvláštni; have the power of life and death vládtioui nad životem a smrtí; rank hodnost; reckon [reksnj počítat; sporran [sporenj kožená mošna (se srstí na horní straně; nosí se na opasku jako součást skotského kroje); swordsman [sordzman] ozbrojenec (.v mečem); tartan [ta:On] tartanová látka SCHOOL UNIFORMS Vlastní jméno: Culloden [ka'lodn] místo v severním Skotsku, roku 1746 dějiště rozhodné porážky Stuartoven, vedených vnukem sesazeného Jakuba 11.; bitva znamenala definitivní konec stuartovských naději znovu získat trůn LESSON 8 AT THE RAILWAY STATION 9? LESSON 8 have brought with them. Some passengers will watch the suburban landscape lintil they fall asleep. And the sailors in love? Probably they will soon be making eyes at the pretty girls sitting next to them in the compartment. When they arrive at the terminus, they will be in love again. In the railway station in a large town the first thing you will notice in the maioj hall is several ticket offices. There people buy one-way tickets or return tickets] and those who go regularly to work by train can get season tickets. The station^ clock above the entrance to the platforms is anxiously watched by passengers inj the queues outside the ticket offices. To miss a train can be rather unpleasant^ the next train may not leave for several hours, or perhaps you will have to change trains somewhere and wait for a connection. Another complication is that the person who is planning to meet you at your destination will not know what went wrong with the arrangements. That is why it is better to plan to get to the station early: a quarter of an hour should be enough leeway to allow for any traffic jams on your way there. Besides the ticket offices, the main hall of a station has an arrivals andj departures board. People check it to make sure that they have looked up the? right train in the timetable, and to find out whether their train is overdue oq not. Nearby is the inquiry office and the booking office, where seats can be? booked for long journeys some time in advance. (Some express trains cannot!; even be boarded without a reservation.) The waiting rooms are full of people? waiting for their connection. If they have to wait for several hours they may; put their luggage in the left-luggage office or in luggage lockers for a small: charge, and go out to see the town. Passengers with several pieces of luggage or a heavy suitcase can have it registered; the luggage then travels in the*! luggage van and there is no need to bring it into the compartment and puts| it up on the rack. Hungry and thirsty passengers can get a snack or a meal in the refreshment room or in the restaurant. If they have forgotten to bring some reading for the journey, they can buy magazines, newspapers, and paperbacks at the bookstall; if they have forgotten to ask a neighbour to water the flowers in their garden, they can phone him from a phone box. Other facilities inside a station include lavatories, a barber's shop, and vending machines. Outside there are usually bus and tram stops as well as a taxi rank, and most central stations in European capitals are now linked to underground transport. But porters have largely vanished, and most people are now used to the idea of carrying their luggage themselves. Now let's imagine a platform at an English railway station just at departure time. A number of people will be saying goodbye to each other. Perhaps a lady will be leaning out of a window of the train, taking leave of a friend who has come to see her off, A couple of people may be shaking hands and some young people embracing. Maybe there will even be two sailors on leave arguing about whether to return to their girlfriends or to their ship. If they do not make up their minds quickly, the train will leave without them. Once everybody is on board and the train has started to move, the passengers will wave their scarves and handkerchiefs to the friends they are leaving behind. When their friends disappear from sight they will wipe their tears and sit down. The women will open their fashion magazines and the men will start reading a James Bond story or Playboy or the Financial Times or whatever they (C is leaving for home. A and B are seeing her off at the railway station.) j4: You must drop us a line to let us know how the journey back was, Now don't forget, will you? C: Of course not. I'll write as soon as I arrive, B: Will it take you long to get home after you've arrived at the station? C: Oh no, twenty minutes or so, I can take either a bus or a tram. -v A: Is somebody coming to the station to meet you? C: I don't think so; my parents will be at work. But my suitcase isn't all that heavy. I can manage. 8: Make sure you don't leave behind that parcel you've put on the other rack. C: No, I won't. Well, thank you once again for the weekend. A: It's a pity you couldn't stay a little longer, now that the weather has brightened up. C: I'd like to very much. But I have so much to do this term. B: You must come and see us again sometime during your Easter vac. C: Perhaps I might come over for Easter weekend itself, if that's all right with you. B: Oh, that'd be splendid. A: Have you got everything you need? Your ticket, the sandwiches .,. C: Yes, thanks. Don't worry. Oh, the train's starting to move. Goodbye! B: Goodbye! And don't forget to write! VOCABULARY RAILWAY, TRAIN railway, amer. railroad železnice, dráha travel by rail / train cestovat železnicí / vlakem rails koleje (railway) junction [džarjkšn] železniční uzel, přestupní stanice starting point výchozí bod terminus, mn. č. termini, terminuses [torminus, tsiminai) konečná electrify [i1 lektrifaij tne Hne elektrifikovat trať b"*ck trať (technicky: napf. dvoukolejná) embankment násep funnel (taní) tunel gate závora (na trati); přepážka (u vstupu) passenger train osobní vlak (tj. pro přepravu osob, nikoli nákladní) goods train, amer. freight train f'frcít -] nákladní vlak fast train rychlík stopping train osobní vlak (ti. nikoli rychlík) through train přímý vlak express (train) expres travel via (vais] cestovat přes get on / onto / zejm. amer. into tne train, go / get on board the train, board the train nastoupit do vlaku get on* / zejm. amer. get out of the train vystoupit z vlaku carriage [ksiidž], coach vagón dining car ['- -J, amer. téi diner jídelní vůz steeping car -], hovor, sleeper spací vůz attach fa Useč] a buffet [bufei], amer. [bflTei] or restaurant car připojit bufetový nebo jídelní LESSON 8 have dinner on the train obědvat ve vlaku berth [ba:G] lůžko (ve vlaku, na lodí) couchette [ku:'šel] lehátko (ve vlaku) first / second class compartment [kom1 pa.tmínl] oddělení, kupé první / druhé třídy nonsmoker ]| -] nekuřácký vůz no smoking compartment oddělení se zákazem kouřeni rear or front carriage zadní nebo přední vůz guard's van, amer, caboose [ks'bu:s] služební vůz mail van poštovní vůz. corridor (korido:), amer. [koridsr] chodba, chod- * bička aisle [ail] ulička jean against the door opírat se o dveře automatic sliding door dveře s automatickým zavíráním look for a vacant seat hledat volné místo corner seat sedadlo v rohu window seat místo u okna It's advisable to reserve a seat. Doporučuje se / Je radno rezervovat si místo, seat reservation (ticket) místenka There's a draught [dra:ft] here. Je tu průvan Táhne tu. observation deck vyhlídková paluba {v luxusním rychlíku, s prosklenou střechou) put the case on the rack dát kufr nahoru na polici make sure that it doesn't fall down ujistit se / zajistil, že nespadne TIMETABLE arrival [a1 raivi] příjezd departure [di1 paxa] odjezd in time včas arrive on time / on schedule [šcdju:l], amer. [ske-džul. -džsl] přijet na čas, přijet podle plánu / jízdního řádu (přesně) leave, depart odjet We're off! Jedeme! be delayed (di1 kid], be overdue, be behind time / schedule mil zpoždění a two-hour delay [di1 lei] dvouhodinové zpoždění When is the next train? Kdy jede dalši vlak? When is the Brighton train due? Kdy má přijel vlak v. Brightonu? change (to another train) přesedat (na další viak) leeway [li-.wei] časová rezerva: Ten minutes shoul be (a big) enough leeway to allow for a delays. Deset minut by měla být dostatečn, rezerva pro jakékoli zpoždění. break one's journey přerušit cestu catch a train stihnout vlak miss one's connection zmeškat spojení schedule zejm. amer. jízdní řád railway guide jízdní řád (knížka) arrivals and departures board ukazatel příjezdů • odjezdů RAILWAY STATION main hall vestibul waiting room čekárna ticket orlice pokladna booking office brit. místenková pokladna: po-^| kladna inquiry office [in'kwaiari ,-], information desk informační kancelář left-luggage office, amer. checkroom úschovna zavazadel refreshment room, buffet [bufei] bufet (v hale) station buffet nádražní bufet row [rau] of lockers řada zavazadlových skříněk, vending machine prodejní automat money changer měnič mind issue [išu:, isju:] a return ticket vydat zpáteční; jízdenku single ticket, timer, one-way ticket jízdenka pro cestu tam barber's shop holičství lavatory [lav.itri], amer. [lasvatorij, men's room, ladies' room, amer. rest room záchod bookstall [buksto:!] stánek s knihami a časopisy entrance [en trans] vchod exit [cgzitj. way out východ underpass, brit. též subway podchod platform nástupiště taxi rank, amer. taxi stand stanoviště taxíků go / come to meet sb at the stalion jit / přijít někomu naproti na nádraží look out for sb vyhlížet někoho commute [ka'mjuit] dojíždět do práce commuter [ka'mju.la] dojíždějící (do práce) passengers wave at sb cestující mávají na někoho take leave of sb (nehovorové) loučit se s někým see sb off (at the station) vyprovodit někoho / rozloučit se s někým (na nádraží) (může znamenat i pouhou přítomnost při odjezdu bez doprovodu cestou na nádraží) * 99 LESSON 8 see sb to the station jít s někým na nádraží wave one's scarf to sb mávat někomu šátkem have tears in one's eyes mít v očích slzy wipe one's tears utřít si slzy cry plakal kiss sb goodbye políbil někoho na rozloučenou jtsttonmaster přednosta stanice, náčelník ticket collector ['tikit k9|lekts] výběrčí jízdenek guard, zejm. amer. conductor průvodčí engine driver [ 'endžín |-J řidič lokomotivy, strojvůdce INSCRIPTIONS inscription [in1 skrípšn] nápis No entry. Vstup zakázán. Mo way out. Zakázaný východ. No smoking. Zákaz kouření. Kouření zakázáno. BR = British Rail (paralela ČSD) Do not lean out of the window. Nenahýbejte se z okna. Pull in case of emergency [i1 moidžansi]. Zatáhněte v případě nutnosti. Passengers are requested [ri'kwestid] not to ... Cestující se žádají, aby ne... 1. Thihslste: track; junction; freight train; carriage; berth; couchette; mail van; be behind schedule; row of lockers; checkroom; vending machine; subway; underpass; conductor; guard; pull in case of emergency; engine driver. 2. Supply synonyms: connect; a place with waiting taxis; get into the train; say goodbye to sb; put one's arms round sb; book a seat; be delayed; left-luggage office (US); guard (US); goods train (US); railway (US); the time when the train leaves; inquiry office. 3. Distinguish: ticket - season ticket; bookshop chief - scarf; corridor - aisle. bookstall; journey - way - trip; handker- 4. Translate: nádražní pokladna ve vestibulu; měsíční a týdenní jízdenka; vstup na nástupiště; zmeškat spojení; přesednout na rychlík; cíl cesty; rozloučit se před odjezdem; napojit hlavni nádraží na metro; stanoviště taxíků před nádražím; tabule s příjezdy vlaků; osobní vlak má zpoždění; vyhledat si vlak v jízdním řádu; dát si zavazadla do úschovny; za malý poplatek; poslat těžký kufr jako spoluzavazadlo; dát oba kufříky na polici v oddělení; dát si občerstvení v bufetu; koupit si u knižního stánku čtení na cestu; holičství a další služby (= vybavení) nádraží; nastoupit do vlaku bez jízdenky; zeptat se v informační kanceláři; je radno zamluvit si jízdenku hodně předem; výběrči jízdenek; průvodčí; vyklánět se z okna; loučit se s přáteli; potřást si rukou; obejmout se; mávat šátkem někomu; zmizet z očí; dojet na konečnou. 5. Enumerate: a) types of railway carriages; b) various facilities in the station hall; c) sources of information about departures; d) the different employees on a train; e) various inscriptions in the railway station and in the train. LESSON 8 LESSON 8 6. Supply the prepositions where necessary: We have to change ... a train ... a bus; Something went wrong ... our arrangements; The station is linked ... the Underground system; wait... one' connection; wave a handkerchief... a friend; make eyes... a pretty girl; arrive ,. the terminus. 7. Complete the statements: 1. Make sure that he has looked up... 2.1 wasn't able to book a seat. 3. He'll! see her off at the railway station, 4. You should make up your mind quickly.! 5. No one is coming to the station to meet us. 6. It's a pity you can't stay any| longer. 7. Now that the weather has brightened up... 8. What preceded the statements? I.... or you'll miss your train. 2. It won't hurt you. 3. I'm used to carrying myjj luggage myself. 4. My suitcase isn't all that heavy - I can manage. 5. But 1 might! come over the Sunday after that if you don't mind. 6. ... so that the bag was left] behind on the train. 7. Put it on the rack then. 9. Answer according to the text; 1. Why do people sometimes queue up at the ticket office? 2. Why should you plan to arrive well before the departure time? 3. How can you get from the station to the centre of the town? 4. How can you find out the arrival or, departure time? 5. What is the information desk for? 6. Need you take all yourl luggage with you into the compartment? 7. When do you book the tickets?f 8. What are the attractions of a luxury train? 9. How do people take leave of each j other? 10. Find three responses: 1. What's the hurry? 2. Excuse me. is the seat next to you free? 3. Is there really! nothing we can do except wait four hours for the next train? 4. Get your things j ready, we'll be getting off the train soon. 11. Fill in the articles where necessary: .., taxi drove up. Mor lifted ... suitcase. Felicity appeared and got into ... taxt 1 without ... word. Mor and Nan packed in and they drove in ... silence to ... station. Mor paid .., taxi-driver and stacked up ... suitcases on ... platform. There was five minutes to wait. Mor turned to look at Nan. She was glancing at her watch and tapping her high-heeled shoe on ... platform. She smiled at him and said, 'Not long now!" "Nan," said Mor, "are you really all right for ... journey? Have you got something to read?" "Yes," said Nan, "I have ... today's paper and this magazine." "Let me get you something else," said Mor, ". ..Penguin book - and what about some nice chocolates?" He ran down the station as far as ... little stall that sold ... papers and ... sweets. He bought ... Penguin book of... poetry, and ... box of milk chocolates, and two bananas. "Bill, dear, you are sweet!" said Nan and put ... things into ... suitcase. ... neat green train sped into sight round ... curve of... line.... crowd surged forward. Mor found ... two corner seats for Nan and Felicity and packed ... luggage in. There was not long for,.. farewells. At these small stations ... train waited only a minute. Mor kissed his wife and daughter and then with ... breathtaking speed they were jerked away. Mor waved - and he saw Nan's face and her waving arm recede rapidly and disappear almost at once round... kh__ next curve and into ... trees. Mor walked very slowly back down ... platform. He gave up his platform ticket. He came out into ... sun and stood still in ... deserted station yard, which was quite silent now that ... roar of... train had died away into ... distance. (Adapted from Iris Murdoch: The Sandcastle) 12. Topics for discussion: 1. Do you prefer silent or talkative fellow passengers? 2. Is it always easy to find one's train in the railway guide? 3. Are you satisfied with the rail passenger services in this country? 4. Do people like to be seen off at the station? 5. What to do on a long railway journey to make the time pass more quickly. 6. A memorable railway journey (a personal experience). 7. The saddest parting I remember. GRAMMAR 1 PRŮBĚHOVÝ PŘEDPŘÍTOMNÝ ČAS I have been ... -ing for + jak dlouho since + odkdy Průběhový předpřitomný čas označuje děj, který už nějakou dobu probíhá (a bude možná ještě pokračovat). Věta obsahuje časový údaj „jak dlouho (už)" nebo otázku na něj. Časové určení ,jak dlouho" uvádí předložka for s údajem délky trvání údobi sahajícího až do přítomnosti. Časové určeni může mít i podobu for a (very) long time, quite a long time, quite long, not very long, too long, all day long, all morning apod. Určení „odkdy" uvádí předložka since s údajem dolní hranice údobí sahajícího až do přítomnosti (nikoli from, jež se užívá pro údaj „od - do", tj. pro časově přesně ohraničený děj). Tuto hranici může vyjádřit celá věta nebo její zkratka (since I was a boy; since my childhood), V češtině bývá zpravidla příslovce už, již a přítomný čas. I've been waiting here for an hour. Už in čekám hodinu. I've been looking for him all morning. U: ho hledám celé dopoledne. Jl"s been raining since Monday. Prši už od pondelku. How long have you been waiting? Jak dlouho už čekáte? Have you been waiting Jong? Čekáte už dlouho? Poznámka: Otázka začínající since when (odkdy) vyjadřuje překvapení, skepsi apod.: Since when have you been studying so Odkdy tak pilně studuješ? hard? Since when has he been interested in Odkdy se on zajímá o kulturu? culture? U sloves, která nemohou mít průběhové tvary (viz t. lekce), je prostý předpřitomný čas místo průběhového, V češtině je stejný ekvivalent jako v případě průběhového tvaru, a tedy opět čas přítomný. LESSON 8 102 103 LESSON 8 I've known him for several years. Už ho znám několik let. Have you known him long? (= for Znáte ho už dlouho?, a long time) It's been hot since June. Od června je horko. I've liked him ever since he came here. Mám ho rád už od tě doby, co set přišel. I've had this car for over a year. To auto mám už přes rok. V záporné větě může být prostý čas u všech sloves: I've been watching TV since nine Divám se na televizi od devíti ráno. o'clock this morning. 1 haven't watched TV since Sunday. Od neděle jsem se nedíval na televizi. Užití průběhového času může vyjadřovat dočasné trvání děje, oproti trvalejšímu ději vyjádřenému časem prostým: I've been living in Sally's flat for the Bydlím ted už měsíc u Sally last month. My parents have lived in Bristol all Rodiče žijí celý život v Bristolu. their lives. U sloves, která nemohou vyjadřovat trvání děje, průběhový předpřítomný časj vyjadřuje opakování děje (zejména, je-li nepříjemné). V češtině je často příslovce stále, pořád (jen), v jednom kuse. Ive been losing things ever since I Od té doby, co jsem přijet, stále něco arrived. ztrácím. I've been knocking at the door for ten Už klepu deset minut. minutes. Průběhový předpřítomný čas může proto vyjadřovat rozmrzelost, výčitku, netrpělivost, v otázce silný údiv. Naproti tomu neprůběhový předpřítomný čas jen věcně konstatuje skutečnost. Somebody has been writing with my Někdo mi psal mým perem pen. I've been losing things all my life. Celý život něco ztrácím. Srovnejte: What have you been doing with my Cos dělal s mým deštníkem? (rozbil jsi umbrella? ho) What have you done with my umbrel- Cos udělal s mým deštníkem? (kam isi la? ho dal?) 1.1 Respond: Is he learning English? (three years) - (údobí) Yes, he's been learning English for three years. Is he learning English? (nine years old) - (dolní hranice) Yes. he's been learning English since he was nine years old. 1. Are you waiting for them? (half past three) 2. Do you read novels in English*? (several years) 3. Is he staying at this hotel? (he arrived in Prague) 4. Do you wear glasses? (two years) 5. Is he standing in the aisle? (the train left) 6. Is he sitting doing nothing? (the morning) 7. Are you discussing the problem? (eight o'clock) 8, Are you busy? (the early morning) 1.2 Ask: ['m trying to learn English. - Have you been trying to learn it for very long? 1. They're playing volleyball. 2. She's looking for a new job. 3. He's trying to And his little boy. 4. He's having a shower in the bathroom. 5. He's talking about his new novel. 6. It's raining. 1.3 Ask: She's learning English, (five years/1990) How long has she been learning English? Well, I think she's been learning it for five years/since 1990. 1. He's writing a children's book, (his son was born) 2. He's supporting his sister, (her husband died) 3. He's examining a patient, (fifteen minutes) 4. He's drinking a lot. (he came) 5. She's earning 3,000 crowns a month now. (1990) 6. John's translating a guidebook to Paris, (his return from France) 7. They're discussing their holidays, (lunch) 1.4 Pit the verbs in the simple or progressive prepresent tense: I. He (be) ill since he returned from the trip. 2. We (talk) about it for a long time but we (not decide) anything yet. 3. He must be fifty now. How many novels (write)? 4. He (work) on his latest symphony for several years; I wonder whether he'll ever finish it. 5. I (work) here for ten years and I never (miss) a day of work. 6, How many Skodas (be produced) since 1960? 7. I (know) them for years. 8. He (play) tennis all afternoon but he (not win) a single match. 1.5 Translate: I, Čekám na tramvaj už čtvrt hodiny. 2. Pokouším se to opravit od rána, ale marně. 3. Kolik deštníků už jsi ztratil? 4. Tenhle už mám půl roku. 5. Spí od deseti večer - mám ho probudit? 6. Na tu cestu za oceán se těší už celé měsíce. 7, Učí anglicky několik let, ale ještě v Anglii nebyl. 8. Už nějakou dobu na to myslím. 9. Posledních několik dní se necítím dobře. 10. Píši tu zprávu od té doby, co jsem se vrátil, a ještě jsem ji nedokončil. 2 PRŮBĚHOVÝ BUDOUCÍ ČAS Průběhový tvar slovesa v budoucím čase (77/ be... -ing) se užívá obdobně jako přítomný a minulý průběhový tvar, tj. tam, kde se zdůrazňuje průběh slovesného děje. Vyjadřuje děj, který bude právě probíhat v určitou dobu. Může též znamenat, že děj je někým plánován pro blízkou budoucnost. I'll be reading this evening; you'll be writing letters, I suppose. I'll be reading the whole afternoon. At 3 p.m. I'll be watching television. I'll be cooking dinner when you arrive. Jak již bylo podotknuto u prostého budoucího času, v otázce průběhový tvar budoucího času také vyjadřuje pouhý dotaz na budoucí činnost, protože otázka v prostém budoucím čase vyjadřuje spíše zdvořilou žádost. Užití průběhového času může zabránit případnému nedorozumění. Např. Will you come soon? Přijďte brzy. Will you be coming soon? Přijdete brzy? A konečně průběhový tvar budoucího času v kontextu, kde by mohl být prostý tvar LESSON 8 budoucí, implikuje větší takt a ohleduplnost: When will you be coming? miste When will you come? 105 LESSON 8 2.1 Ask and reply: study - work in the garden Will you still be studying when we get back? - No, III be working in the garden by then, I think] 1. read that magazine - prepare for the exam; 2. watch television - make supper; 3. play the guitar - repair the bicycle; 4. sunbathe in the deckchair water the vegetable patch. 2.2 Ask and answer one o'clock - leave for Prague What will you be doing at one o'clock? - I'll be leaving for Prague. 1.4.30 - have tea; 2. between two and three this afternoon - stand in a queue outside the ticket office; 3. six o'clock - come home from work; 4. around noon do some shopping; 5. this time tomorrow - play tennis. 13 Ask: Two years ago I was learning French, now I'm learning German, (what language - two years from now) / wonder what language you'll be learning two years from now. 1. Last year 1 was making 2,500 crowns a month, this year I'm making 4,800*-(what - next year) 2. Last week he was saying he was sure to get a first, now he'sj saying he may get a first, (what - after he writes the exam) 3. Last month I wasf seeing her once a week, now I'm seeing her once a month, (how often - in a year's time) 4. Yesterday he was complaining about the accommodation, how he'; complaining about the food, (what - tomorrow) 2.4 Translate: 1. Co budeš dělat zítra touto dobou? Budeš se také dívat na televizi? 2. Budešl na nás myslet, až budeš v lázních? 3. Příští rok bude vydělávat méně než letos. 4. Před válkou vyráběli jen několik tisíc aut ročně, brzy budou vyrábět stokrát! tolik. 5. Přijdete nám naproti na letiště? 6. Až se vrátíš z kina, budu pořád ještíj dělat tento překlad. 1 3 VÝRAZY PRO VZÁJEMNOST Výrazy pro vzájemnost jsou dva (České „se, navzájem"): one another a each: other. Je tendence užívat each other pro dvě osoby, one another pro více osob,] když se nemluví o určitých, nám známých lidech, nebo je-li to obecný výrok.! Předložka stojí vždy před celým vzájemnostním zájmenem: to each other, to onei another, nikoli mezi oběma jeho složkami. John and Mary like each other. Mary and Jane looked at each other's hats. John and I borrow each other's notes. Jan a Marie se mají rádi. Marie a Jana se podívaly navzájem na \ své klobouky. Jan a já si vzájemně půjčujeme poznámky. Most students borrow one another's notes. Dialects influence each other / one another. The four children are fond of one another. He put all the books beside one another. Two strangers sat opposite each other / one another at one table. Většina studentů si navzájem půjčuje poznámky. Nářečí se vzájemně ovlivňují. Ty čtyři děti se mají rády. Dal všechny knihy vedle sebe. Dvě neznámé osoby seděly naproti sobě u stolu. 3.1 Translate: 1. Seděli tak těsně vedle sebe, že se dotýkali. 2. Dívali se na sebe upřeně (hard), ačkoli se neznali. 3. členové klubu působí na sebe navzájem. 4. Proč jsi nepostavil ty láhve vedle sebe? Je tam dost mjsta. 5. Žádná spolupráce není možná, když se; obě strany navzájem sebe bojí. 4 NEPRAVIDELNÁ SLOVESA IV hang* hung hung viset hide** hid hidden skrýt lie lay lain ležet rise rose risen vstát sing sang sung zpívat swim swam swum plavat cost cost cost stát (kolik) hold held held držet keep kept kept ponechat set set set umístit shoot shot shot střílel stand stood stood stát teach taught taught vyučovat * Sloveso hang je pravidelné ve významu „oběsit". ** Výjimka z pravidla, že končí-li minulý čas na (-d, -t], přičestí má stejný tvar. 4.1 Translate: 1. Stálo to dvakrát více než minule. 2. Slunce je skryto za mraky. 3. Zločinec se ukryl a dosud nebyl nalezen. 4. Tato vesnice ležela původně trochu východně od nynějšího místa. 5. Zastal se nás (stand up for sb). 6. Přeplaval řeku. 7. Ten nový obraz jsem pověsil mezi ty dva staré. 8. Terorista se ve vězení oběsil, 9. Držel rukavice v ruce, protože už bylo tepleji. 10. Nejprve si ty peníze ponechal, ale nakonec celou částku vrátil. 11. Děj opery je zasazen na venkov. 12. Včera si to vybral, ale ještě si to neodvezl. 13. Lid v 17. století několikrát Povstal proti šlechtě. 14. Jeden letec sestřelil pět nepřátelských letadel (shoot dowri), 15. Zazpíval několik lidových písni. 16. V této posteli spal Wellington. 17. Než dostal místo na gymnáziu, učil na několika základních školách. 18. Písně LESSON 8 107 LESSON 8 byly dobře vybrány a velmi dobře zazpívány. 19. Koncert zpěváků pop music by uspořádán na stadiónu. 20. Proč ty záclony nebyly ještě pověšeny? 21. Dříve by ten dům udržován v lepším stavu než dnes. 22. Oběť byla zastřelena touto zbrar (gun). BY RAIL, ROAD, AND AIR By rail The first public passenger railway in the world to be worked by steam powei was opened in Britain in 1825. Railways in Britain are now owned by the State| In general train services in Britain are very good, especially on express inter-city lines, where high-speed trains have been introduced linking the main centres i the country. They operate at an average speed of over 150 km per hour. At advanced passenger train has also been developed capable of speeds of up tc 250 km/h. Train services in Britain are quite expensive unless you can get a reduction] The easiest way to get this is to get a return ticket. If you buy a day return (sc that you go and come back on the same day) you can save about half your farej Other return tickets are available for travel at weekends or midweek. If yoi cannot buy a return you must buy a single. In Britain tickets are valid on a\\ trains. It is not necessary to pay a supplement to travel on an express. When you go onto the platform at a station, the ticket collector will want tc check and punch your ticket. You must keep it safe during the journey becaus it will be checked when you arrive, and perhaps during the journey as well bj the guard. All trains in Britain have first and second-class carriages. If you want to travel first class you have to pay about 50 per cent extra for your ticket. Ther are smoking and no-smoking compartments or carriages on all trains, and mosti inter-city trains have buffet or restaurant cars. Seats may be reserved in advanc on many trains. By road In most large towns in Britain, buses are operated by the local council. Others are owned by private companies, which often receive financial help from thel Government. I There is a complete list of the places on the bus route on a notice at the bus] stop. If there are other people waiting there you must queue behind them and! allow them to get on the bus first. (It is believed that the British custom ofl queueing first began with the introduction of public transport.) Buses have a] number and the name of their destination on the front. Numbers like 7 or 27 are] pronounced in the normal way but 143, for example, is one-four-three, 170 is] one-seven-oh. Normal London buses are red double-deckers. They have a driver I and a conductor, to whom you pay the fare. Try to give him the exact fare. You| must keep the ticket because an inspector might want to see it. In some towns tickets are more expensive at peak times (rush hours). The extra price is called] a surcharge. To get on the bus'at a request stop you hold out your arm; to get] off you push a button near the door. There are other sorts of buses in London too. The green single-decker buses, the Green Line, cross London, but they do not stop very often. They are mainly for people who live a little way out of London and who travel in and out. On a double-decker you may smoke upstairs, and on a single-decker only if you sit at the back of the bus. In Britain there is also a network of coach services between large towns. Coach journeys are often cheaper than going by rail, but may take longer. To minimize congestion in towns, local authorities have introduced various measures, such as one-way systems, streets reserved for pedestrians, bus priority, and parking controls (restricted parking and waiting limits). By air London's main airport - at Heathrow, 40 km west of Hyde Park Corner - is the world's busiest airport for international travel, handling 32 million passengers a year (over 100,000 per day in the summer months). London's second airport, Gatwick, handles 15 million passengers and in the 1990s its capacity will be nearly doubled. At Stanstead a third London airport is under construction. The three busiest regional airports are Manchester, Glasgow, and Aberdeen. Passengers can travel directly between Heathrow and central London on the Underground. In addition, there are regular bus services between the airport and the inland and international terminals in the West End. The hovercraft, a vehicle which rides on a cushion of air over both land and water surfaces, was invented in Britain and has been in regular public passenger service since the mid-1960s. Services are concentrated on cross-Channel routes and between Southampton and the Isle of Wight. A hovercraft crossing takes about one-third of the time taken by ships, and hovercraft have gained a significant portion of the short-sea traffic in this area. They can accommodate several hundred passengers as well as cars. coach autobus (mimo městskou dopravu); crossing přcplavba; gain získat; hovercraft [hovskraift] vznášcdlo; in general [dženrsl] vcelku; inland and international terminals konečné stanice autobusových přípojů k vnitrostátním a mezistátním letům; inter-city meziměstský; inspector [in 'spekta] kontrolor, revizor; minimize [minamaiz] zmenšit na minimum; operate spravovat, udržovat v provozu; priority [prai'orati] přednost; punch [pančj proštípnout; reduction [ri'daksn] sleva; run a service udržovat spojení, provoz; short-sea traffic námořní doprava na krátké vzdálenosti; single ticket jízdenka pro jednu cestu; supplement [sapbmsnt] doplatek; surcharge [sa:ča:dž] příplatek Vlastní jména; Gatwick [gsetwik]; Heathrow [hi;Grau]; Isle of Wight [ | ail av 'wait]; Southampton [sauB1 xm(p)tQn); Stanstead [stxnsted] LESSON 9 108 109 LESSON 9 ON A TRIP Sitting around one morning trying to decide what to do, a group of young] people agreed that a few days of camping and canoeing on the river might bef fun. One of the girls immediately remembered a suitable place in a bend of the! river where they could put up their tents; she had been there on a hike before.] Once the campsite had been decided on, it was easy to plan the rest of the trip. That afternoon the boys sent the canoes and sleeping bags by rail to the station! where they were to get off. The girls did some shopping, getting salami, eggs,] ham, bread, tinned meat, and a lot of other supplies. You get hungry more easily! in the open air than in town. The fine summer night promised a glorious day. And indeed, in the morning] the sun was shining and there was not a single cloud in the whole sky. Just the) kind of day to be out-of-doors. The weather forecast on the radio was encouraging too, saying that the spell of bright sunny weather was going to last. The train journey passed very quickly. The canoes and sleeping bags werel waiting at the station. The boys and girls loaded their rucksacks and backpacks] in the canoes and fixed sets of small wheels to the canoes, and the small party] was ready to set out for the campsite. They were in high spirits, walking fast and| singing songs. The road climbed a little hill, from the top of which there was| a fine view of the winding river. By this time the boys, who were pulling the canoes, were a bit out of breath; they wanted to have a rest or even lie down forf a few minutes. But the girls were all for going on without stopping anywhere. Although their feet were hurting a bit, they were looking forward to having! a swim in the river and lying in the sun the whole afternoon. When the boys were] promised a good meal, they rallied and continued on their way. They descended! a path into the valley and continued to the meadows along the river. Hardly] anybody noticed the clouds gathering over their heads. But when they reached] the river, the first drops of rain began to fall. No one thought of changing into] swimming trunks or swimsuits; they all took shelter, hoping that it would only] be a brief shower and that they would be able to have a hot meal later in the day. But they were badly disappointed. The rain continued to pour down for twoS days and nights, and by the morning of the third day they were fed up with] having to stay inside their wet tents and look at the grey sky and rising water.; By now there was also a risk they might be flooded out and so they decided to] leave. Singing "Nobody knows the troubles I've seen", they tramped through the mud back to the railway station. Just as they reached it, the rain stopped and] the sun came out. A: Do you know where we are? B: I haven't the slightest idea. A: Neither have I. But the important thing is to keep going. We're sure to hit] the road sooner or later. B: Well, there's no harm done, really. The countryside is beautiful here. A: Yes, but we might miss the train back to town. You shouldn't have suggested that we should take that "short" cut. That was a really stupid idea. B: 1 only suggested it so we could make up for the time we'd lost when you insisted on picking bilberries. A: When things go wrong, you always blame other people. B: Why don't I try and climb that tall tree over there? Maybe I'll be able to see the road from the top. ...No, it's hopeless. I can't climb it. A: Not very agile, are you? Let me try ... No, you're right. It's impossible. B: Maybe this is all to the good. A: What? B: Missing the train. Who knows? It may crash. A: I'm not in the mood for joking. We can't miss the train. Let's try and get through this thick undergrowth. The road must be somewhere beyond it. B: I never thought it would be such an exhausting hike. A: Well, next Saturday you can always join your parents when they drive to your weekend cottage. B: Oh, come off it. You know that I'm not interested in sitting in a rocking chair on a verandah drinking ice-cold Coca-Cola from a crystal glass. A: Right now I could do with a drink. My canteen's empty. Why didn't you bring yours? B: That's typical. There you go, arguing again - and you don't even notice the road. A: The road? Where? You're right! Great! It looks as if we'll catch the 6.15 after all. VOCABULARY HIKING go for a hike jíl na výlet, jít na pěší túru; set out on a hike vyrazit na výlet; go hiking dělat pěší turistiku hiker pěší turista, výletník set out for a place vyrazit někam make a trip podniknout výlet outing hovor, vycházka, výlet stay in the open air, stay out-of-doors pobyt v přírodě, pobyt na čerstvém vzduchu excursion [ik'sk^šn] výlet (zejm. skupinový rekreační, vozidlem; nikoli exkurze: "We made a visit to a motor works." Byli jsme na exkurzí v automobilce.) picnic piknik eat out-of-doors jist pod širým nebem walking holiday, walking tour turistická dovolená caravanning [kaerevaenirj] holiday dovolená v obytném voze / přívěsu caravan site parkoviště obytných přívěsů / vozů go for / on a ramble jít na vycházku (do přírody) carry a heavy rucksack [raksaek] nést těžký batoh backpack krosna, batoh load up with food supplies naložit zásobami potravin walk at a good pace jít rychlým krokem fall behind opozdit se take a rest odpočívat My feet hurt Bolí mě nohy. have busters mít puchýře tired out silně unaven, zmožen exhausting walk [ig,zo;stin pochod vyčerpávající LESSON 9 It 111 LESSON 9 be out of breath [bre8] nemoci dechu popadnout, zadýchat se I'm fed up with it Už toho mám dost. lie down lehnout si rally vzchopit se continue on one's way pokračovat v cestě climb uphill lézt do kopce; climb a hill vylézt / vystoupit na kopec descend [di'sendj a path sestoupit po pěšině / stezce wade across a stream brodit se přes potok take shelter from the rain skrýt se před deštěm tramp through the mud šlapat v blátě get through thick undergrowth projít hustým porostem take a short cut jít / pustit se zkratkou The important thing is to keep going. Důležité je jít pořád dál. lose one's way zabloudil I haven't the slightest idea where we are. Nemám nejmenší tušení, kde jsme. hit the road přijít / narazit na cestu CAMPING camp out tábořit venku find a campsite / campground / tent site najit si tábořiště, kemp camping holiday dovolená v kempu, dovolená se stanem quiet, sheltered place tiché, chráněné místo good view of st dobrý výhled na něco There's good supply of wood here. There's lots of wood here. Je tu hodně dřeva, put up / pitch the tent postavit stan take down zbourat (ston) tent pole stanová tyč tighten the guy ropes [1 taitn 8a 1 gai | raups] napnout lanka hammer in the pegs zatlouct koliky groundsheet (nepromokavá) podlážka sleep in a sleeping bag spát ve spacím pytli light the fire zapálit oheň cook over the campfire vařit nad táborovým ohněm tell stories round the Are vyprávět si u ohně / táboráku an organized campsite with water laid on and washing and cooking facilities organizovaný kemp se zavedenou vodou a možnosti prát a vařit stay at a youth hostel bydlet v noclehár mládeže chalet [šaslei], amer. cabin chatka (v letnili táboře) mountain lodge, mountain hotel horská chat horský hotel SWIMMING AND CANOEING swim plavat (často se užívá pro české ..koupat se"); have a swim zaplavat si; go for a swim jíj se vykoupat » dive potápět se, skákat do vody (po hlavě) wear a swimsuit (zastarale bathing costume) muj na sobě plavky (dámské) strip to one's bathing suit svléci se do plavek (dámských) change into (swimming) trunks převléci se plavek (pánských) bikini [bilki:ni]/ č, bikinky canoe (ks'nu:] on tbe river jezdit na řece na káno oar [o:] veslo row [rau] veslovat rowing boat, ze/m. amer. rowboat člun paddle pádlo; pádlovat splash stříkat, cákat drown [draun] utopit (se) SUNBATHING sunbathe [sanbeiS] opalovat se get a (sun)tan, get tanned opálit se; (sun)tann opálený sunburnt í>rir. opálený; spálený; amer. spálený (od slunce) sit in a deekchair sedět v lehátku wear sunglasses nosit brýle proti slunci use suntan oil užívat opalovací olej The sun comes out / goes in. Slunce vychází /] zachází (za mraky). The spell of sunny weather will last Dosavadni| slunečné počasí potrvá, in the sun na slunci bask in the sunshine vyhřívat se na slunci sunbeam sluneční paprsek sun oneself on the terrace [teras] opalovat se naj terase sunless day den bez slunce start at sunrise, end at sunset začít při východu slunce, skončit při západu slunce get sunstroke / heatstroke dostat úžeh / úpal avoid sunshine vyhýbat se slunci Keep in the shade držet se ve stínu clouds are gathering stahují se mraky, zatahuje se We don't get a lot of sunshine in Britain. V Británii slunce nesvití moc často, wipe the sweat [swet] / perspiration [iP9:sp3'reišn] from one's face utřít si pot z obličeje Additional phrases from the text I'm all for going on. Jsem pro to jít dál. sit around nečinně sedět There's no harm done, really. Vlastně se nic nestalo. When things go wrong... Když se něco nedaří... Maybe this is all to the good. Možná že to vše jc k něčemu dobré. Not very agile, arc you? Ty ale nejsi moc šikovný, že ne? I'm not in the mood for joking. Nemám náladu žertovat. Oh, come ofT it Ncch toho. Přestaň s tim. I could do with a drink. Neškodilo by něčeho se napít. drink ice-cold Coca-Cola from a crystal glass pit ledovou coca-colu z křišťálové sklenice There you go, arguing again. Už se zase hádáš. You're right. Máš pravdu. Great! Výborně! 1. Translate: go for a hike; walk at a good pace; carry a backpack; fall behind the others; rally; have blisters; wade across a stream; sheltered place; hammer in the pegs; cooking facilities; stay at a youth hostel; mountain lodge; caravan; swim and dive; go rowing; don't splash my dress; get tanned; sun oneself; get sunstroke; wipe the sweat off. 2. Supply synonyms: pitch the tent; weather report; the sun goes down; period of sunny weather; swimsuit; perspiration; breathe with difficulty; go down a path; very tired. 3. Distinguish: road - path; wood undergrowth; excursion - visit (to a factory); boat canoe; row paddle; swimming trunks - swimsuit; bilberry strawberry; tanned - sunburnt. 4. Translate: vyslechnout předpověď počasí; slibovat nádherný den; období slunečného počasí potrvá; dát zásoby do batohu; vyrazit k tábořišti; být v dobré náladě; cesta rychle ubíhá; pěkný výhled na řeku; sestoupit po stezce do údolí; být udýchaný; mít toho dost; odpočinout si na chvíli; vzchopit se; jít dál bez zastaveni; pokračovat v cestě; ležet na slunci; těšit se na koupání; uvařit jídlo z konzerv; dojít na louku u řeky; sbírají se mraky; převléci se do plavek; první kapky deště; uchýlit se do úkrytu; postavit si stan v ohbí řeky; riskovat, že voda stoupne a zaplaví stan; nebyla by to legrace; doufat, že déšť přejde a slunce vyjde. 5. Fill in the prepositions where necessary: lie ... the sun; continue ... one's way; get a view ■ -. it all; be___breath; wade ... a stream; go is all ... the good; he insists ... going on. the river; become fed up a hike; set out... an outing; this LESSON 9 n; 113 LESSON 9 6. Enumerate: a) several compounds of "sun"; b) various kinds of camping equipment c) verbs connected with one's holiday and involving water; d) some of the sigr of being tired; e) various kinds of outdoor stay. 7. Read, memorize and repeat: 1. Is it worth going there so (ate / seeing it at night / walking through such wila country / staying there overnight? - Absolutely. Going there so late j Seeing it at night j Walking through such wild country / Staying there overnight is the whole point. . 2. Do you mind sleeping in the open air j washing in cold water / camping outs - No, not at all - I'm used to sleeping in the open air / washing in cold water f camping out. But I do object to sleeping without a sleeping bag / getting soaked j eating tinned food all the time. 8. Complete the statements: 1. It's just the kind of day to ... 2. At first they were in high spirits but 3. Hardly anybody noticed ... 4. No one thought of ... 5. What rotten lucid 6. When things go wrong... 7.1 never thought it would be such ... 8.1 don't car, about... 9. I could do with a drink. 10. It looks as if we'll get there after alLj 9. What preceded the statements? 1. ... but the others were all for going on. 2. ... but finally he rallied and continued on his way. 3. ... but he was greatly disappointed. 4. I haven't the slightest idea. 5. There's no harm done, really. 6. No, it's no good. 7. Maybe this is all to the good. 8. I'm not in a mood for joking. 9. You're right. Here's thel path. 10. Why didn't you bring any water with you? 10. Answer according to the text: 1. What was the general plan of this camping trip? 2. What food supplies did the boys and girls take with them? 3. What was the weather like on that particular morning? 4. Was the weather forecast optimistic? 5. How far did the party go by train? 6. Was the rest of the journey easy? 7. Were they able to lie] in the sun when they arrived at their destination? 8. How did they feel inside their! wet tents? 9. Is it always safe to take a short cut in the woods? 10. Why is a hike] sometimes better than a stay at a luxurious weekend cottage? 11. Find three responses: 1. (after fifteen kilometres) Aren't you tired yet? 2. (after one kilometre) Let's' sit down for a moment. 3. (after a two-minute rest following a march of 15 km) ; Time to start again. 4. Is your rucksack too heavy for you? 5. It looks like rain, I doesn't it? 1 12. Topics for discussion: 1. Is the motorcar killing hiking tours? 2. The main types of hiking and, camping holidays and the advantages of each. 3. Do people behave in the 1 countryside as they should? 4. What measures would you recommend for thei protection of the environment? 5. The hike I remember best. 6. Troubles never come singly on a hike. GRAMMAR i Časové věty V časové větě se užívají tvary času přítomného (také předpřítomného) pro čas přítomný i budouci. Časové spojky jsou when když, až, after už (když), before [dříve) než, as soon as jakmile, as long as pokud, till / until až, dokud ne, while zatímco, pokud. Pozor na sloveso po spojce till / until: „dokud to neuděláš" (v angličtině sloveso kladné, v češtině záporné): until you do it. Ovšem i v češtině lze říci „teprve až to uděláš". Stejný posun budoucího času (shall, will) je v podmínkové větě, tedy především po //'ve významu „jestliže". Tak je tomu i při časové úměře the ... -er, the ... -er „čím ..., tím ...". Pozor: České „když" s budoucím časem je podmínkové: „Když něco slíbíš, musíš slib dodržet. = Jestliže něco slíbíš ..." Before she leaves I'll speak to her. When she has left I'll miss her. As soon as I leave she'll be sorry. I'll stay with you until you leave. As long as you stay with me no one will hurt you. If you promise something you must keep your promise. The longer you stay, the better it will be. Než odjede, promluvím si s ní. Až odjede, bude mi chyběl. Jakmile odjedu, bude toho litovat. Zůstanu s tebou, dokud neodjedeš. Pokud zůstaneš se mnou, nikdo ti neublíží. Jestliže I Když něco slíbíš, musíš slib dodržet. Čím déle zůstaneš, tím to bude lepší. 1.1 Link the sentences: I'll give you my address. I'll leave., (before) Before I leave, I'll give you my address. 1. He'll hear about it. He'll be disappointed, (when) 2. The river will rise. It will flood the meadow, (as soon as) 3. It will start to rain. We'll put up the tent, (before) 4. We'll walk on. It will stop raining, (after) 5. The sun will go down. We'll reach the river, (before) 6. We'll get to the campsite. We'll prepare the meal, (as soon as) 7. We'll get there. We'll have a rest, (when) 8. We'll save up our money. We'll have enough for a tour abroad, (until) 9. We'll reach the top. We'll have a rest, (when) 10. We won't stop. We'll be tired, (until) 1.2 Complete the statements: 1. We'll join you as soon as ... 2. We'll return the guide book when ... 3. We won't give up until ... 4. We must finish this before ... 5. They'll be sorry after... 6. I won't tell anybody until... 7. I'll let you know as soon as ... 8. I'll take a map with me when ... 9. I won't feel lonely as long as ... 10. The more you drink, the more ... 11. The less luggage you take with you, the ... 12.1 won't be able to come along if ... 1.3 Translate: 1. Až se přestěhujeme do města, budeme častěji chodit do divadla. 2. Než se vezmete, dobře si to rozmyslete. 3. Počkám, dokud se nevrátíš. 4. Budeme ti pomáhat, pokud budeš dobře pracovat. 5. Když budeme mít chatu, budeme LESSON 9 n n? LESSON 9 si muset koupit i auto. 6. Čím déle o tom budeš přemýšlet, tím io bude horši 7. Jestliže pošleš telegram, dostane tu zprávu ještě dnes. 8. Uplyne mnohd měsíců, než na to našetříme. 9. Jakmile si koupím kolo, budu jezdit do práce n] kole. 10. Až to najdeš, dej mi vědět. 2 KONDICIONÁL PŘÍTOMNÝ Podmiňovací (kondicionálové) tvary jsou would [wud, wad], should [šud, šaď could^ [kud, kad], might [mait] (+ infinitiv slovesa významového). V britsk' angličtině může být někdy v 1. osobě jednotného i množného čísla místo woul též should ve významu „bych, bychom". Could má význam „mohl by". Migh rovněž znamená „mohl by", ale vyjadřuje menší pravděpodobnost nebo vho nost nějakého děje než could. Should ve všech osobách má význam ,*měl bi (kromě významu „bych, bychom" v 1. osobě); would nejčastěji odpovídá čě kému podmiňovacímu způsobu „by ... -1" slovesa. V 2. osobě může otázka s kondicionálem mít funkci zdvořilé žádosti, ja^ v češtině: Would you help me? Pomohl bys mi? Would you introduce me? Před stavil bys mě? Ne však v záporu: Wouldn V you help me? Copak bys mi nepomo* (nechtěl pomoci)? I'd like to catch this train. You'd get there too late and you wouldn't catch it. You could stay overnight too. He might at least say "thank you". You should take a later train. Rád bych stihl tento vlak. Dostal by ses tam příliš pozdě a neslity bys to. Mohl bys také zůstat přes noc. Mohl by aspoň říct „děkuji". Měl bys jet pozdějším vlakem. Poznámka: Would like to „rád by, chtěl by" je vlastně samostatný modálni výraz, neboť není „chtěl by" *would want to. „Musel by" - would have to. 2.1 Respond: Can you bring it on Saturday? a) Well, I could bring it on Saturday, but I'd prefer to bring it some other time, (or: somewhere I \ something / somebody else) b) Couldn 't 1 bring it on Sunday instead? (invent an alternative) 1. Can you meet me outside the National Museum? 2. Can you buy me a| watch for my birthday? 3. Can you lend me this guidebook now? 4. Can you] come at eight tonight? 5. Can he take Jane with him? 6. Can I ring you up] tonight? 7. Can we borrow the money from Bill? 2.2 Translate: 1. Měl bys to zjistit ihned, neměl bys to odkládat. 2. Oni by tomu vůbec] nerozuměli. 3. Museli bychom se vrátit dřívějším vlakem. 4. Je teď úplně jiný.l skoro bys ho nepoznal. 5. Nemohli bychom se tam někdy vrátit? 6. Kdo jiný by ■ to věděl lépe? 7. To by bylo ještě horší. 8. Chtěli bychom jet někam jinam. 3 ZPŮSOBOVÁ SLOVESA S MINULÝM INFINITIVEM Infinitiv minulý neboli dokonavý se užívá pro děj předčasný (infinitiv prostý ;e pro současné děje). Jeho činný tvar je to have done, trpný to have been done. Způsobová slovesa týkající se miry jistoty (přesvědčení) jsou may, might, can't, can. must, will. Týkají se bez rozlišení přítomnosti nebo budoucnosti: He may be herc somewhere. He may he here tomorrow. Minulý infinitiv za nimi způsobuje, Ťe- se týkají minulosti. must ,určitě, jistě, zřejmě musel He must have lost it on the way. J must have left it at home. needn't Needn't má český protějšek „nemusel", konáni. Někdy se z věty stane výčitka. 1 needn't have got up so early. You needn't have spent it all at once, can't „určitě ne, jistě ne, přece nemohl ..." ...-ed. I can't have left it on the bus. (= I must have left it somewhere else.) He can't have done all this, can „mohl ..." Vyskytuje se jen v řečnické otázce. Musel to ztratit cestou. Jistě / Zřejmě to ztratil cestou. Určitě jsem to zapomněl doma. Musel jsem to zapomenout doma. tj. konstatuje se zbytečnost minulého Nemusel jsem tak brzy vstávat. Bylo zbytečné tak brzy vstávat. Nemusels to utratit všechno naráz. (ostřejší výčitka než You could have saved something.) Opakem can't have ... -edje must have V autobusu jsem to nemohl zapomenout. V autobusu jsem to určitě nenechal. Přece jsem to nezapomněl v autobusu. To všechno nemohl udělat. What can have made her say a thing like that? could „mohl ..." You could have told me you were coming. If I could have returned 1 would have done so. may „možná, snad, třebas, docela dobře" He may have said it but I don't remember it. You may have noticed it. Co j i jen mohlo přimět říct něco takového? Mohls mi říct, že přijdeš. Kdybych se (byl) mohl vrátit, byl bych tak učinil. Možná že to řekl, ale já si to nepamatuji. Možná že sis toho všiml. LESSON 9 11 117 LESSON 9 might „mohl ..." Věta může nabýt významu Poměrně zřídka bývá might v záporu Mightn't má český protějšek „nemusel, cionál). It might have been worse. He might have forgotten. I might have known you wouldn't help me. 1 might have been away an hour. You might have killed yourself. You might have asked at least. You might have let me know. It mightn't have been a bad idea to ask htm first. He mightn't have been so willing if you hadn't offered him money. should / ought to „měl ..." Vyjadřuje výčitku nebo lítost, The problem should have been more fully discussed. You shouldn't have given the boy a knife to play with. You ought to have asked. would „byl by (býval)" It would have been better, was / were „měl" (podle přijatého závazku) We were to have met outside the cinema. I was to have reminded him. ostré výčitky, intenzivnější než s coulů a otázce (v otázce bývá častěji couldí možná, že by ne ., .-1" (minulý kondi) Mohlo to hýt horši, (naštěstí nebylo); Možná že zapomněl. i Mohl jsem vědět, že mi nepomůžeš. (a«j bohužel jsem to nevěděl) Mohl jsem být pryč tak hodinu. Mohl ses zabít. Mohl ses aspoň zeptat. Mohls mi dát vědět. , Nemusel to být špatný; nápad nejdřív st ho zeptat. Možná že by to nebyl (hýi val) špatný nápad ... [ Možná že by nebyl (býval) tak ochotný^ kdybys mu nebyl nabídl peníze. že se něco nestalo: Problém měl být podrobněji prodis4 kutován. 1 Nemělas tomu chlapci dávat na hraná nůž. 1 Měl ses zeptat. Bylo by to (bývalo) lepší. Měli jsme se sejít před kinem, (ale nesešli) Měl jsem mu to připomenout, (neučinil jsem tak, ač to bylo domluveno) 3.1 Respond: He didn't go to the theatre, (cinema) Well, he may have gone to the cinema, then. \ 1. She wasn't at the concert, (party) 2. They didn't find a suitable train, (bus) \ 3. He didn't understand English. (French) 4. They didn't lose it on the bus. (on the beach) 5. She didn't annoy us. (Aunt Peggy) 3.2 Respond: There's a message for you. (bring) - / wonder who could hair brought it. 1. Here's a key. (lose) 2. Here's someone's map. (leave behind) 3. The campsite isn't open, (close down) 4. The card isn't here any more, (notice and take away) 5. They know it already, (tell) 6. He hasn't come after all. (prevent from coming) 3.3 Respond: she carry the tent She needn't have carried the tent. She could have asked Jack to carrv it. 1. she - stand in the queue; 2. they tell Tom; 3. he get up early; 4. the boys -check the boat; 5. Peter - prepare the dinner. 3.4 Respond: They didn't bring the map. - They should have brought it. though. I. They didn't take their raincoats. 2. He didn't notice the change in the weather. 3. She wasn't in time. 4. They weren't interested in his story. 5. We didn't invite them. 3.5 Translate with modal verbs and past infinitives: 1. Musel si toho všimnout. 2. Mohl nám dát vědět, my jsme mu to vždy také řekli. 3. Možná že si na nás nevzpomněl. 4. Na to přece nemohl zapomenout. 5. Měls mu to připomenout. 6. Zřejmě si to nepoznamenal do zápisníku. 7. Pozval jsi tolik lidí, mohl jsi jeho pozvat také. 8. Neměl zmeškat ten vlak -mohl tu být včas. 9. Jel asi pozdějším vlakem. 10. Jistě se rozhodl nejet, už by tu jinak dávno byl. HOLIDAYS About two thirds of all holidaymakers in Britain go to the seaside. The coasts of England and Wales are lined with resorts, which exist almost entirely for tourists. The east coast is sandy but often cold and windy; the south coast, some of which is edged with white cliffs, is sunny and warmer; and the southwest coast, with its red rocks and little sandy coves, is so mild that palm trees grow out-of-doors. The Lancashire coast is built up. These seaside resorts have a lot in common with each other. They have a promenade, or prom, a wide path which runs alongside the sea and provides a daily walk for holidaymakers. Most of the bigger resorts have a pier; the longest pier, at Southend, is over one mile long. On the pier there are cafes, concert halls, dance halls, automatic machines, and amusements, including a bandstand. People like to sit in deckchairs within sight of the sea and listen to the band. In these resorts there is accommodation for every taste and every purse. There are luxury hotels, ordinary hotels, boardinghouses, rooms, furnished houses, and bungalows. Outside the town there may be camping sites or caravan sites. In addition, in or near several seaside places there are holiday camps, the largest of which can accommodate up to 9,000 people at a time. The best-known camp is Butlin's at Blackpool, catering for the working people of the North. If you want to be alone and read a book, a holiday camp is not the place to choose. If you want to get away from the crowds, you should go to the Lake District, Snowdonia, the Yorkshire Dales, or the moors and hills of western Scotland, with its lonely mountains and lochs. LESSON 9 111 automatic machine [|0:tama;tik mo ši:n| automat; bandstand pódium pro orchestr: boardinghousf penzión; dale Údoli (scveroanglicky); cater jkeUa] for sb sloužit někomu (po\kriovai smivováni, zubu vi apod): cove [kouv] zátoka (mělká): dance hall taneční sál; edge ohraničeni, okraj; loch [lok], skotxkí jloch] jezero: luxury hotel [,lakŠ3n hsu'lel] luxusní hotel; palm tree ['pa:m | ] palma; pier [piä (zábavní) most (konstrukci- vybíhajíc! do moře): promenade [pioinana:d[ promenádní třída {/wc/fl pluie); purse peněženka i latini jména: Snowdonia Jsnau'dauniaj oblast kolem horv Snowdim rc Walesu: Yorkshire (|okša| hrubslri v M'iťi'«í Anglii PLAN YOUR PACKING FOR THE HOLIDAYS Make a list of essential items for each member of the family. This shoulc include nightciothes, underclothes, top clothes, wet weather clothes, shoes! swimwear (including towels), and toilet articles. Having made sure nothing has been forgotten, make another list. This is a joint one. and should include suchf things as the camera, knitting, books, toys, buckets and spades, detergents, anc a simple first aid kit. A suitcase is really needed for packing things like dresses, shirts, or blousesj which gel horribly creased in a rucksack. But otherwise there is noLhing to beaj the rucksack or backpack for taking everything that can be rolled up and stuffec into corners, including such articles as shoes, Wellington boots, and so on. Dust the suitcases or trunk well and line with paper. Get everyone lo bring youl their shoes and socks, which you pack first, popping the socks into each pair ov shoes. Then puck the heavier clothes, raincoats, or blazers, whichever you arej not wearing on the next day, any bedding it may be necessary lo tyke, underclothes next, and lastly dresses, blouses, and shirts. Handkerchiefs, gloves, and brushes go into all the odd spaces around the edges of the trunk. This prevents the clothes from moving about when in transit. It is helpful, too, if things that; might be needed for the journey can be packed into a little case of their own;; knitting, books, something to amuse the children, any food that might be needed, and a bar of soap and a towel. bedding j. č lůžkoviny; bucket [bakitj and spade dětsky kyblíček a lopatka; first aid kit lékárnička,1 souprava prvni pomoci; odd spaces drobné /bývající volné prostory; pup zastrčil; transit [transit].] přeprava; trunk velký kufr; Wellington boots ['welirjtn bu:l>] gumové holínky 119 LESSON 9 (2) Every year more and more people are enjoying their spring and summer vacations in famous, glamorous Miami Beach. The weather is ideal with delightful days and cool nights. Swimming and sunbathing on twenty miles of glorious beaches, fishing, sailing and boating, golf, tennis, bowling - or just loafing and resting while the cool breezes blow. Baseball, theaters, and other entertainment. You'll find superb accommodation at reasonable rates in Miami Beach's nearly 400 hotels. For free color folder write to the Travel Bureau. (3) Visit Williamsburg, Virginia. Find inspiration in the famous buildings, historical shrines, and beautiful gardens in the colonial capital of Virginia. The city has retained much of its colonial appearance and atmosphere. You will walk the same streets and paths as did our great American forefathers, Thomas Jefferson and George Washington. The trip will bring you a wealth of unforgettable memories. Fine lodgings in modern hotels, colonial guest houses, and restored taverns. Mail coupon now. breeze vánek, větřík; coupon (ku.pon] kupón; dude ranch pdu:d raenčj amer. hotelový ranč; folder prospekt (skládanka)-, forefather [' fo: | fa:Čte] předek; glamorous [glaemarasj kouzelný; horseback riding jízda na koni; loaf potloukat se, nic nedělat; lodging ubytování; picnic pořádat piknik; rodeo [rsudisuj rodeo Vlastní jména: Colorado (ikob'ra^au) Colorado; Thomas Jefferson [džefísn] třetí prezident USA < MU 1-09), autor Prohlášení nezávislosti; Miami fmai'iemi] město na Floridě: Virginia [vs'dziniaj; Williamsburg [wiliamzbs.'g] starobylé městečko ve Virginii, živý skansen FROM SOME AMERICAN TRAVEL FOLDERS (1) Superlatives cannot describe the pleasure and satisfaction you'll get from] your Colorado vacation. The world's most varied scenery: glorious, snowcapped! mountains, clear lakes, streams, and waterfalls, deep evergreen forests ;ind other j attractions of the great national parks invite your camera A healthful climate j and outdoor activities lo your taste: fishing, horseback riding, hiking, picnicking, swimming. See rodeos, fiestas, and gold mines; stay ut motels, dude ranches, picturesque mountain lodges, campsites. Old West hospitality. Send, now for a booklet that will help you plan your visit to Colorado. LESSON 10 12(1 121 LESSON 10 A STORM (From a letter describing a spoiled trip to the river) ... If the clouds had appeared while we were still at the station we'd have waited there. But it was only after we arrived at the river that the weather changed suddenly: enormous grey clouds appeared out of nowhere and in a few minutes the whole sky was overcast. The light breeze turned into a strong wind that bent the shrubs and tree tops. There was thunder; lightning flashed overhead; and the first drops of rain began to fall. We picked up our things and made a dash for shelter - luckily there was a forage rack at the edge of the wood. We had just made it when the storm broke over us. If the forage rack hadn't been there our sleeping bags and backpacks would have been soaked. As it was, we were drenched to the skin, but we didn't mind that so much. All of a sudden there was a deafening bang and a flash so near that the whole wood was lit up. We were wondering where the lightning had struck when Jane' cried out: "Fire!" and pointed to a tree that was burning not far from us. I think; we had a narrow escape. If the forage rack had been hit instead of the tree we' could easily have been killed. The girls were scared. But fortunately the fire was. put out by the heavy downpour, and the storm abated soon afterwards. i When the rain stopped we pitched our tents. Later in the day it looked as if J it might clear up, but in the evening it started drizzling again and it rainedj steadily the whole of Sunday morning. By 2 p.m. it began to look as if there was going to be a flood. When the water had risen so much that it started to overflow;] the banks of the river, we agreed that it was time to go home. We hadn't used<| up all our food supplies yet, but everything was damp, we were all cold, and; 1 had a sore throat. So we set out on our return journey in a rather dismal mood,; We kept slipping on the muddy path and it took a good two hours to get to thei station. Naturally, it stopped raining once we were on the train. The sun broke \ through the clouds, there was a gorgeous rainbow, and then it was bright and sunny again. We haven't had a drop of rain since. 1 Now I've got nothing to do, and I'm bored with lying in bed and looking at ; the bit of blue sky I can see from my window. If you wrote me a good long letter it would help a lot, and I'd definitely get over this cold more quickly. ') Yours, i John ^ .1 A letter about a successful holiday j (A young wife is writing to her parents) :} Dear Mum and Dad, i Thanks for your letter, which has reached us very quickly. It's good to have news from home. We're halfway through our holiday and enjoying ourselves very much here. We've been swimming almost every day and walking a lot in the country, and John's been taking plenty of pictures. Yesterday there was a little rain, but on the whole it's been keeping fine. Thank goodness for that -it's not much fun on a holiday when it's wet all day. I'm sitting in a deckchair as I write this, so please excuse the bad handwriting. John is fishing now - the fish here are delicious and we're always hungry. We're glad to hear that you've been having this spell of fine weather too. How's the garden? John is convinced it must be a jungle by now since he isn't there to look after it. Well, time's getting on and I must be thinking about getting tea ready, so I'll leave it at that. Write soon. Love, Jane VOCABULARY NICE / COLD WEATHER Nice / lovely / warmer / colder / chilly / horrible today, isn't it? Dues je (lam) pěkně / nádherně / tepleji / víc zima / sychravo / hrozně, že? Ves, it is, isn't it? (obvyklá odpovédna komentár o počasí) nice / fine day pěkný den clear jasný (nezataieno) cloud [klaiid] mrak, oblak cloudy sky zatažená obloha bright jasný (slunečný) cloudless sky obloha bez mraku 'the sun broke through the clouds. Slunce prorazilo mraky. We're having A spell of tine weather. Mánie pěkné počasí. It's keeping fine on the whole. Vcelku se drží pěkné počasí It'll keep fine. Zůstane pěkně, heat wave vlna veder It's a scorcher, hovor To je ale vedro! It's a stifling day. Jc horko k zadusení, sultry weather dusné počasí hope for fair weather doufat v pěkné počasí It's very cold. Je veliká zima. I'm / It's freezing cold. Je mi / Je hrozná zima. shiver with cold třást se zimou be chilled to the bone být celý promrzlý, byl ztuhlý zimou My hands arc icy. Mám ruce jako led. It's freezing (cold). Je mráz. It's snowing (heavily). Padá (hustě) sníh. A nasty day! Ohavný den! Iťs damp and cold. Jc sychravo. It's a bit chilly this morning. Dnes ráno je trochu chladno It's quite foggy this evening, isn't? Dnes večer je dost hustá mlha. že? It's often hazy at this time of the year. V tuto roční dobu bývá často zamlženo / mlhavý upar. It's rather breezy this morning, isn't? To tam dnes fouká, /e? It's windy in these parts. Tady je vždycky vítr. A strong wind is bending the tree tops. Silný vítr ohýbá koruny stromu. RAIN AND STORM It's overcast. Jc zataženo, changeable proincnlivo It Irmks like rain. Vypadá to na déšť. If tne rain keeps off,., Vydrži-li to bez deStě ... It's drizzling. Mži Mrholi. It's just a shower. Jc to jen přeháňka. It's wet. Je mokro, humid |hju:inid] vlhký (o vzduchu) damp vlhký (např. o oděvu) Iťs raining quite hard. Docela silně prší. It's pouring [po.rin] (with rain). Leje. heavy downpour [daunpo.] silný liják Iťs been raining steadily. Stále / Vytrvale prší. It's sleeting. Padá sníh s deštěm. Jc plískanice. The river has flooded the meadow. Řeka zaplavila louku. The river has overflowed its banks. Řeka se vylila z břehů. LESSON 10 LESSON 10 seek / take shelter vyhledat úkryt make a dash for shelter utíkat se schovat shelter from the rain ukrýt (se) před deštěm get wet to the skin promoknout na kůži be soaking wet být úplně promočený be drenched být promáčený It's stormy whenever we go for a hike. Vždycky, když jdeme do přírody, jsou bouřky The (thunderstorm is about to break. Brzy vypukne bouřkii. There was a crash of thunder. Zahřmělo. There was a deafening bang [|defnirj 'b;en|. Ozvala sc ohlušující rána. lightning jl'n j. č, blesky; a flash of lightning blesk The lightning hit / struck a tree. Blesk uhodil do stromu. thunderbolt blesk se zahřměním be frightened / scared [fraitand, skesd] být vyděšen / vylekán / vystrašen gale vichřice wait till the storm abates [a'beits] počkat, až se bouře zmírní A rainbow appeared in the sky. Na nebi sc objevila duha. We haven't had a drop of rain since. Od té doby jsme neměli ani kapku deště. WEATHER FORECAST ] What will the weather be like? Jaké bude počasfí It will clear up. Vyjasní se. J There'll be no rain. Nebude pršet. 1 The fine weather will keep up. Pěkné počasí s« udrži. The outlook for Sunday is good. Vyhlídky naj neděli jsou dobré, occasional showers in some parts of the country] misty příležitostné přeháňky unsettled nestálo Additional phrases from the text < all of a sudden znenadání ; We had a narrow escape. Tak tak jsme unikli.; Unikli jsme jen o vlas. It took a good two hours. Trvalo to dobré dvě] hodiny. We're halfway through our holidays. Už márnej polovinu dovolené za sebou. ] Thank goodness for that. Zaplať pánbůh za to. Time's getting on. Čas ubíhá. , I must be thinking about getting the tea ready. Musím už chystat svačinu. So I'll leave it at that Tak tímhle končím (dopis), j I. Translate: it's chilly; a nasty day; changeable weather; it's sleeting; humid air; this sort oi weather will keep up; the outlook is good; occasional showers; unsettled-lightning flashed overhead; the wind is bending the tree tops; overflow the banks-the storm has abated; a rainbow has appeared. 2. Supply synonyms: n tor shelter; become wet through; with clothes completely wet; frightened-constant, unchanging ram; start one's return journey; recover from a cold: suddenly. ru 3. Distinguish: tfl pilpl breeze wind gale; shower rain - downpour - drizzle; wet - damp - humid; under - lightning; it's snowing - it's sleeting; cold - chilly; bright day - bright 4. Translate: pokažený výlet; obloha je zatažená; obrovské šedivé mraky; vánek se mění v silný vítr; ohýbat keře a koruny stromů; čeká nás opravdová bouře; zahřmělo a zablýsklo se: sebrat své věci a pádit do úkrytu; bouře vypukla; spací pytel je promáčen; promočen na kůži; ohlušující rána; znenadání se zablesklo; kdepak asi uhodilo, unikli jsme jen o vlas; být vyděšen; bouře se utišila; silný liják uhasil oheň; vyjasnilo se; mrholí; stále prší; voda řeky se vylévá z břehů; spotřebovat své zásoby; vracet se po blátivé stezce; slunce protrhlo mraky; od té doby ani kapka deště. 5. Complete the statements: 1. We're halfway through our holiday and we still haven't... 2. It's not much fun on a holiday when ... 3. Well, time is getting on and I must ... 4. At first it looked as if it might clear up but then ... 5. The fine weather will keep up so that ... 6. It's a bit chilly. You should ... 6. What preceded the statements? 1. But on the whole it's keeping fine. 2____so that everybody was scared. 3. But we didn't mind that too much. 4. . ..and so we set out on our return journey. 5. ... but we haven't had a drop of rain since. 6. ... and now I'm chilled to the bone. 7. Read, memorize and repeat: We're going on a hike tomorrow j a walking tour next week j an outing on Saturday j a day trip next Tuesday. Would you like to join us? Last time we had beautiful I.lovely j glorious j perfect weather. - I'd love j be delighted / like / be happy to go but I'm busy tomorrow j I've got lo study for my French exam / I've promised to take Ann to the pictures / / can V afford it. Thanks for asking me, though. 8. Answer according to the text: 1. How soon did it become overcast on the day of the trip? 2, What were the first signs of the coming storm? 3. Did the boys and girls get drenched? What about their sleeping bags? 4. What did the lightning strike? 5. Did the whole wood catch fire? 6. Did it clear up later? 7. Why did the young people return home? 8. What happened lo them on their way home? 9. Topics for discussion: 1. Why are the English always ready to say something about the weather? 2. Can the weather change suddenly? 3. Is it necessary to be scared by a storm? 4. Which represents a greater danger - water or fire? 5. Describe the weather and make a forecast. 6. A spoiled trip I remember. 7. The attractions of weekend cottages. GRAMMAR 1 VZTAŽNĚ VĚTY a) Vymezující vztažná věta Vymezující vztažná věta vymezuje (zužuje) platnost určovaného výrazu. Může být uvozena: 1. vztažným zájmenem, určujícím podstatné jméno nebo neurčité zájmeno s jeho platností (např. nothing). Vztažná zájmena jsou that / who pro LESSON 10 12| LESSON 10 osoby, that / which pro ostatní. Před vztažným zájmenem se nepíše čárkal Vztažné zájmeno může být ve vztažné větě: 1 a) podmětem (v hovorovém stylu je to nejčastěji lhal), pak je nelze vynechat! the man that / who wants it the thing that ■ which is here b) předmětem, a to v bezpředlo/kovém nebo předložkovém pádu. V obouj případech se vztažné zájmeno zpravidla vynechává, přičemž předložka se pone4 chává na svém místě za slovesem. Nevynechává-li sc who, má v předložkovémj spojení tvar whom. Nej běžnější: the man I know the thing I've found the man j thing I'm speaking about Méně běžné: the man that I who (formálně whom) I know the thing that / which I've found , the man that / who i'm speaking aboun the thing that / which I'm speaking] about i the man about whom I'm speaking j the thing about which I'm speaking \ Není možné: , 1 *the man j thing at that I'm looking (that nemůže stát po předložce) í Některé delší a složené předložky, např. during, because of, však musí stát předi vztažným zájmenem, tj. nelze je postponovat není např. *the time it happened \ duritig ani *the time that j which it happened during, the time during which it happened (během něhož) the reason owing to which we were late (kvůli němuž) 2. vztažným příslovcem, které je bud when (zejména po the time), where (např. po the place), nebo why (např. za the reason). Přivlastňovací podoba vztažných zájmen: , Přivlastňovací tvar whose (od who) „jehož, jejichž" se neomezuje na osoby, alej přivlastňuje se jím všeobecné; pouze ve velmi knižním stylu je pro neosoby možno užít of which: [ the boy whose father the society whose members the classroom whose windows the society the members of which the classroom the windows of which Poznámka: nH?arv™C? meZ' Wll°r Whčcb:, Pr° individuality, k nimž by sc v jednotném čísle odkazovalo pomoci he nebo stu-, se uŽ,vá vztažné who. U kolektivu lidi označeného jednotným aslem užneme which (a sloveso v čísle jednotném), když převažuje jednotící predstava: J the committee who were responsible the group which was responsible výbor, který byl zodpovědný skupina, která hýla zodpovědná b) Vložená vztažná věta Vložená (neboli nevymezující či popisná) věta vztažná obsahuje dodatkovou informaci a je proto v souvětí postradatelná. Je uváděna zájmenv which a who nebo příslovci when, where. V psané podobě jazyka se odděluje čárkami •phis tact, which is known to them too, is very important. John, who(m) 1 saw yesterday, told me... John, to whom I told the story, said ... 1 haven't been to any English-speaking country since 1970, when 1 was in the USA. My native country, where I've lived for over fifty years, ... Tento fakt, který je znám i jim, je velmi důležitý. Jan, kterého jsem včera viděl, mi řekl... Jan, kterému jsem vvprávěl ten příběh, řekl... Nebvl jsem v anglicky mluvící zemi od roku 1970, kdy jsem byl v USA. Má vlast, kde již žiji více než padesát let, ... V jejích dopisech, které vůbec neotevřel. bylo vše vysvětleno. Právě v těch jejích dopisech, které vůbec neotevřel, bylo vše vysvětleno. Pan Brown, který (mimochodem) je učitelem, bydlí tamhle. Ten pan Brown, který je učitelem, bydlí tamhle. Srovnejte: In her letters, which he never opened, everything was explained. In her letters which he never opened everything was explained. Mr Brown, who is a teacher, lives over there. The Mr Brown who is a teacher lives over there. Which ~ „což" Which se též může vztahovat k obsahu předcházející věty; český protějšek je „což" nebo (v hovorovém stylu) „a to, a ten, a tam": I have my meals at home, which is Stravuji se doma, což je levnější. cheaper. He works harder now, which is a good Pracuje tti víc, a to je dobré. thing. c) Vztažná věta substantivní Na místě podstatného jména může ve větě (v podmětu, v předmětu a pak vůbec po předložce) stát celá věta. Českému „(to) co" tu odpovídá what. „Co" tu není částice; skloňuje se. What he did was certainly wrong. Co udělal, bylo určitě nesprávné. He took away what he could. Odnesl, co mohl (odnést). From what he said I judge he's gone Z toho, co řekl, soudím, že se zbláznil. mad. Českému „(ten) kdo" a „(ti) kdo" však odpovídá the person who a those who, anyone who a whoever (v množném čísle též any who). Dříve bývalo, zvláště knižně, i he who. The person / man who told you this Kdo (Ten, kdo) ti to řekl, to nemohl couldn't have been serious. myslet vážné. Anyone who / Whoever wants to go Kdo chce jít, ať jde. can go. Pozor: what nikdy neznamená „což", které se vztahuje k celé myšlence. LESSON tO 12i ^7 LESSON 10 1.1 Fill in who/ml or which; leave Ihim ouC wherever this is possible without restructuring thf sentence: s 1. The day on .. he chose to arrive could no! have been more unfortunate! 2. The girl with .. he was going out was rather fill. 3. The house in ... he livec could be seen in the distance. 4. The garden ... you can see down there belong! to our neighbours. 5. The story ... I liked best was called "Chance". 6. Tha noise ... you hear is coming from the garage. 7. The building towards ... thej were heading was the central station. 8. The tree under ... the children werť standing was hit by lightning. 9. The trip ... we made on Sunday was a bij success. 10. The boy ... carried the tent was more tired than the other. 1.2 Rephrase (omitting the rilalive pronoun): the house in which I live now the house I live in now I. the event to which they were all looking forward; 2. the changes of which! he was afraid; 3. the man with whom she has an appointment; 4. the friend fori whom he was waiting; 5. the sports in which they are interested; 6. the problem! about which he's been speaking; 7. the visit to which he was looking forward^ 8. the schoolmates of whom Jim was making fun. 1.3 Kill in that wherever possible and otherwise use who (m) j which: -1 1. The friend to ... she told the story refused to believe it. 2. The only person ... came to help me was Gerald. 3. The tallest tree ... has ever been found' grew in California. 4. The man ... asked the way to the National Gallery was] probably a stranger. 5. This is the best English dictionary ... has ever been published. 6. The garden ... took shape behind the house was quite large 7. Thel cheapest ticket ... was available cost far more than I could afford. 8. The cottage in ... they spent the night belonged to an old friend. 9. This is the famous castle ... served as the site for the conference. 10. All the letters ... reached her had been opened. 11. The warning look ... appeared in his eyes was what made me keep quiet. 12. The teacher ... replaced Mr Johnson has become quite! popular. I 1.4 Kill in, according to the context, what (.,to, co") or which (..co~/"Y. 1. At first 1 didn't believe him. but ... he told me later made me change my ■ mind. 2. You needn't repeal... he said. 3. He told us What he had been doing, made an exciting story. 4. I repaired his motorcycle, ... wasn't an easy job. 5. ... I did was to ring him up and ask him about it. 6. He didn't arrive, ... was bad because we were counting on him. 7. ... you can see from here is the new housing estate. 8. ... you say can't be true. 9. He always tells the truth, ... I admire. % I.? Insert the relative expression in non-defining clauses only, marking them off by commas: I. Mary has three brothers. The brother... you met at the party last night is a teacher. 2. I met Mary's brother Tom ... you probably know. 3. That cousin , of mine ... lives near our house came to see me. 4. My best friend ... lives nearby dropped in for a chat. 5 This watch ... cost me a lot of money doesn't keep good time. 6. The watch ... you bought a year ago for twenty pounds now costs twenty-five. 7. The antique clock ... I paid so much for was produced by a well-known Swiss firm. 8. Haworth [ho:a9] ... Charlotte Bronte grew up is in Yorkshire. 9. The place ... Jane Austen lived at is in Hampshire. 10. She died in Winchester ... she is buried. 11. John Fowles ... The French Lieutenant's Woman was made into a successful film has written another fine novel. 12. I've just heard that the butcher ... we usually buy our meat from died yesterday. 13. The doctor .. we called has arrived. 14. Dr Macmillan ... is an excellent doctor has confirmed what Dr Foot said. 1.6 Translate: strom, pod kterým jsme se skryli; den, ve který jsme si udělali výlet; trasa, kterou jsem vybral; batoh, který je nejtěžší; zásoby j i d 1 a, které jsme už dojedli; obchod bude zavřený, což je zlé; to, cos viděl /. tohoto mista; hoch, jehož dívka je tu též: hora. jejíž vrcholek je v oblacích; déšť. ve kterém jsme šli; to neni to, co mám na mysli; musíme přejít řeku, což nebude lehké; jediný, kdo je schopný zase najít cestu; něco, co lam zbylo; nejlepší výlet, jaký je možný; výlet, o kterém se často mluví; mapa, bez které nemůžeme jít dál; nápad, s kterým jsi přišel; chata, jejíž majitel nám ji půjčil. 2 NEPRAVIDELNÁ SLOVESA V beat blow break drink eat fail forget freeze cut dream feel forecast hurt lend mean eit]" beat hlew broke drank ate [et, fell forgot froze cut dreamt** felt forecast hurt lent meant beaten blown broken drunk eaten fallen forgotten frozen cut dreamt** felt forecast hurt lent meant hit, porazil foukal zlomil pit jist upadnout zapomenout zmrznout řezat snít cítit předpovídat t zranit půjčit minii * amer. jen [cit| ** 7rim hrit ■ 7ňim v amer. pravidelne...... 1 ^j»u výjimky zpravidla, že konči-., minulý čas na í-t. -d], ma pn«l. l var. Heal, eat 2.1 Fill m the verb in the past tense: *- 1. They (beat) the local team 2:0 (two to nil). 2. 1 (cut) my finger when 1 was chopping wood. 3. He was so hungry that he (eat) everything. 4. He (fall) on top of me but he only (hurt) me a little bit. 5. 1 (lend) him five pounds a few weeks ago. 6. He (blow) out all the candles on his birthday cake. 7. She (dream) of a house of their own. 8. The weather bureau (forecast) a spell of rain. 9. The potatoes were not harvested in time and they (freeze) in the field. 10. 1 (mean) to take a snack with me but then I (forget). 11. He (break) his leg while skiing. 12. He (drink) so much that he died at the age of forty-five. 13.1 (feel) like a fool. LESSON 10 128 2.2 Fill in the past tenses in the passive voice: 1. The meal (freeze) and shipped to England. 2. The door (break) down] 3. Sunny weather (forecast) on the nine o'clock news. 4. "There are more things in heaven and earth, Horatio [ho'reisisu], than (dream of) in your philosophy,'^ (Hamlet) 5. The dictionary (lend) to him for two days, and no more. 6. He (hurt)! when he heard the truth. 7. The boy that broke the window (beat) by his father.? 8. These authors (forget) now although they were fairly popular in their own) time. 2.3 Translate: 1. Nedostatek je pociťován vice než jindy. 2. jízdní kolo půjčené sousedovi; 3. Ta rada byla dobře míněna, 4. Měl jsem na mysli (mean) něco úplně jiného. v5. Papír byl odfouknut (blow away) větrem. 6. Během svatby se snědlo množství jídla. 7. Kouřil a pil, ale později s tím přestal. 8. Usnul později než obvykle.j 9. V noci se mi o vás zdálo. 10. Výprava v Antarktidě (the Antarctic) máleml zmrzla (freeze to death). 11. Zapomněl jsem jejich jména. 12. Předpovídali tuhou] zimu, ale zmýlili se. 13. Jeho city byly zraněny naším nezájmem. 14. Ani jednouí během mistrovství nebyl poražen. 15. Vysmrkal se do kapesníku (blow one's] nose). lesson 10 nested that the origin of the British Empire may have had something to do ^r^Uhe £** escape yVith the WISH Ol me DHUML w ca^a^v, mv, r.-.. --ocj ____ country. There is a saying in the Lake District: "If you can see the isle of Man, it will be raining soon; if you can't see it, it's raining already." And the following rhyme contains a similar piece of shrewd observation on the English climate: The south wind brings wet weather. The north wind wet and cold together. The west wind brings us rain. The east wind blows it back again. ^version [a'vaisn] odpor; beastly odporný, blizzard [blizad] sněhová bouře; brief [briiT] krátký; controversial [ | kontra'va: ši] sporný; equanimity [iv.kws'nitnsti) duševní rovnováha, khd, offend (a1 fend] urazit; politics [pobtiks] politika; proof důkaz; refer [ri1 fa:] tost mluvit, zmiňovat se o něíein; rhyme [raim] říkanka; shrewd [šru:d] bystrý; succession [sak'sesn] sled; wise [vvaiz] moudr); wretched (rečad] mizerný Vlastni jméno: Ben Nevis [ben 'nevis. - 'ni:vis] nejvyšší hora Británii' (134} ml ENGLISH WEATHER England has a mild climate as a result of her insular position and the presence i of the warm North Atlantic Drift so that summers are neither so warm nor winters so cold as on the Continent, and the grass remains green all the year round. The British Isles as a whole have an annual rainfall of over one meter. The mountainous areas of the west and the north have far more rain than the lowlands of the east and south. March to June are the driest months. The weather is rather changeable. The people on the Continent know that after a period of rain they can usually rely upon a succession of bright days. In England a cloudless sky in the morning gives no proof that the afternoon will be fine. This may be the reason why the English, though so often referring to weather in their conversation, never say "Nice weather we've got, eh?" as the Czechs might say. Instead, you hear: "A lovely day, isn't it?" or, even more specifically, "Nice and bright this morning." "Windy this afternoon, isn't it?" or "What a pleasant evening." They wisely comment only on the next few hours. There are two main reasons why the English refer so often to the weather. The first is that it is more varied and interesting than in most other places in the world and therefore there really is something to talk about. The other reason is a social one: they want to talk to people, they want to show that they are friendly and interested in them. But they would think it very rude to start asking them personal questions, or speaking about really controversial subjects such as politics. So they choose a subject that cannot offend anybody. In the English weather, extremes, such as gales, blizzards, and winter temperatures below minus 7° C (20" F) are rare. Only the summits of Snowdon and Ben Nevis get an average yearly rainfall of as much as four to six metres, which amounts to what, for instance, Burma gets with her tropical rains. The English people just get the ordinary "beastly" or "wretched" weather, and bear it with an equanimity Central Europeans simply cannot understand. Karel Čapek LESSON 11 BEING ILL On Saturday Dick got a message from John: "I wonder if you could come an<| see me one of these days? I'm sick of being ill." Dick called on Jane, and the bought two pounds of oranges and came over to see how John was. They founjj him in bed but he claimed he didn't feel too bad. Of course his chest was stil a bit sore and he felt a little weak because his appetite had been rather poor whilj he was ill. But his headache was gone, his temperature was back to normal, anq his sneezing and coughing had stopped the day before - his condition improve as suddenly as it had grown worse on Monday. Did he do anything to cure h, cold? No, John believes that the best thing for you to do is to stay in bed, bios your nose, and wait for recovery. Drinking hot tea with lemon is said to worjj wonders too. And why hadn't Dick asked Jill to come and see John too? She was ill herself, What was the matter with her? Nothing serious: she had caught a cold over thd weekend too. Unlike John she tried hard to get rid of her cold by Saturday, whicll was her birthday. She went to see the doctor at the health centre, took hel temperature twice a day, used various pills, tablets and gargles, perspired in be and yet it was no good: in spite of all this care she didn't recover any mor quickly than John did. "You've got to get well soon, John, so that we can go on another hike," said Dick. "There's nothing like hiking to keep you fit and well." But there was nc need for Dick to encourage his friend: John, like the rest, was looking forward to the next trip. They had all forgotten the hardships of the previous weekend and thought of it as a splendid adventure. Would it be warm enough to swim next time? It was too early to say. Next time, however, they intended to make the trip only when the radio weather forecast said, "Rain expected over most of the country." * A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B; You don't look very well. What's the matter? I've got a sore throat. That's too bad. You should see a doctor. It's getting better now. I went to the doctor's the day before yesterday..] I felt terrible. And what did he do? Anything? Oh, all the usual things - you know, open wide, put out your tongue and say AAH. Then he examined my chest - "Now take a deep breath" and! all that. ! No - I mean, what did he do for you? He gave me a prescription. I have to take a teaspoonful of this three times a day. And he told me to gargle with this. Did he take your temperature? Oh yes, he gave me a very thorough checkup. I didn't have much of a temperature, though. 131 A: B: A: B: LESSON 11 What else did he tell you? To stay in bed for a bit and not to go wandering about the house in my pyjamas. Which is exactly what you're doing. Today's the first day that I've been up and about. I'm supposed to keep out of contact with people for a day or two. What? I've probably caught your germs. You might have told me when 1 came here. Take it easy. My germs can't possibly hurt anyone as healthy as you. Pop in and see me again tomorrow. VOCABULARY HEALTHY, ILL I'm healthy. Jsem zdravý, (mám dobré zdraví) I'm well. Jsem zdráv (nejsem nemocen) Je mi dobře. become / fall / be taken ill onemocnět, rozstonat se be seriously / slightly ill být vážně / trochu nemocný ill people, sick people, the sick nemocni (není *lhe ill) patient [peišnt] pacient illness [Unas] nemoc (I. v neodborném jazyce: každý stav, kdv se necítíme zdrávi, opak ..health": Illness makes one weak. Nemocí člověk zeslábne; 2 děle trvající, chronická ne- -moc) disease [di'zi:z] choroba, nemoc (té: odborný lékařský termín, nupř. heart disease srdeční choroba, mental disease duševní choroba, children's disease dětská choroba, occupational disease choroba z povolání, infectious disease inľekčni choroba; těž obecní: prevention of diseases prevence chorob. Srovnejte: Pneumonia, as a disease, begins with a minor illness.) sick (označuje přechodnou indispozici, nevolnost): I felt sick. Bylo mi špatně (na zvracení); I was sick (amer. to my stomach). Zvracel jsem (= I vomited); The bad food made me feel very sick. Po tom jídle se mi udělalo velice špatné; I'm sick of it. Mám toho dost. Mám toho až po krk; dále se ..sick" často vyskytuje ve spojení: 1. i> přívlastku, ve významu ..nemocný": sick child; 2. s výrazy, které ukazuji na původ nevolnosti: airsick, carsick, seasick, radiation sickness nevolnost z ozáření; 3. v sociálně zdravotnické terminologii: sickness benefit dávky v nemocí, be on the sick list být na seznamu nemocných. V americké angličtině „sick / sickness" je častěji zaměnitelně, s výjimkou ustálených spojení, s „ill / illness". ailment j. č. potiže (označuje tělesné i duševní ochuravěni. ne akutní onemocněni; např. suffer from slight ailment, such as headaches, indigestion, colds, insomnia, high blood pressure) ail churavět; She's been ailing recently. V poslední době churaví. Poslední dobou jí pořád něco je. disorder [dis o:d3]' porucha: mental / nervous disorder duševní / nervová porucha complaint [kam'pleint] neduh, nemoc, potíž; a chest complaint prsní neduh be down with the flu ležet s chřipkou He's come / gone down with the flu. Chytil chřipku. grow worse horšit sc emergency [i'm^džansi] naléhavý případ I feel bad / terrible / rotten. Cítím se / Je mí špatně / hrozně / mizerně. 1 feel poorly, brit. Cítím se bídně. You look run-down, you need a holiday. Vypadáš špatně (unaveně a nemocně), potřebuješ dovolenou. (insurable [in'kjuarsbl] (ne)vyléčitelný chronic [kronik] chronický get better lepšit se be all Tight být v pořádku: I'm all right now. Už je mi dobře. LESSON 11 LESSON 11 It's nothing serious. Neni to nic vážného. feel much better / fairly well / fine cílit se mnohem lépe / docela dobře / dobře, výborně (neni * I feel excellent) get well uzdravil se recover from st zotavit se z něčeho get rid of st zbavit se něčeho go away, be gone pominout, přestat get over one's flu quickly dostat sc rychle z chřipky — I'm up and about. Už jsem zas na nohou. convalescent [| konva1 lesnt] zotavující sc; (řidčeji) rekonvalescent keep oneself tit and well udržovat se v dobré kondici PAINS AND OTHER SPECIFIC SIGNS early sign [sain] raný, prvni příznak pain bolest (; vnitřních příčin, též duševní: není časté v množném čísle); have / feel a pain, pains in one's arm, one's back, in the chest; The way she lied to him caused him a great deal of paid. hurt 1. bolel (o bolesti způsobené vnějšími příčinami, např. zraněním; lze užít se všemi částmi těla: That hurts! To bolí! My eyes hurt. Bolí mě oči It hurts me to swallow. Bolí mě při polykání. Ale: I have a sore throat. Bolí mě v krku; 2. zranit: hurt one's knee poranit si koleno; hurt sb's feelings dotknout se něčích citů, zranit někoho; It won't hurt you. To ti nemůže ublížit. ache [eik] bolest, bolení (užívá se zejména s určitými částmi těla: have a headache, toothache, earache, stomachache); I've got aches and pains all over. Všechno mě bolí. painful [peinfl] bolestivý painless [peinbs] bezbolestný severe [si'vis] prudký slight [slait] mirný unbearable [an1 bearabl] nesnesitelný His temperature [temprača] has risen / dropped. Teplota mu stoupla / klesla. have / run a temperature mít teplotu; falling temperature klesající teplota; I haven't got much of a temperature. Nemám žádnou velkou teplotu. He was running a high temperature / a high fever for five days. Pět dní měl vysokou teplotu / vysokou horečku. _131 be back to normal být už zase normální | catch (a) cold nachladit se, dostat rýmu (a kašeil have a cold být nachlazen, mil rýmu j He has a running nose. Teče mu z nosu. J blow one's nose smrkat J wipe with a handkerchief [haerjksčif] utírat kapesj níkem j be hoarse [ho:s] chraptět J sneeze kýchat j cough [kof] kašlat 1 perspire [pa'spaia] potit se j sweat [swet] potit se; pot j perspiration [ paispa1 reišn] pot, pocení j suffer from insomnia jin'somnia] trpět nespal vosi i j indigestion [jindi'džcsčn] špatné zažívaní j trávení J have a poor appetite [sepslait] nemít chuť k jídluj málo jíst j vomit [vomit] zvracet; = hr it. be sick 1 be infected [in1 Fcktid] with st nakazit se něčíns MEDICAL EXAMINATION patient [peišnt] pacient(ka) I go to the surgery [saidžari] brit. navštívit ordinaCH doctor's consulting room [ksn'saltin -], ameisj doctor's office lékařská ordinace j surgery j. č. brit. ordinační hodiny; = hours of j surgery, amer. office hours J physician [fi zišn] lékař J doctor [dokta] doktor, lékař | general practitioner [|džcnrai prask1 tíšna], r^-raZ-l ka GP praktický lékař j works doctor závodní lékař i medical assistant amer. sestra v ordinaci j surgeon [sa:džn] chirurg I do j make one's rounds konat návštěvy, být naj obchůzce pacientů 1 outpatients' department ambulance (v nemocnicím He's assisted by a nurse. Pomáhá mu sestra] (ošetřovatelka). J state registered nurse kvalifikovaná zdravotnice! nurse ošetřovat; nursing mother kojící matka J make an appointment [s1 pointmant] with the doc-l tor domluvit si návštěvu u lékaře; make M'l appointment for the patient objednat (si) pacienta j have an appointment být objednán Iteep the record(s) [rcko;d(z)]; amer. (rckard(z)] vest záznam, kartu, chorobopis My file's still with Dr Smith. Mou kartu má pořád ještě dr. Smith, call an ambulance [smbjulans] zavolat sanitku What's the matter with you? Co je vám? What's the trouble? Jaké máte potíže? What are the symptoms? Jaké máte příznaky? Do you feel any pain? Máte bolesti? Have you done anything about it? Dělal jste s tím něco'' Are you having trouble with ..,? Máte potíže Did it do you any good? Pomohlo vám to? When did il go away? Kdy to přešlo? What helped you most? Co vám pomohlo nejvíc? What arc you suffering from? Jaké máte bolesti? When did you notice it first? Kdy jste si toho vším! poprvé'1 Have you got any other difficulties? Máte ještě né|iikč poliže? have / undergo a medical examination / checkup podstoupit lékařské vyšetření, podrobit se Ičkíiřskc prohlídce ,/ kontrole examine sb thoroughly [ôarali], give sb a thorough examination důkiadně někoho vyšetřit take sb's temperature změřit něčí teplotu put out one's tongue [tarj] vypláznou! jazyk open (one's mouth) wide otevřít hodně ústa examine the chest with a stethoscope [ste9askaup| vyšetřit, poslechnout si hrudník stetoskopem take a deep breath [bred] zhluboka se nadechnout take sb's pulse [pals] změřit něči puls ■' tep have one's blood pressure [press] taken dát si /měřit llak go for / have a chest X-ray [leks rei] jit na rentgen plic do / take sb's blood count udělat někomu krevní obra/ send a blood sample [sa:mpl] for analysis [a'nielasis] odeslal krevní vzorek na rozbor he disposed [di 'spauzd] to tonsilitis [| tonsa laitis] hýl náchylný k angíně complain Ikam'plctn] of st stěžoval si na něco (fyzické potíže): complain about st stěžovat si na něco [s čím jsou těžkosti) survive pneumonia [sa'vaiv nju:'ni3unÍ3] přežít zápal plic; He'll survive. Zůstane naživu, outlive sb přežít někoho TREATMENT stay in bed (for a bit) zůstat ležet (kratší dobu) lie down ulehnout, lehnout si take / use (sleeping) pills brát / užívat prášky (pro spaní) be on the pill brát antikoncepční pilulku swallow a tablet [taeblal] polknout prášek' I can't do without my tablets. Neobejdu se bez prášků. gargle [ga:gl] kloktat; kloktadlo follow the doctor's orders poslechnout lékařovy pokyny disregard [,disri1 ga:d] the doctor's advice nedbat lékařových rad treat léčit, ošetřit cure [kjua] vyléčit; What can't be cured must be endured. Co se nedá vyléčit, musí se vydržet. (přísloví) treatment léčení, léčba, ošetření have a complete rest jenom odpočívat, být v naprostém klidu keep out of contact with people vyhýbat se styku s lidmi spread [sprcd] the germs šířit bacily make out a prescription [pri1 skripšn] předepsat lék prescribe a medicine [pn'skraib a 'medsn] / amer. [medasn] předepsat lék drug lék; droga medicament [medíkanianl] lék (odborné, formálně) remedy, [remadi] lék medicinal herb [mo'disnal ,ha:b] léčivá bylina herbal tea [|ha:bi '-] bylinný čaj beneficial effect [bena;fišl i'fekt] blahodárný účinek It works wonders. Dělá to divy ■' zázraky. It was no good. Nebylo to k ničemu. There's nothing like... Neni nad... aftereffects [a:ftarifckts] následky heal hojit tse) remember to take one's drops nezapomenout si vžit kapky LESSON 11 take a teaspoonful [ti:spu:nrl] of st brát kávovou lžičku něčeho tablespoonful polévková lžíce (něčeho) cough mixture |1 kof miksča] sirup proti kašli ointment [ointmsnt] .-nast dose [daus] dávka; dávkovat; one dose at bedtime jednu dávku před spaním die of an overdose zemřít následkem predávkovaní prášků (nebo drogy) chemist [kemisl], (formálně) pharmacist [faimosist], amer. druggist lékárník chemist's pharmacy [fa:m?si], amer. drugstore lékárna dentist dentista, zubař optician [op1 tišn] optik 134 Additional phrases from the text Would it be warm enough to swim next time? ij was too early to say. Bude příště dost leploj aby se dalo plavat? To se zatím ještě nedalo říct. (..Would" místo „will" vlivem souslednost ti časů, ač řídicí věta s minulým časem následuje, což je neobvyklé.) Come and see me one of these days. Přijď mi někdy navštívit. i Let's go (over) and see how he is. Zajděme se za nim podívat, jak mu je, ' forget the hardships zapomenout na strádání It's too early to say. To se ještě neví. Drop in and see me. Zastav se u mě. Přijď žij mnou. Přijď se na mě podívat. I 1. Translate: 3 incurable disease; mental disorder; she's ailing; be disposed to colds; comp'ainj of unbearable pain; suffer from insomnia; it hurts me to swallow; be hoarse; have! a chest X-ray; blood count; GP; make an appointment; treatment and cures make out a prescription; prescribe a remedy; medicinal herb; herbal tea; table-] spoonful; die of an overdose; chemist's. | 2. Supply synonyms: 1 I'm fed up with it; sweat; I don't feel like eating; get a cold; be taken ill; go] to the doctor; avoid people; intense pain. ? 3. Distinguish: I was ill - I was sick; I'm well - I'm healthy; teaspoon - tablespoon; recipe -■; prescription; survive - outlive. j 4. Translate: 1 být nemocný (stonat); kýchat a kašlat; bolí mě v krku; stav se ani nezlepšilJ ani nezhoršil; vyléčit nachlazení; zůstat v posteli; vysmrkat se; čekat na zotaveníj pit horký čaj s citrónem; dělá prý to divy; bolení hlavy zmizelo; teplota kleslal na normál; citit se trochu sláb; špatná chuť k jídlu; nachladit se; zbavit se rýmy;! měřit teplotu; raději bys měl jit k lékaři; dostat recept; užívat různé pilulky] a tabletky; kloktat; vypláznout jazyk; důkladně prohlédnout; vyhýbat se stykuj s lidmi; choroboplodné zárodky; rychle se zotavit; brát kávovou lžičku třikrát: denně; udržovat se v dobré tělesné kondici. ■ 5. Enumerate: j 1. the general terms for an unhealthy state of the body; 2. various terms for pains; 3. the symptoms of a common cold; 4. various categories of medical starT; 5. five opening phrases in a medical examination; 6. the principal parts of a routine checkup. LESSON 11 6. Find three responses: 1. What's the matter with you? You don't look very well. 2. Have you done anything about it? 3. Did it do you any good? 4. You'd better see the doctor. 5. It'll hurt, won't it? 6. Why don't you come for a trip with us on Saturday? 7.1 certainly envy you being able to lie in bed all day. 7. What preceded the statements? 1.... but it was no good. 2____it's too early to say. 3— and it worked wonders. 4. Come, come, there's no need to get upset. 5. There, there, you're sure to get over it soon. 8. Complete the statements: 1. For a cold there's nothing like ... 2. The best thing for you is ... 3. He's in very good hands. Dr Brown ... 4. It's nothing to get worried about. 1 recall ... 5. To tell the truth, there's always the danger of complications; for instance ... 6. You should look after yourself more carefully, or ... 7. It can't go on like this; you must ... 9. Answer according to the text: I. How was John feeling when his friends came to see him? 2. What did Jill do to get rid of her cold? 3. Were the two patients discouraged by their colds from planning another trip to the country? 4. How much did they plan to rely on radio weather forecasts? 5. What are "all the usual things" that a doctor does during a medical examination of a patient with a cold? 6. Why should people with a cold stay in bed and try to keep out of contact with other people? 10. Topics for discussion: 1. There's no real cure for a cold. 2. Should the doctor tell the patient the truth? 3. Do people often ruin their health themselves? 4. How I was ill. 5. Health is better than wealth. 6. "God heals and the doctor takes the fee." (Benjamin Franklin) 7. "An apple a day keeps the doctor away." 11. Memorize the rhyme: Solomon Grundy Born on a Monday Christened on Tuesday Married on Wednesday Took ill on Thursday Worse on Friday Died on Saturday Buried on Sunday This is the end Of Solomon Grundy GRAMMAR 1 VAZBA PftEDMĚTU S INFINITIVEM A PARTICIPIEM Vazbou předmětu s infinitivem se míní případ, kdy předmět je sekundárním podmětem ke slovesu vyjádřenému infinitivem. V češtině ji známe z vět jako LESSON 11 13 137 LESSON 11 „vidím ji přicházet, nechal ji odejít, přiměl nás zůstat". V angličtině se vaz| užívá po slovesech tří významových okruhů: 1. Slovesa smyslového vnímání (perceptivní), zejména see vidět, hear slyší] Infinitiv v činném rodě nemá to; v trpném rodě, který se vyskytuje v knižní stylu, se to užívá. I saw him leave. I heard him say it. He was seen to get angry. Viděl jsem ho odejít. Slyšel jsem ho to říct. Bylo vidět, že se rozzlobil. 2. Slovesa vyjadřující přání, působení, žádost, rozkaz, dovolení, zákaz, prj moc; ask žádat, telí říci (nařídit), order nařídit, přikázat, want chtít, l'd like chtěl bych, rád bych, wish (knižní výraz) přát si, warn varovat, aby ne (v anglid tině infinitiv záporný), allow dovolit, forbid zakázat, advise radit, persuaa [pa'sweid] přesvědčit, force přinutit, invite pozvat, help pomoci aj. Infinitiv to v činném rodě mají pouze let (nechat) a make (přimět), a zejména v americk angličtině help. Srovnejte: He made me come. I was made to come. Přiměl mě přijít. Byl jsem donucen přijít. V češtině je infinitiv možný jen u některých sloves, jinak je tu vedlejší větj s„aby": I want you to check it. I'd like you to see it. Ask him to help you. I allowed him to stay. I didn't let him go. I warned him not to be late. I made him repeat it. I like everything to be done at once. The firm likes all its employees to be on time. I don't want her to run any risk. I wish the manager to be informed at once. Do you wish to see me now? I don't wish to be disturbed. Chci, abys to zkontroloval. Rád bych, abys to viděl. Požádej ho, aby ti pomohl. Dovolil jsem mu zůstat. Nenechal jsem ho jít. Varoval jsem ho, aby nepřišel pozdě. Přiměl jsem ho to opakovat. Mám rád, když se všechno udělá hneů Myslím, že se všechno má dělat hne4 Firma si přeje, aby všichni zaměstnaný byli dochvilní. Nechci, aby jakkoli riskovala. Žádám, aby ředitel byl okamžitě infot} mován. Přejete si se mnou ted mluvit? Nepřeji si nyní být rušen. (wish mívá tuto vazbu ponejvíc v otázce a záporu, v nehovorovéi stylu) 3. Slovesa vyjadřující domněnku, zejména expect očekávat, nebo (méně častc believe věřit, domnívat se, know vědět, think myslet. Většinou jsou s infinitiver to be (který po slovesech believe a think se zpravidla vynechává). Vazba s it finitivem u všech těchto sloves je knižní a je mnohem méně běžná než vedlejä věta se spojkou that (i v češtině je vedlejší věta s „že"). Poněkud častější jfl v trpném rodě, jako vazba podmetu s infinitivem: He's known to be honest. Ví i o něm, že je poctivý. ] expect you to come. They believed him (to be) rich. I know him to be honest. I think this important. Očekávám, že přijdeš. Domnívali se, že je bohatý. Vím, že je poctivý. Myslím, že je to důležité. V průběhovém infinitivu be ...-ing a v trpném infinitivu be ...-ed se be vypouští: I heard him come. (= he came) Slyšel jsem ho přijít. I heard him coming. (= he was Slyšel jsem ho, jak přichází. coming) I heard him praised by the teacher. Slyšel jsem, jak ho učitel chválí. Pozor, nikdy neužívejte pro toto ,jak" výrazů how nebo as. 1.1 Respond: Will he go there? (want) — No, I don't realty want him go there. 1. Will Ann return soon? (expect) 2. Will the Greens come again? (would like) 3. Will he lend you the money? (want) 4, Will the pupils be better next time? (expect) 1.2 Respond: He'd like to do it. - Don't let him do it. 1. He'd like to have another beer. 2. They'd like to sell their car. 3. She'd like to leave tonight. 4. He'd like to repair it. 5. They'd like to join us. 1.3 Reply: Will he do it? /'// make him do it. 1. Will she rewrite the letter? 2. Will he drive carefully? 3. Will Philip see us off at the station? 4. Will Catherine tidy up the room soon? 5. Will they apologize? , 1.4 Respond: He doesn't want to go there, (tell) - Then someone should tell him, to go there. 1. He doesn't want to try it again, (force) 2. She doesn't want to learn to drive, (persuade) 3. They don't want to do their share of work, (order) 4. He doesn't want to apologize for what he did. (ask) 1-5 Fill in to wherever necessary: 1.1 saw him ... pick up the purse and ... put it in his pocket. 2.1 heard him ... say so. 3. I don't expect you .,. believe me. 4. Just let me ... explain it. 5. I'd like you .,. come for a longer stay. 6. Do you really want them ... sell it? 7. He made me ... stay another day. 8. I want you ... have a look at it. 9. We weren't allowed ... smoke there. 10. He was seen ... take the bribe. 11. We've often heard them ... talk about it. 12. In the end I persuaded him ... have a go at it. 1.6 Translate (using the object + infinitive construction): 1. Nepočítám, že budu včas hotov. 2. Přiměl jsem ho opravit, co pokazil. 3. Nenech mě dlouho spát; rád bych, abys mě vzbudil za půl hodiny. 4. Kdo LESSON II 1 139 LESSON 11 ti dovolil si to vzít? 5. Byl jsem donucen (make) zůstat na večeři. 6. Nařídil jít tam místo něho. 7. Dovolil jsem mu použít můj psací stroj. 8. Můj plat nedovoluje koupit si auto. 9. Očekávám, že mi dovezeš nějaký suvenýr. 10.1 kládám to za důležité, a proto jsem ho přesvědčil, aby to přepsal. 11. Čekal jse že se něco stane. 12. Nařídil jsem, aby se to neopakovalo. 13. Domnívám se,: máš pravdu. 14. Opravdu chceš, abychom na ten večírek šli s tebou? 15. D<] mní val i jsme se, že je chudý. 2 PŘIVLASTŇOVACÍ ZÁJMENO SAMOSTATNÉ Angličtina má zvláštní druh přivlastňovacích zájmen pro užití samostatné, bez podstatného jména, this is my suitcase - this suitcase is mine your yours his / her his / hers our ours their theirs Vyskytují se rovněž ve spojeních typu, jeden můj", „ten můj" {a friend of mii jeden můj přítel; that friend of mine ten můj přítel), protože v angličtině nemohc stát vedle sebe člen a přivlastňovací zájmeno, či jakékoli dva přesně určujíc výrazy (např. *two my). Lze ovšem říci zobecňující one of my friends jede z mých přátel. S vazbou a friend of yours je srovnatelná vazba dvojího genitivu: a friend < Tom's (jeden Tomův přítel) oproti one of Tom's friends (jeden z Tomovýc| přátel). 2.1 Respond: Did you meet him? - No, but I met a friend of his. 1. Did yoli phone Susan? 2. Did you find Jennifer? 3. Have they invite Richard and Diana? 4. Did Margaret ask you? 5. Did they tell Carol? 2.2 Supplement die first statement, preserving the person of the pronoun in the supplement: One of my friends can speak three languages - and another friend of mine can speak four. 1. One of her friends bought three new dresses at the sale. 2. One of oi colleagues has been to the Birmingham fair four times. 3. One of my relativej knows three film stars. 4. One of his cousins has been divorced three time 5. One of my former colleagues owes me £30. 2.3 Translate: 1. Jejich dům je dražší než náš. 2. Je ta kabelka opravdu její? 3. Ta dvě okr v prvním poschodí jsou jeho, ta ostatní patří k bytu jeho švagra. 4. To všechnC není moje - něco je určitě vaše. 5. Řekni mi, které z těchto vstupenek jsou tvoja a které jsou jejich. 6. Ten tvůj přítel si zase chtěl ode mě vypůjčit peníze. PŘEDMINULÝ ČAS předminulý čas vyjadřuje minulý děj, který skončil ještě před začátkem jiného minulého děje, obvykle vyjádřeného minulým časem. Např. věta He found tne ticket he had lost. vyjadřuje dva následné děje: he los t a ticket; later he found it. předminulý čas se však užívá i při souslednosti časů místo předpřítomného času. Např. He has seen her; He rememhered he hadseen her. Vzpomněl si, že ji viděl. V češtině předminulému času odpovídá čas minulý. He foiTnd the ticket he had lost. VVe had just got to the station when he arrived. He came to Britain after he had been two years in France. It wasn't easy to find the place even though we had been there once before. Našel ten lístek, který ztratil. Právě jsme dorazili na nádraží, když on přijel. Přišel do Anglie, když pobyl dva roky ve Francii. Nebylo snadné najít to místo, třebaže jsme tam už jednou byli. Předminulý čas bývá i v samostatných větách, např. My train arrived at eleven instead of at ten. The man who was to meet me had left the station by then (... tou dobou už byl pryč). Častěji však bývá v souvětích, zejména v časovém (příklady 2 a 3 nahoře), ve vztažné větě a v nepřímé řeči. V časovém souvětí se spojkami when, after, before, by the time předminulý čas může být ve větě hlavní nebo ve větě vedlejší - podle toho, který děj předcházel: Before he met her, he had never fallen in love. After he had spoken for an hour, everyone got up and left. When he arrived at the party, he had already had a bit too much to drink. By the time I came he had left. Předtím než se s ni setkal, se nikdy (ještě) nezamiloval. Když už mluvil hodinu, každý se zvedl a odešel. Když přišel na večírek, měl už dost vypito. Než jsem přišel j Tou dobou, kdy jsem přišel, on už byl pryč. Ve vztažné větě se předminulý čas užívá tehdy, je-li časová posloupnost dějů v souvěti převrácena, tj. začínáme vypovídat o pozdějším z obou jevů: He started to look for the dictionary he had bought the day before. Začat hledat slovník, který si koupil předcházející den. Následují-li minulé děje za sebou v logickém sledu tak, jak se udály, v souřadných větách, užívá se minulý čas, ne předminulý. Např. On Tuesday he told me about his new girlfriend. A few days later I saw her myself. Také v souvětí se spojkami before, after, until se často užívá minulý čas místo předminulého, protože spojky dostatečně jasně naznačují vztah dějů a oba děje jsou víceméně paralelní. Předminulý čas je vhodný pouze tam, kde se zdůrazňuje, že se n|co stalo před nebo po určitém časovém bodu. O užití předminulého času v takzvané nepřímé řeči viz 15. lekce. Průběhový tvar předminulého času (had been ... -ing) vyjadřuje děj, který probíhat až do určité doby v minulosti (a popř, v ní ještě bude pokračovat): LESSON 11 1 141 LESSON 11 Before he came to Prague, he had spent a year in Olomouc. Before he came to Prague, he had been studying in Brno. When I finally got there he had been waiting for me an hour and a half 3.1 Link the two statements: ( couldn't go to work- I had to get well. - / couldn't go to work until I had got well. 1.1 couldn't leave. 1 had to see him. 2. We couldn't go abroad. We had to sav enough money for the trip. 3. I couldn't go to the theatre. I had to put the bab to bed. 4. He couldn't do the exercise. His teacher had to explain the grammar 5. She couldn't start cooking. He had to do the shopping. 3.2 What preceded the statements? 1. ...because he had been travelling in France for a month. 2. ...because had been learning English for several years. 3. ... because he had been lying i| the hot sun for several hours. 4.,.. because he had been looking for our hous in the wrong place. 3.3 Translate: 1. Nakonec byl chválen i těmi, kteří ho předtím po několik let kritizovaly 2. Než se přestěhoval sem, bydlel kdesi v jižních Čechách. 3. Nevzpomínal si, zd mu Gulliverovy cesty půjčil nebo ne. 4. Nebyl si jist, zda udělal vše, co bylo v jehd silách. 5. Na konci života se usadil na vesnici, ačkoli předtím strávil většiní života ve městě. 6. Studenti třetího ročníku nebyli lonř tak pilní, jako když ještjj byli v prvním ročníku. 7. Brzy jsem uhádl, proč mi o tom nic neřekl. 8. Matk^ pustila syna na hřiště, teprve až si udělal všechny úlohy. Hospitals where medical students get practical training are called teaching hospita's- A small number of hospitals remain outside the NHS and are run by "religious orders or charitable organizations and are mostly maintained for the chronically ill or for convalescents. There are also private nursing homes, which must be registered. Treatment for mental disorders is provided as part of the NHS. Patients who are suffering from mental illness can receive specialist advice at hospital outpatient clinics or they may enter a mental hospital for treatment. Health centres are run by local authorities. They offer regular supervision by doctors and nurses to expectant and nursing mothers and young children. Advice is also given by health visitors, who are state registered nurses. aspirin [;esprin] aspirin; charitable institution ['&eratabl insti (tju:šn] dobročinná, charitativní instituce: clinic klinika; enter a hospital bý( přijat do nemocnice; expectant mother [ik|Spek(3nt 1 -] nastávající matka; health visitor pečovatelka; National Health Service státní zdravotnictví; nursing home soukromé sanatorium, dům s pečovatelskou službou; religious order [ri|lidŽ3s o:daJ církevní řád; run spravovat; supervision [|Su:po'vižn] dohled, kontrola; teaching hospital fakultní nemocnice; touch: get in touch with sb spojit sc, navázat styk S někým DOCTORS, HOSPITAL SERVICES, AND HEALTH CENTRES IN BRITAIN If you fall ill, you must get in touch with a doctor. In Britain, under thtj National Health Service (NHS), in existence since 1948, this costs you nothing If you are too ill to go out, you may phone his surgery and the doctor will cor to your house, but normally you have to go to the surgery for the consultation Most doctors operate an appointment system so that it is not necessary to wail too long at the surgery before seeing the doctor. Everybody is free to chocs a general practitioner (GP) in his own home area and be registered on his list In towns, it is usual for three or four GPs to join together in partnership. Family practitioner services include, besides GPs, dentists, pharmacists, and opticians If you need special treatment the doctor will send you to see a specialist at thd local hospital, but you must see the ordinary doctor before you can see a sr. cialist. In an emergency (e.g. an accident at home or in the street) you can calj an ambulance by dialling 999 from any telephone. Most drugs can only be obtained from a chemist if you have a4 prescription from the doctor, but some simple medicines are available without a prescription e.g. aspirin, cough mixtures, and the like. A large proportion of the 3,000 district general hospitals in Britain were built in the 19th century. Some developed from much earlier charitable institutions! LESSON 12 AT THE POST OFFICE A-A- LESSON 12 What did you say? This is a very bad line. Could you speak up please? OK. I'll wait until he calls later today. When you enter a post office you can see several counters: for sending mone for sending recorded letters and buying stamps, for ordering phone calls an sending telegrams, for sending parcels. It is a long way from the sender to the addressee. When the letter has beq written, folded, and put into the envelope and the envelope sealed and the rig stamp stuck in the upper right-hand corner and the address (including postcode) written in legible script, the letter is ready to be dropped into a lette box. The box is cleared at certain times of the day; there are usually tv collections daily. The mail is taken in a postal van to the main post office. The^ it is postmarked and sorted according to its destination and put in mail bag and these are then loaded on trains. Further sorting goes on inside the mail va| When the mail finally reaches the place it is going to, the postmen sort it agaij according to the postal districts in the town. Later in the morning a postma delivers the letters, usually dropping them in letterboxes situated outside hous or inside the halls of blocks of flats. Before a parcel is sent off it is weighed. A label may be put on it, such "Fragile" or "This Side Up" or, for an extra charge, "Urgent". Parcels shou^ be tied up with care so that the string does not come undone. The brown par. can become torn on the way too, since the parcels are handled by postal several times before they reach the person they are addressed to. When a pare cannot be delivered because the addressee is not, at home, a note is dropped his letterbox asking him to collect the parcel at the post office. Postal clerks must know all the postal regulations in order to be able to answe all sorts of questions: "How much is this postcard to France, please?" or "Hav I got the right stamps?" or "I hope it's not overweight those books se awfully heavy," or "Can I have some kind of commemorative stamp for airmail letter to the Fiji Islands?" The clerks must be very patient. On the other hand, at the telephone counter it's the people who must patient. It often takes some time to put through long-distance calls. Before eacj call a person should think about what he wants to say, to make the call clear an brief. But many people, once they lift the receiver - especially in local calls endlessly. Those waiting outside the phone booth get more and more annoye but when their turn comes they often talk a long time too. Women seem to hav more to say to their friends than men. An overheard telephone conversation A: Is that the English Tourist Board? A: May I speak to Mr Davis please? A: Bill Hampton here. I'm ringing about ... A: Oh, I thought you were in charge of that. A: Oh, he isn't there? Could you take a message for him? Tell him I rang and ask him to ring me back please. VOCABULARY WRITING AND POSTING A LETTER aotepapcr dopisní papír answer by return (of post) odpovědět obratem sign [sain] podepsat fold složit put in(to) an envelope [envsbup] vložit do obálky seal zalepit; zapečetit put / stick a stamp on nalepit známku come off odlepit se use a commemorative stamp [ka'memgrativ použít příležitostnou známku special issue [išu:, isju:] zvláštní vydání / emise commemorate an anniversary [ka'memareit, isna'vsisri] připominat výročí stamp collector ['- ko|lckto) filatelista write the sender's address / amer. return address on the back of the envelope napsat zpáteční adresu na zadní stranu obálky legible script čitelné písmo; in illegible [i1 ledžibl] script nečitelné enclose a self-addressed envelope přiložit obálku se zpáteční adresou For the attention of Mr John Brown. (Private and) Confidential [ | konfi' denšl] K rukám pana Johna Browna (Soukromé a) Důvěrné c / o = care of (bytem) u ... (o přechodné adrese, např. v podnájmu) light-weight airmail envelope lehká letecká obálka postcode, amer. zip [zip] code směrovací číslo (v Británii kombinace písmen a číslic, v USA pětimístné čislo) Postcard I. korespondenční lístek; 2. = picture postcard zast. pohlednice send a letter by recorded delivery, amer. by certified mail poslat dopis doporučené receipt [ri' si:tj stvrzenka compensation [|komp3n'seišn] náhrada Post, zejm. amer. mail dát na poštu, odeslat GPO = general post office brit. zastarale hlavní pošla (zejm. londýnská) Head Post Office, Main (City Centre) Post Office hlavní pošta hand in at the counter podat u přepážky postal rates poštovní sazby / sazebník pay an extra charge platit poplatek navíc postal charge(s) poštovné be overweight [auvaweit] mít nad váhu weigh on the scales vážit na váze How much is it to send this to ... please? Kolik je to do ...? PARCEL parcel [pa:sl] zejm. brit. balík package [paekidž] zejm. amer. balík packet [paekit] baliček wrap in wrapping paper zabalit do balicího papíru tie with a string převázat motouzem get / come undone rozvázat se sellotape [selateip] průsvitná lepicí páska put a label [leibl] on nalepit nálepku Fragile [frsedžail] Křehké; Pozor sklo Handle with care Zacházejte sc zásilkou opatrně; Glass. With Care Pozor sklo This side up Neklopit Urgent [aidžant] Pilné DELIVERY OF MAIL delivery [di1 livri] doručování deliver [di'livs] mail to the addressee [|Xdre'si:] doručit poštu adresátovi clear the letterbox / postbox brit. vybírat (poštovní) schránku (na ulicí) mailbox amer. (poštovní) schránka The mail is collected at six. Schránka se vybírá v šest. The next collection is at ten. Příští vybírání je v deset. postmark razítko; The letter is postmarked Prague. Dopis má pražské razítko, postmark / cancel [kaensl] a (postage) stamp orazítkovat (znehodnotit) známku LESSON 12 145 LESSON 12 pillar-box [pitaboks] brit. schránka (v podobě asi 150 cm vysokého červeného válce, umístěného na kraji chodníku) drop in the letterbox hodit do (adresátovy) schránky sort třídit postman, amcr. obvykle mailman poštovní doručovatel, listonoš; Has the postman called / been yet? Byla tady už pošla? It came in the mail. Přišlo to v poště. sign for a letter podepsat příjem dopisu mailbag pytel s poštou reach the address dojít k adresátovi In case of non-delivery / If undelivered please return to sender, V případě nedoručení vraťte odesílateli. Please forward Odešlete (za adresátem) call for / collect a parcel at the post office vyzvednout si balík na poště send st COD (= cash on delivery), umer. těž send st collect poslat na dobírku payment is made at the place of delivery platí se v místě doručení SENDING MONEY postal order [!- -] brit. poštovní poukázka (v Británii se hotové peníze nednručuji do rukou adresáta; doručenou poukázku si vyměníte na poště za příslušný obnos) money order poštovní poukázka (brit. jen na vyšší částku než u postal order) USEFUL PHRASES IN LETTER WRITING Thanks very much for your card. Děkuji mnohokrát za lístek. It was good to bear from you again. Jsem rád, že ses ozval. I was very glad to hear from you again. Byl jsem velmi rád, žes opět napsal. I'm sorry to hear about... S lítosti se dozvídám, že ... You must come and visit us. Musíš nás přijet navštívit. X sends his best wishes. X tě nechává pozdravoval. Best wanes to .,, Pozdravuj ... Sorry I haven't written for such a long time. Omlouvám se, že jsem tak dlouho nepsat. TELEPHONE I don't know how to go about telephoning. Nevk jak si počínat při telefonováni, look up the number vyhledat si číslo be listed in the phone book / brit. těž telep directory [di1 rcktsri] být uveden v telefonii seznamu call directory enquiries [in1 kwaiariz] zavolat i formace have sb on the phone míl někoho u telefon telefonovat s někým give sb a ring, ring up sb zatelefonovat někon ring a number zavolat na jisté číslo ring sb back zavolat někomu zpět (toho, předtím volal n. koho jsme volali) phone telefon; telefonovat call volat (telefonicky) (business) call (úřední) hovor give me a call zavolej mi make a local cad / long-distance call (brit. trunk call) volat místně / meziměstsky phone box, call box, telephone booth [bu:j phone booth, brit. též telephone kiosk [ki:osl telephone box telefonní budka pay phone veřejný telefon You're wanted on the phone. Někdo tě volá. answer the phone vzít telefon take a message for sb převzít vzkaz pro koho dial [datglj the wrong number vytočit špatf| číslo; Sorry, wrong number. Promiňte, to 1 omyl. dialling tone, zejm. amer. dial tone oznamov tón, volací tón (volné linky) ringing tone vyzváněcí tón lift / pick up the receiver [ri'siiva] zvednout! chatko put down položit dial the code vytočil směrové číslo telephone 55061 [dabl faiv au si ks wan], ext 13 [ik'stensn] volat 55061, linku 13 dial the operator for assistance volat tele nistku v centrále / spojovatelku (kvůli inft mocí) The line is engaged; amer. The line is busy. Lint je obsazena, engaged signal / tone tón „obsazeno" It's a bad connection. Spojení je špatné. Je i potí rozumět, speak up mluvit nahlas Hold the line, please. Hold on a moment; hovor. Hang on. Nepokládejte, prosim. Zůstaňte u aparátu. (I'm) trying to connect you. Pokouším se vás spojit. You're through now, caller, go ahead! brit. Jste spojen, mluvte! fat you through? amer. Už jste skončil (hovor)? be cut off být přerušen The (lclc)phone is broken. Telefon je pokažený. What's the charge? Kolik to stoji? ON THE PHONE personal calk amcr. pcrson-to-pcrson call hovor, který se účtuje ne od okamžiku, kdy se ozve volané číslo, ale až začne mluvit osoba, s kterou si přejeme mluvit; sazba je vyšší než u normálního hovoru fixed time call hovor na výzvu transferred charge call, amer. collect call hovor na účet volaného urgent call bleskový hovor The rates vary according to distance. Sazbu závisí na vzdálenosti. a) When you ring a friend, you say; "This is Jim," or "Jim (Brown) here." b) If it is a business call and they do not know you, you say; "My name is John Brown,' or "This js Mr Brown of ..." c) When the phone rings, pick it up and say: "Jim here." or "Jim Brown." or "55061", or "Jim Brown speaking," or "Export Sales Department. Can 1 help you?" t. Translate: notepaper; sign a letter; zip code; the letter was postmarked Coventry; please forward; send COD; postal order; cash a money order; receipt; extension; the string on the package came undone. 2. Supply synonyms: call to a different town; writing that can be easily read; breakable; finish the call; sent inside an envelope; it weighs too much. 3. Distinguish: collect stamps - collect a parcel; ordinary stamp - commemorative stamp; surface rate - airmail rate; parcel - package - packet; notepaper - wrapping paper; speak - speak up. 4. Translate: koupil si známku na pohlednici; letecký připlatek; pamětní známka; filatelista; nalepil známku do pravého horního rohu; složit dopis; přiložit fotografii do dopisu; zalepit obálku; napsat nečitelně adresu; poštovní směrovací číslo; odesílatel a adresát; posílat doporučený dopis; ponechat si stvrzenku jako doklad; náhrada za ztracený dopis; hodit dopis do schránky; vybírat schránku třikrát denně; dovézt poštovním autem na hlavní poštu; razítkovat; třídit podle místa určení; naložit poštovní pytle do vlaku; poštovní okrsek; listonoš doručuje poštu; hodit vzkaz do schránky na dveřích; odeslat balík; přepážka pro balíkovou postu; zvážit na váze; nalepit nálepky „Pozor sklo", „Pilné", „Neklopit"; zavázat motouzem; lepicí páska; balicí papír; poštovní úředníci zacházejí s balíkem opatrně; objednat si dálkový hovor; volat z telefonní budky; jste na řadě; trvá mu to dlouho; mistní hovor; být při telefonování stručný; volat kvůli důležité věci; převzít vzkaz; ať mi zavolá; spojení je špatné; mluvte hlasitěji; ukončit hovor. LESSON 12 147 LESSON 12 5. Find American equivalents: post a letter; postbox; postman; postcode; telephone directory. ' 6. Enumerate: 1. special inscriptions on parcels; 2. materials for packing; 3. the procedure in the delivery of a letter from its posting; 4. closing phrases of a lette| 5. synonyms for the box from which you can telephone; 6. phrases openit a telephone conversation. 7. Answer according to the text: 1. What counters can be found at a post office? 2. What must be done betwee writing "Dear ..." and dropping the letter in a postbox? 3. How does the lette get from the postbox to the post office? 4. How is the mail sorted? 5. When ai how is the mail delivered? 6. How is a parcel packed? 7. What does the postg clerk do with the parcel? 8. How can you make your telephone call shorter 8. Complete the statements: 1. (in a telephone call) Oh, he isn't there. 2. Sorry I haven't written for suclj a long time. 3. I'd love to come but... 4.1 hate writing letters. 5. During my shofj visit you were all so kind to me that I... 6.1 must have dialled the wrong numt because ... 9. What preceded the statements? 1. Oh, I'd be delighted. Thank you very much. 2.1 wish I could, but my parent are expecting me. 3. Yes, we were very shocked at the sad news. 4. The letter muS have been delayed on the way. 5. .,. and yet when the parcel arrived, the glas was broken. 6. Next time I'd better send it airmail. 10. Find three responses: 1. Does it take long for a thing like this to get to Britain? 2. I don't think il was a good idea to put anything fragile inside. 3. Have I got the right stamps? 4. Where's the nearest postbox, please? 5. You know, we promised to sentf a telegram. 11. Topics for discussion: 1. To write or to telephone? 2. The advantages and disadvantages of having a phone. 3. The problems of finding the number or an institution in a telephone directory in Czechoslovakia. 4. Do you like writing letters as much as getting them? 5. The pleasures of stamp collecting. 6. No news is good news. 7. Mi personal correspondence. 8. Become a postman - it's an interesting job. GRAMMAR 1 TVAR KONČÍCÍ NA -ING Tvar končící na -ing může být mluvnicky: 1. příčestí přítomné činné: a talking man hovořící člověk; 2. součást průběhového tvaru slovesa: ffie man was talking very quickly. Muž mluvil velmi rychle; 3. přechodník přítomný: fulking to him every night, 1 soon got to know him well. Každý večer jsem s ním mluvil, a tak jsem ho brzy dobře poznal; 4 podstatné jméno slovesné: the continual talking of people in the library neustálý hovor lidí v knihovně; 5. gerundium: / like talking. 2 GERUNDIUM Gerundium je tvar utvořený od slovesa koncovkou -ing. Kombinuje v sobě význam a funkci podstatného jména a slovesa. Swimming is healthy. I'm very fond of travelling. I'll try speaking English now. There's no chance of finding it. Plavání je zdravé. Velmi rád cestuji. Ted zkusím mluvit anglicky. Není naděje, že to najdeme. Společně se slovesem má schopnost vyjadřovat určitý časový vztah a rod (kromě přítomného gerundia v činném rodě - reading-existuje takzvané minule činné gerundium having read, trpné gerundium pro současnost being read, trpné gerundium pro predčasnost having been read; viz 18. lekce). Gerundium utvořené od předmětného slovesa může mít předmět; ten pak má stejnou vazbu jako se slovesem: reading books looking forward to a trip read hooks look forward to a trip Od podstatného jména slovesného, které existuje i v češtině, se gerundium liší tím, že nemá člen a nepřevádí prosté doplnění na vazbu s of (jak bychom cekali podle českého 2. pádu): reading books (gerundium) čtení knih the reading of books (podstatné jméno slovesné) četba knih Zápor se tvoři pomoci not: Do you mind my not coming? Nevadí vám, že nepřijdu? Pokud děj v gerundiu potřebuje vyjádřit činitele děje jím označovaného, děje se tak zpravidla přivlastňovacími výrazy (my, John s, the tall man s) nebo předmětným pádem (viz lekce 18). Do you mind my not coming? I don't mind John's staying overnight. Srovnejte: I remember camping here. I remember their camping here. Nevadí vám, že nepřijdu'/ Nevadí mi, že Jan zůstane přes noc. Pamatuji si, že jsem tu tábořil. Pamatuji se, že tu tábořili. Do češtiny se gerundium překládá různým způsobem: a) podstatným jménem slovesným: Swimming is healthy. b) infmitivem: Walking is healthy. c) vedlejší vetou: His staying away didn't surprise us. I apologize for intruding. We can overtake him by walking faster. After walking another mile, we'll have a rest. Before walking any further, we must have a look at the map. Instead of walking round and round, we should ask somebody. We won't get there without crossing the river. Plavání je zdravé. Chodi! pěšky je zdravé. Nepřekvapilo nás, že nepřišel. Omlouvám se, že vyrušuji. Můžeme ho dohonit, když půjder, rychleji. Až ujdeme ještě jednu míli, odpočinem^ si. i Než půjdeme dál, musíme se podívat rul mapu. Místo abychom chodili pořád dokola měli bychom se někoho zeptat. Nedostaneme se tam, aniž bychom pře\ šli přes řeku. Gerundium může být blíže určeno příslovcem: rising early raně vstávání eating regularly pravidelně stravování / jídlo listening carefully pozorné naslouchání Kromě jádra prísudku může být gerundium kterýmkoli členem větyí a) podmětem; b) částí prísudku; c) přímým předmětem; d) předložkovým předJ metem; e) přívlastkem (pak je v angličtině vždy s předložkou): 1 a) Doing it was necessary. b) What he likes best is trying to help other people. The kids were busy playing with their toys. c) I tried doing it. d) I'm looking forward to doing it. e) The danger of losing it is past now. Některá slovesa vyžadují doplnění gerundiem, jiná infinitivem, některá! mohou mít obojí: I enjoy walking in the mountains, x I want to walk in the mountains. I like to walk. = I like walking. Gerundium vyžadují zejména slovesa a vazby (české „že když .. jak aby ..."): a) appreciate ocenit; avoid vyhnout se (tomu, aby / něčemu); deny popřít;! dislike nemít rád; enjoy mít rád, mít potěšení (z něčeho), bavit se (něčím); mindí (v otázce a záporu) mít námitky proti; miss promeškat; risk riskovat; stand snést,' vydržet (jen v záporu, případně otázce); suggest navrhnout; I can't help nemohu' si pomoci, abych ne; L b) it's (not) worth (ne)stojí to za; it!snQ£QQď)e marné (Is it any good asking?] Má cenu se zeptat?); it's no use nestojí to za, nemá smysl. Dale některá~sÍovesa a některé vazby s předložkou: be afraid o/bát se (že, aby ne); be fond of rád (něco: dělat); feel like, mít chuť (něco udělat); insist on trvat na (tom, že / aby); be interested in zajímat se o (co, jak); be used to být zvyklý (něco udělat); look forward to těšit se (že, až); object to namítat proti (tomu, když / aby); prevent sb from zabránit někomu (něco udělat, aby něco (ne)udělal); succeed in uspět: / succeed in daří se mi (něco udělat)t think of myslet na (to, jak / že); apologize for omluvit se (že, za to, že). Dále některá podstatná jména s předložitou: advantage of, idea of, interest in, opportunity for / of, possibility of, reason for, way of (to, jak); c) stop, knižně cease přestat; finish skončit; give up zanechat (přestat dělat); keep pokračovat (s čím, v čem); excuse prominout (že, když);/i?rgi've odpustit (že, když). Pozor na významový rozdíl u stop: He stopped looking at it. Přestal se na to dívat. He stopped to look at it. Zastavil se, aby se na to podíval. Infinitiv vyžadují hlavně slovesa vyjadřující nebo v sobě zahrnující chtění (vůli), pokud netrvají na zachování předložkové vazby (agree on, decide on, forget about, help in j with): a) want chtít; / would like rád bych, chtěl bych; b) agree souhlasit; refuse odmítnout; decline odmítnout; c) promise slíbit; offer nabídnout; help pomoci; d) decide rozhodnout st; forget zapomenout (tj. opomenout); hesitate váhat; hope doufat; manage dokázat, svést. Gerundium i infinitiv mohou být po slovesech: a) start, begin začít (jen infinitiv, chybí-li odstín Jmout se", „jal se"); continue pokračovat; b) like rád (dělat); love velmi rád (dělat); hate velmi nerad (dělat); prefer raději (dělat); intend zamýšlet. Infinitiv se zpravidla užívá pro vyjádření konkrétního děje, gerundium pro obecné tvrzení: I hate to trouble you. Strašně nerad vás obtěžuji, (teď, kon- krétně) 1 hate getting to the station late. Velice nerad chodím na nádraží pozdě. Poznámky: 1. Vyjmenovaná slovesa patří do několika významových okruhů, např. „mít rád", „mít cenu", „pokračování děje" apod. Význam sám tu však není spolehlivým vodítkem pro volbu gerundia - jiná slovesa z téhož okruhu mohou, nebo dokonce musí mít infinitiv; např. like + infinitiv nebo gerundium, dislike + gerundium, I should like + infinitiv; help + infinitiv; couldn't help + gerundium. 2. Pozor na významový rozdíl u go on: he went on talking mluvil dál; he went on to sav nato řekl. 2.1 Translate: 1. Walking is good for your health. 2. The chances of finding them are small. 3. I'm very fond of playing the guitar. 4. We're looking forward to meeting you again soon. 5. Reading stories in English will improve your understanding of the language. 6.1 apologize for intruding. 7. Smoking is a hazard to health. 8.1 don't mind waiting for another quarter of an hour. 9. I suggest buying something else as a present. 10. Did you mind my not waiting any longer? 11. It's no good telling him what to do. 12. It's no use just standing here; we'll have to find shelter. 13. I enjoy having young people around me. 14. I can't help being angry with him. 15. Is it worth trying again? 16. He denied telling anybody about it. 17. I can't stand waiting here and not knowing how much longer he'll be. LESSON 12 151 LESSON 12 18. He insisted on seeing me first. 19.1 object to letting him have it free. 20. Dl they succeed in convincing you? 21. No one was able to prevent him froi speaking the truth. 22. I don't mind being alone. As a matter of fact, I'm use. to being alone quite a lot. 23. I'm thinking of asking him just what he mean] 24. This is a unique opportunity of visiting Wales. 25. Excuse my being lati 26. The audience was half asleep but the speaker kept talking. 27. Are yojj interested in improving your qualifications? 28. The machine has stopped working. 29. You should gradually give up smoking. 30. He's too fond of goinf to the pub. 2.2 Insert an infinitive or gerund: 1. We want (return) before dark. 2. I'd like (invite) him to tea. 3. I've succeede, in (repair) the lawnmower. 4. I was the first to think of (check) it. 5. I forge, (switch off) the lights. 6. Don't hesitate (ask) whenever you don't understand something. 7. He kept (smile) although she was beginning to get angry. 8. Thes old clothes are not worth (keep). 9. They agreed (help) us. 10. I don't mind (b told) what to do. 11. We enjoy (have) guests in our home. 12. He refused (help, anybody. 13. I hope (be able) to pay the debt. 14. They managed (repair) the car 15. 1 couldn't help (be) late. 16. He offered (see) us off at the station. 17. Yoil risk (be) run over. 18. They promised (not put off) doing their homeworkj 19. 1 dislike (be) ordered about. 20. It's no use (worry) all the lime. 2.3 Translate: 1. Vyhnul se vysvětlování. 2. Popřel, že udělal chybu. 3. Riskoval, že to ztratil 4. Nevadí mi, že je zima. 5. Navrhuji to změnit. 6. Měl radost z toho, že dostal dárek. 7. Nesnesu stát na tomto prudkém slunci. 8. Je marné zkoušet hc přesvědčit. 9. Nemohu si pomoci, abych ho neobdivoval. 10. Bojím se, že nebudu schopen to udělat. 11. Trvám na tom, že on tam také bude přítomen. 12. Jsov^ zvyklí na to, že je pravidelně informuji. 13. Těším se na to, jak budu doma. 14. Ta je dobrá příležitost je pozvat. \5. Uvažuji o tom, že změním zaměstnání. 16. Pro4 miň, že otevřu okno. 17. Podaří se nám vyhrát oba zápasy? 18 Už zanechal hraní volejbalu. 19. Mám námitky proti tomu, aby ona měla taková privilegia:] 20. Přestali chodit do kina i do divadla. 21. Hodiny se pořád zastavují. 3 PŘEDBUDOUCÍČAS Předbudoucí čas je protějškem předpřítomného času, ovšem ve vztahu k ně-| jaké budoucí době, události apod. Vyjadřuje, že děj skončí (bude už uzavřen)! v budoucnosti, než nastane určitý okamžik nebo jiný děj budoucí. V češtině tnuj odpovídá konstrukce ,,(do určité doby) to budu mít uděláno". Tou dobou, kdy (= než) se vrátiš, hudu$ už mít zabaleno. Do dvanácti hodin to budu mít zkontrolováno. ■ I'll have finished it by the end of the Do konce měsíce to budu mít skončeno.% month. I'll have packed it by the time you come back. I'll have checked it by noon. V časové a podmínkové větě, které nemívají budoucí čas se shall a will a užívají pro budoucnost čas přítomný, je ovšem místo předbudoucího času čas před-přítomný. Dále je třeba připomenout, že běžnější než předbudoucí čas je v těchto vedlejších větách budoucí čas (posunutý v přítomný) - tedy / won't leave until I spend all my money. If he finishes it before twelve, he'll join us. I won't leave until I've spent all my Neodjedu, dokud neutratím všechny money. peníze. I won't speak to him until he has Nepromluvím na něho, dokud se apologized. neomluví. If he has finished it before twelve, he'll Jestliže j Když skončí před dvanáctou, join us. připojí se k nám. Předbudoucí čas může mít i průběhový tvar: By the year 2000 we'll have been using V roce 2000 to už bude padesát tet, co atomic power for fifty years. budeme užívat atomovou energii. 3.1 Respond: You'll finish it at six, won't you? Oh no, by six I'll have already finished it. 1. They'll repair it on Friday, won't they? 2. He'll translate the story next week, won't he? 3. You'll send off your Christmas cards the week before Christmas, won't you? 4. She'll make the sandwiches at four o'clock, won't she? 5. You'll sell your car in the winter, won't you? 3.2 Fill in the verb forms: I. I won't leave until I (check) all the files. 2. I won't buy him a moped until he (learn) to ride a bicycle. 3. I won't lend him our lawnmower again until he (pay) for the repairs. 4. They'll only come to visit if you (leave) beforehand. 5. He'll go to Prague on Thursday if he (prepare) the report by then. 3.3 Respond: tie started saving for a trip to India in the autumn of 1989. By next autumn hell have been saving for it for ... years. 1. He came to live here around Christmastime in 1990. 2. He started to collect antiques in 1980. 3. We got married on Easter Monday, 1990. 4. They were divorced in September 1988. 3.4 Translate: I. Do večera bude všechna pošta odeslána. 2. Do zítra už budou všechny vstupenky vyprodány. 3. Než odejdeme, budeme mít všechno nádobí umyio. 4. V září to bude pět let, co se učí anglicky. 5. Nevrátí se do práce, dokud se neuzdraví. 6. Až budu mít tento román přečtený, půjčím si další od téhož autora. 7. Příští rok tomu bude deset let, co je úředníkem na této poště. 8. Zítra to budou už čtyři dny, co na tom pracujeme. 9. Doufám, že do zítřka to nezapomeneme. 10. Zítra v poledne už bude odeslána odpověď na náš dnešní dopis. POSTAL SERVICES IN BRITAIN First, a bit of history. The first passenger-carrying mail coach ran between London and Bath in 1784. The universal penny post was established in 1840 b]L Sir Rowland Hill, whose statue stands outside the GPO in London. The firs! airmail letter was carried to Windsor in 1911 to celebrate the coronation of George V. In 1966 the Post Office Tower was opened in the heart of London. If is the highest building in Britain, rising like a giant lighthouse 186m oveq London. From the public gallery and the revolving restaurant at the top of thti tower you can get a magnificent view of London. You post letters in a postbox. Many of them are pillar-boxes, that is boxes in, the shape of a pillar, red in colour; they are found at the kerb. A notice contains) information about the times of the daily collections and the address of the nearest post office. \ Postage stamps can be either obtained from slot machines or bought separate-] ly or in the form of books of stamps at the post office. British stamps bear the portrait of the Sovereign (in Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland there may be added a national symbol) but not the name of the country. Postal rates distin-_ guish between inland and the Irish Republic (Eire) on the one hand and overseas: mail on the other: the latter again is subdivided into surface mail and airmail. To ensure yourself against loss, you can take advantage of two special services, recorded delivery and registered post. Recorded delivery is particularly suitable for sending papers of little or no monetary value, i.e. if you need a record of. posting and delivery rather than possible compensation for loss. You obtain; a certificate of posting from the counter clerk and when your letter or packet isi delivered it is signed for by the recipient and a record is kept by the post office.* You can obtain confirmation of delivery by paying an additional fee and* completing an Advice of Delivery form, available at the post office, at the time^ of the posting. You will get the recipient's signature or the post office official's] signature on the Advice. If the article is lost you will be asked to produce thej certificate; limited compensation may be paid when the letter or parcel was lost* or damaged in the post. i Registered post is used when you want to send money or any other article off special value: there is extra security of handling en route, speedy service, and "j substantial compensation if the article gets lost. You hand the packet to the L counter clerk and he will give you a certificate of posting which he has initialled,! and date-stamped. For some articles compensation will not be paid unless they j are enclosed in a registered letter envelope (sold by the post office in various' sizes). These articles include banknotes, postal orders without the name of the; payee, unused postage stamps, coupons or vouchers, and cheques. The postman does not deliver money to the house, but brings the addressee a postal or money order in an envelope; the addressee must then go to the post office to exchange the order for cash. Most people in Britain, however, make payments by cheque; it is usually only poorer people, who have not got their own bank accounts, who send money by post. TELEPHONING IN BRITAIN Using a telephone is very simple. Lift up the receiver and you will hear a continuous purring noise. This is the dialling tone and tells you that the telephone is working properly. When you hear the dialling tone you can dial ihe number you want. Calls to virtually everywhere in Britain can be dialled direct, since most places now have an STD code (e.g. London area 071 and 081), jf you want to dial an international call, you must dial the international prefix 010, followed by the country code and the area code. However, some calls have to be made through the operator. To reach the operator, you dial 100. When you have dialled the number, you will hear the brr-brr, brr-brr sound which means the telephone of the person you are calling is ringing. If the number is engaged you will hear a slow peep-peep-peep-peep sound. Put down the receiver and try again later. If you do not have the number, you can took it up in the telephone directory. Or you can dial directory enquiries and ask them to tell you the number. Charges for telephone calls differentiate the peak rate, standard rate, and cheap rate. You save quite a lot by making your calls in the evening or at any time on Saturday or Sunday. Special telephone services include the 999 emergency service connecting you to the police, ambulance, or fire brigade services; the speaking clock; a recorded weather forecast; motoring information; the daily recipe. In London details of important events taking place in and around the capital on the day of the call are provided by a recorded service in English, French, Spanish, and German. advice [ad vais) of delivery doručenka; certificate [ss'tifikst] stvrzenka; date-stamp orazítkovat; en route [an 1 ru:t] cestou; ensure oneself [in1 šus] zajistit se, zabezpečit se; handling manipulace; initial [í'níšlj opatřit iniciálami, parafovat; kerb kraj chodníku; lighthouse maják; make payments by cheque platit šekem; purring noise ['pairirj |-] vrčivý tón; recipient [riisipianl] příjemce; security [si'kjurati] bezpečí, ochrana; slot machine brit. automat (platí se mincemi): sovereign [sovrinj panovník; speaking clock přesný čas (v telefonu); STD (zkratka z subscriber trunk dialling) code směrové číslo; symbol [simbl] symbol; universal [|ju:ni'vs:sll všeobecný; unused stamp nerazítkovaná známka PAYPHON ES OF THE BRITISH TELECOM Modern payphones with press-button dialling are of two types: 1. Coin-operated payphones. Procedure: Lift handset, listen for dial tone, check that the display shows "insert money". Insert coins until credit indicator stops flashing. The minimum charge is lOp. Key number and wait for connection. Insert further coins as necessary, the credit indicator will display the total credit remaining. Wholly unused coins will be returned in the return chute. No change will be given for partially used coins. To make a second call using unexpired credit do not hang up, but press continuation button on handset to regain dial tone. 2. Phonecard phones. You must first buy one of the special cards which are available at values £1 - £4 from Post offices and shops displaying the "Phonecard" sign. You may then make any number of calls up to the value of the card, whenever you wish, without the need for cash, but only f rom the Phonecard ph ones. At the end of the call, your card will be returned with credit reduced. Procedure: insert card, check credit indication, listen for dial tone, dial number and wait for connection. (In the old pay-on-answer payphones, which are still fairly widespread, a rap--id series of short pips tells you that you should insert money while this tone sounds or the call will bp cut off.) chute [šu:t] žlábek; coin-operated fungující na vhození mince; credit indicator indikátor kreditu; flash blikat; handset sluchátko; hook vidlice; insert [in1 vložit; key volil číslo: payphone telefonní automat; phonecard telefonní kreditní karta; press-buton tlačítkový; regain znovu získat; Telecom obcb. zn., zkratka z Telecommunications; britská pošta neposkytuje telefonní služby; unexpired nevybraný (neprotelefonovaný ) LESSON 13 LESSON 13 AN INVITATION TO THE CZECH REPUBLIC "The Czech Republic can offer you almost everything." In this or some similai way the advertisements of the Czech Travel Agency often begin. They go on tJ talk about picturesque old towns, fairy-tale castles, breathtaking mountains warm and friendly people. All publicity materials contain a lot of adjectives o| high praise. Yet basically, in this case, the adjectives are not misleading. In anj guidebook you can find a good deal of evidence that there is a lot to see n; Bohemia and Moravia. Let us take Prague. It is one city but many towns, unique amopg the capitals^ of Europe in having at its core three old quarters that have remained practicallyj unaltered for hundreds of years. In the Old Town (Staré Město) many medieval! buildings still survive. It did lose the Jewish ghetto and a few ancient street*! were demolished around 1900, but the remaining streets still look much as they! did centuries ago, narrow, twisting, and lined with carefully maintained ex-I teriors. The Old Town Square is the centre of the town, containing the originalT Town Hall, dating back to 1338. Nearby, there is the Estates Theatre, where! Mozart's Don Giovanni had its world premiere in 1787. Another famous] building, the Bethlehem Chapel, has been rebuilt exactly as it was when John] Huss preached there. The Little Quarter (Lesser Town, Malá Strana) and i Hradčany, which lie on the left bank of the Vltava, are largely Baroque in] appearance. They abound in grand residences of the nobility, palaces, parks, i and gardens; St Nicholas's Church and Prague Castle are perhaps the most! familiar architectural masterpieces here. Prague has been described as the city j of a hundred spires. Visitors to the Castle try to count them but they never agree J on the total. But the Castle is not just an observation point from which to view the city. Though a national monument, it is far from being a dead place, and is still used for government meetings and diplomatic gatherings. It is a showcase for medieval art as well. Not only is the best collection of Czech medieval painting housed here, in the National Gallery, but there is also St Vitus's Cathedral, completed in 1929, almost 600 years after it was begun. It was the great church of the royal family and the crown jewels are still kept inside in a chamber secured with several locks. But the Czech Republic is not only Prague. Many people in the West have undoubtedly heard of the spas in Western Bohemia. As a matter of fact, however, there are numerous health resorts with hundreds of springs scattered throughout the country. Besides the renowned Carlsbad (Karlovy Vary) and Marienbad (Mariánské Lázně) perhaps the best-known is Teplice, where Beethoven and Goethe took the waters. The country can offer visitors countless castles, country houses and palaces converted into museums with priceless art treasures, cathedrals and churches and other ancient buildings, splendid examples of Gothic, Renaissance, and Baroque architecture. Trips organized by Čedok followse-veral routes. The shortest route in the environs of Prague includes Karlštejn and Křivoklát castles and Lidice," the village destroyed by the Nazis. Another tour takes you to the spas and Pilsen breweries and the Domažlice folk festival. Local customs, costumes, and songs and dances are kept alive at other folk festivals as IJ5_ well, in particular in Strážnice and Rožnov in Moravia. A lot of visitors have enjoyed seeing the grottoes and caves in the Czech Republic, the most interesting 0f which are probably the Macocha Abyss and a subterranean stream in the Moravian Karst north of Brno. People who have visited the country often become interested in Czech literature, opera and drama, music, painting, and sculpture. Quite a lot is available in Britain. In the past twenty years, for instance, most of Janáček's operas have been performed there. Janáček was a versatile composer and he could make a libretto from all sorts of sources - from plays by contemporary authors (Preissová, Jenůfa, and Čapek, The Macropoulos Affair), from a Czech satirical tale (The History of Mr Brouček), from stories based on a newspaper strip cartoon (The Cunning Little Vixen), from Dostoyevsky's memoirs (The House of the Dead). Dvorak's and Smetana's operas are still mostly unknown, though Dalibor and The Bartered Bride have been staged. Dvorak's and Martinu's symphonic compositions and music by 18th-century Czech composers are often broadcast on the BBC, and Supraphon records are available in Britain. British cinemagoers have had the chance to see several Czech films shown commercially as well as many more shown attheNationalFilmTheatreorat the London Film Festival. Those who would like to read some Czech literature can find several anthologies as well as many novels and short story collections in English translation. They range from Comenius's Labyrinth, Němcová's Grandma, Mácha's May and Erben's fairy tales through prewar writers such as Čapek, Olbracht and Hašek, to several contemporary writers. British readers of nonfiction can choose from such books as The Gardener's Year by Čapek, biographies of Hašek, Dvořák, Janáček, and Martinů, and books on recent history as well as earlier history, especially the Thirty Year's War. And last but no least, there are textbooks of Czech for those who are not discouraged by the existence of seven cases and the complex system of verbal aspect in Czech. The history of the cultural and political relations between Bohemia and England is marked by many curious and fascinating facts and events; for example, that Zizka's chief diplomatic envoy was an Englishman, Peter English, or that the monastery of Velehrad was founded by an English-born bishop of Olomouc, or that in the first football match between the two countries, held in 1899, Slavia lost to Oxford University 0:3. The story of the relations between the Czech and the people of the English-speaking countries would fill a thick book. And each Czech who learns English contributes in his small way to that book. VOCABULARY OLD PRAGUE preserve [pri'z3:v] uchoval date back to, date from pocházet 7. (+ časový údaj) go back to (the 18th century) sahat zpět do (18. století) rebuild [ri:!bild] přestavět alter [o:lta] změnit demolish [di1 moliš] zbořit convert [kan1 va:t] st into st přeměnit / přestavět / adaptoval na něco residence Jrczidans] sídlo LESSON 13 157 LESSON 13 nobility [nsu!bibti. na'bilati] šlechta nobleman [nsublmsn] šlechtic; noblewoman šlechtična burgher [ba:ga] měšťan (odborný termín historiku) spire [spais] vysoká střecha na věži medieval [ médi1 i;vl), umer. [|nii:di1 i:vl] středověký the Middle Ages mn. č. středověk found a monastery ['faund 3 'monastri] založit klášter preach in a chapel [čxpt] kázat v kapli twisty, twisting křivolaký Jewish ghetto [geíau] židovské ghetto Romanesque ^raums'neskj románský Norman románský (v Anglii), normanský Gothic [goGik] gotický, gotika Renaissance[ri'neisns], amer. [| rena!sa:ns] renesance; renesanční Baroque [ba'rok, ba'reuk] baroko; barokní Empire [empaia] empir; empírový showcase vitrína art treasure [trežaj umělecký poklad chamber [čeimba] komnata, komora crown jewels [|kraun džu:slz] korunovační klenoty architectural masterpiece [a:k9|tekčral 'maista- pi;s] mistrovské dílo architektury historical building (historická) památka monument [monjumsnl] pomník memorial [m9'mo;rial] památník rich in st bohatý na něco appreciate [a'priisieit] ocenit praise [preiz] chválit; chvála commemorate an anniversary [ka'memsreit an aen3'v3:sri] připomínal výroči keep alive local customs udržovat místní zvyky renowned [ri'nauridj proslulý famous (feimas] slavný unique lju:1 ni:k] unikátní, jedinečný picturesque [(pikčs1 resk] malebný Vlastni jména: The Bartered Bride Prodaná nevěsta (doslova: směněná nevěsta); Behtlehem Chapel [ bedli-i hemčajplj Betlémská kaple; The Cunning Little Vixen [,kanirj ilitl viksn] Liška Bystrouška (doA slova: lstivá lištička); Jenůfa [dze'nutfa] Její pastorkyňa; the Little Quarter, the Lesser Town Malá' Stra na; The MacropouJos Affair [a1 fea] Věc Makropulos; the Moravian Karst [ka:st] Moravský kras; j Pilsen brewery ['pilzan bru:3ri] plzeňský pivovar; St Vitus's Cathedral [sn vaitasiz ka1 Sirdrsll í katedrála sv. Víta grand [graend] velkolepý breathtaking pbre8|teikin] úchvatný curious [kjuarias] podivný fascinating [faessneitirj] úchvatný fairy tale ['feari |teil] pohádka, pohádkový Prague abounds [s'baundz] in parks. Prahsj oplývá zahradami / parky ENVIRONS environs (enviranz, in'vairanz] mn. č. okolí (ne\ jakého místa) neighbouring villages okolní vesnice surroundings fsa'raundirjz] okolí (okolní pra středí) surrounding countryside okolní krajina health resort ['helO ri|ZO:t] lázně, letovisko spa [spa;] lázně (s minerálními prameny) mineral spring minerální pramen, vřídlo take the waters pil léčivé vody, prodělávat lázeňskou kůru treatment of rheumatism íru:matizm] léčba réví m jí ismu subterranean stream [sab ta | reinian -] podzemnif říčka cave jeskyně grotto [grotau] jeskyně (krasová, ledová) abyss [s'bis] propast Further vocabulary from the text versatile composer [|va:satai! kam1 pauza] vše-] stranný skladatel libretto [li'brctau] libreto contemporary author [kan | temprari '0:63] současný autor strip cartoon [ka: ' tu:n] kreslený seriál nonfiction [inon fikšn] literatura faktu diplomatic envoy [|diplamaetik 'envoi] diploma- tický vyslanec consul [konsl] konzul mayor [mca] starosta 1. Supply synonyms: change; Little Quarter; aristocracy; the region around Prague; the place where beer is made; stream running underground; strange fact; take away someone's enthusiasm. 2. Distinguish: advertisement - publicity; lower - spire; castle - palace; spa - health resort; old ancient; grotto - cave; he's curious - it's a curious fact; monument -memorial; environs surroundings; burgher - nobleman. 3. Translate: reklamy cestovní kanceláře; reklamní materiál; malebný hrad; úchvatné hory; průvodce obsahuje samou chválu; stará čtvrť v podstatě nezměněná; křivolaké ulice; lemován historickými domy; kazatel v Betlémské kapli; zbořit židovské ghetto; radnice pochází z roku...; Malá Strana má převážně barokní vzhled; sídlo šlechty; oplýval paláci; mistrovské dilo architektury; stověžaté město; středověké umění; sbírka umístěná v bývalém klášteru; korunovační klenoty; lázně s minerálními prameny v západních Čechách; v Teplicích se léčil Beethoven; léčba revmatismu: přeměnil zámek na muzeum; umělecké podklady nesmírné ceny; starobylé budovy; gotika, renesance, baroko; výlet do okolí Prahy; plzeňský pivovar; udržovat místní zvyky; nosit kroj; oceňovat lidové pisné; jeskyně a propast Macocha; podzemní říčka; Moravský kras; předvést operu; inscenovat hru; všestranný skladatel; vysílat hudbu českých skladatelů; překládat současné autory. 4. Answer according to the text: 1. What do the advertisements of the Czech Travel Agency emphasize? 2. What makes Prague unique among the capitals of Europe? 3. Has the Jewish ghetto in Prague survived? 4. What makes the Bethlehem Chapel, the Old Town Hall, and the Estates Theatre remarkable? 5. What is Prague often called, with a view to its many churches? 6. Why is Prague Castle the most familiar architectural masterpiece in Prague? 7. Which health resorts and spas in Bohemia and Moravia are well-known abroad? 8. Which places around Prague does a coach tour often include? 9. Is folklore still alive in this country? 10. Why is Janáček known as a versatile composer? 11. How much Czech music is known to audiences in English-speaking countries? 5. fry fo guvvs the author's name and (he original Czech title of each of the following translations published in Knglish: 1. An Ordinary Life; 2. Old Czech Legends; 3. Nikola Šuhaj Robber; 4. Outskirts (a play); 5. The Insect Play; 6. The Chattertooth Eleven; 7. An Atomic Phantasy; 8. Valley of Exile; 9. War with the Newts; 10. The Fortunes of the Good Soldier Svejk; 11. Prague Tales; 12. Report from the Gallows; 13. Grandma; 14. Life with a Star; 15. Gate of Languages Unlocked; 16. Fireflies; 17. The Miracle Game; 18. Judge on Trial; 19. The Guineapigs; 20. The Engineer of Human Souls; 21. Laughable Loves; 22. Three Vaněk Plays; 23. The Axe; 24. Cowards; 25. The Joke; 26. Mr. Theodore Mundstock; 27.1 Served the King of England. 6. Topics for discussion: 1. What novels and collections of short stories by living Czech writers would you recommend for translation into English? 2. What Czech films released in the past two years do you thing would be of special LESSON 13 159 LESSON 13 interest to an Englishman or American? 3. Which sights besides those mention* in Lesson 13 would you suggest should be included in a tour of Prague? 4. Th importance of the care of historical buildings and other monuments 5 Thra days in Prague. 6. Czech-English relations. GRAMMAR 1 VAZBA THERE IS Vazba there is, there are vyjadřuje, že někdo nebo něco existuje nebo se někdtj (nebo někdy) vyskytuje. Nejčastěji tu bývá údaj mistni. Pak odpovídá české větí v níž určení místa je na začátku: určeni mista Na kopci je / jsou podmět chata. Novou informací je zde „chata"; ve větě „Chata stojí na kopci." by bylo novou! informaci „na kopci". 1 there There is / are is podmět a cottage urceni mista on the hill. Anglická věta začíná výrazem there s oslabenou výslovností [Óa(r)] a s hodnotou předsunutého (prázdného) podmětu (proto se při tvoření dovětků there chová jako např. it). Podmět obvykle má neurčitý člen (tedy v množném čísle žádný).' Srovnejte: There's a man at the door. The man is at the door. Určení místa stojí zpravidla na konci. Při překladu do češtiny je třeba začít určením místa. Lze také mluvit o umístění v čase: There arc thirty days in April. Sloveso he může samozřejmě být v libovolném čase: There will he j has been j is going to be (apod.) a storm. Může být i rozvedeno pomocí způsobového slovesa: There may be a\ storm. There can't be any cottage here. Pozor na výslovnost: Před samohláskou ožívá [r]: there is [Sariz], thcrel are [Sara:], is there a ... [h Sara]. V mluveném jazyce je oslabení na there's [Ďaz]j a there're [Sara]. V tázacím dovětku je výslovnost většinou neoslabená: Is there a cottage in the valley? There's a cottage in the valley, isn't there? Je v údolí (nějaká) chata? V údolí je chata, že? Určení místa může být vyjádřeno příslovcem there, takže ve větě je; potom there dvakrát, na začátku věty s výslovností [8a(r)] a na konci věty ve'; významu „tam" s výslovností [Sea]: There's a cottage there. Je tam chata. Tam je chata. There's something wrong there. Je tam něco v nepořádku. Stojí-li určení místa na začátku věty a není-li dlouhé, může se there vypustit. Po delším určení se there vypouští zejména v „průvodcovském" stylu popisu krajiny nebo ve scénických poznámkách k divadelní hře. On the hill (there) is a cottage. Na kopci je chata. On the river bank near the village of X Na břehu řeky poblíž vesnice X je chata. js / there's a cottage. Poznámky: I. Vzácnéji se vyskytuje there i se slovesy seem zdá se, appear vypadá to, come nastává aj.: There seems (to be) no doubt about it. Zdá se, že o tom není pochyb, (to be lze potlačit) There appears to be no one who can Zdá se, že tu není nikdo, kdo by nám lell us the way, does there? ukázal cestu, že? Nastala doba, kdy ... There came a time when .. 2. Protiklad there is - it is: a) There's time to go home. It's time to go home. There's a light here. It's light here. b) Is there anyone in the office? Yes, there's Jim. There's a man in the office! -Yes, it's Jim. Je ještě brzy jít domů. Je čas jít domů. (je na čase) Tady se svítí. Je tu světlo, (místnost je světlá) Je někdo v kanceláři? (nebo je prázdná?) - Ano, je tam Jim. V kanceláři někdo je! - Ano, je to Jim. 1.1 Make a statement and a question: a bill Trom the doctor There'* a hill from the doctor here. - Are you sure it's a bill from the doctor? I. an article about us in the paper; 2. a message for you in the letterbox; 3. a Romanesque church in this town; 4. an Indian and a Chinese restaurant at the top of the street; 5. an Italian comedy on television. 1.2 Ask: There were a lo< of free seals there yesterday. Arc there any free seats there today? 1 There were a lot of things to do at the cottage last week. 2. There was no time to read books last term. 3. There were some twenty people in the queue last night. 4. There was something interesting on TV last night. 1.3 Translate: 1. Je spousta času. 2. Na stole je nějaký vzkaz pro vás. 3. V překladu byly nějaké chyby. 4. Copak nikdo jiný v té kanceláři nebyl? 5. Ve schránce už nic jiného není. 6. V místním kině se dává (be on) napínavý western. 7. Na tu otázku neexistuje žádná jednoduchá odpověď. 8. Je tu někde holičství? 9. K těm dveřím není klíč? 10. Něco není v pořádku? 11. Bude dnes večer v televizi lepší program než minulou sobotu? 12. Ještě nikdy na (against) něho nebyla žádná stížnost. LESSON 13 1 161 LESSON 13 2 VAZBY PRfSUDKOVÉHO PŘÍDAVNÉHO JMÉNA S INFINITIVEM a) I'm sorry to hear it. Přídavné jméno nebo příčestí se slovesem be vyjadřuje citovou nebo postoje vou reakci na to. co vyjadřuje následující infinitiv. (Podmět musi být činileler slovesa v infinitivu.) Nejběžnější přídavná jména a příčestí tu jsou: glad rádj disappointed zklamán, surprised překvapen, delighted potěšen, (I'm) sorry mrz mě, (I'm) relieved ulevilo se mi (když ..,) I'm glad to hear it. We were disappointed to learn of your failure. He'll be surprised to hear (that) we didn't go. I'm delighted to hear of your success. I'm sorry to hear of your bad luck. I'm relieved to hear that you're safe. To rád slyším. Byli jsme zklamáni, když jsme sé dověděli o tvém neúspěchu. Bude překvapen (až uslyší), že jsr, nejeli. S radostí se dovídám o tvém úspěchu. S lítosti se dovídám o tvé smůle. Ulevilo se m't. (když jsem slyšel) že jsi\ v bezpečí. b) It's good of you to come. Tato vazba se liší od předchozí tím, že je neosobni - podmětem je // - a činitel slovesa v infinitivu stojí u přídavného jména po předložce oj. Tato přídavná' jména vyjadřují hodnocení, a to buď kladné: good, nice milé, decent slušné, clever chytré, wise moudré, prudent prozíravé, thoughtful, considerate [ksn'sidrat]: ohleduplné, kind laskavé, polite zdvořilé - nebo záporné: silly, stupid hloupé,' foolish pošetilé, thoughtless nerozvážné, unwise nemoudré, imprudent ne-prozíravé, careless nedbalé, unexpected neočekávané, impolite nezdvořilé, rude\ hrubé, urážlivé. Místo přídavného jména lze hodnotit též podstatným jménem: an effort úsilí, a gesture [džesčs] gesto, a silly thing hloupost. Tehdy se činiteli neuvádi: není např. *[t was a silly thing oj you. It's good of you to come with us. It was good of you to come with us. It's silly of you lo believe him. It's foolish of him not to take such a good job. It was clever of you to find us. It's decent of him to let us stay here. It's wise of you to ask. it would be wise of you to ask. Je to od vás milé, že půjdete s námi. To\ jste hodný, že ... To bylo od vás milé, že jste šel s námi. To je od vás hloupost, že mu věříte. To je od něho pošetilost nevzít takovou] dobrou práci. To bylo chytré, jak jste nás našli. To je od něho slušné, že nás tu nechal. To je od vás moudré, že se ptáte. Bylo by moudré, abyste se zeptal. 2.2 Link the two statements into one: Arc you going with us? That's very good of you. It s very good of you to go with us. 1. Did you go and see her? That was thoughtful of you. 2. She kept the tickets for us. That was decent of her. 3. He pocketed the money without counting it. That was foolish of him. 4. They trust everybody. That's silly of them. 5. You'll take her to the dance? That's good of you. 2.3 Translate: I. Byli jsme zklamáni, když jsme se dověděli o té změně. 2. Byla překvapena, Jcdyž se dověděla, že představení bylo odloženo. 3. Mrzí mě, že se o tom dovídám od jiných osob. 4. Velice rád bych se s ní seznámil. 5. To bylo od něho přátelské gesto, že nám nabídl pomoc. 6. To je od nich slušné, že účtovali tak málo. 7. To je od něho hloupé věřit úplné neznámému člověku. 8. To je od vás velice milé, že jste nás pozvali. 9. To by bylo od nich neprozíravé prodávat ten dům. 10. To je od nich nedbalé nedokončit práci a odejít. 11. To ode mne byla bezmyšlen-kovitost nepozvat Smithovy. 12. To bylo od něj hrubé odpovědět ,.Po tom vám nic není." 3 NEPRAVIDELNÁ SLOVESA VI dig ring shine steal strike wear bet broadcast catch deal feed hit lay shut dug rang shone stole struck wore bet broadcast caught dealt [delt] fed hit laid shut dug rung shone stolen struck worn bet broadcast caught dealt [delt] fed hit laid shut kopat zvonit svítit krást udeřit nosit sázet se vysílat chytit jednat krmit udeřit položit zavřít 2.1 Respond: Will he be pleased when he hears the news? (delighted) / think he II he delighted to hear it. I. Will they be pleased when they learn of your failure? (disappointed) 2. Will they be glad when they hear of your bad luck? (sorry) 3. Will they be pleased when they see you at the concert? (surprised) 4. Will they be surprised when they hear that you've just got married? (astonished) 5. Will they be satisfied when they gel this present? (delighted) 3.1 Respond: He usually goes by bus. - Then he probably went by bus yesterday too. 1. He catches the flu every year. 2. She usually feeds the cattle in the morning. 3. He usually lays it on the desk when he comes in. 4. The postman usually rings twice. S. He usually bets five pounds on a horse and loses. 6. He usually hits his little brother when he gets angry. 7. I usually shut the window before 1 leave the house. 8. The President's speech is usually broadcast twice. 9. He usually steals purses. 10. She usually wears something fashionable to the theatre. LESSON 13 1 163 LESSON 13 3-2 Reply as you wish: 1. What did the lightning strike? 2. How long did the sun shine yesterday 3. What did the talk deal with? 4. Where did you catch your cold? 5. When d| you feed the baby last? 6. How much did you bet him? 7. What did he draw his notebook? 8, Where did you dig your well? 9. Why did you hit him? 10. Whe did they lay the foundation stone of the new theatre? 11. Why on earth did steal that watch? 12. What did you wear on your trip? 3.3. Translate: 1. Byl chycen, jak krade (-ing). 2. Je dobře živený. 3. Dal jsem si stranou (la aside) nějaké peníze. 4. Zvonek hlasitě zazvonil. 5. Tento příkop byl vykopat za dva dny. 6. Letadlo bylo zasaženo a zřitilo se. 7. Před bouřkou byla všechr okna zavřena. 8. Strom před domem byl zasažený bleskem. 9. Prodával kraden starožitnosti. 10. O tom problému bylo už pojednáno dříve. 11. Před válkou pánské klobouky nosily vice než dnes. 12. Zatáhl (draw) záclonu (přes okne 13. Vsadil se se mnou o pět dolarů. 14. Nikdy jsem nenosila zelené šatj 15. Zavřeli továrnu, protože výroba byla neekonomická. IN SLOVAKIA Slovakia was briefly united with Moravia in the era of the Great Moravia Empire, but after the breakup of the latter it was annexed by Hungary, unde whose rule it remained for nine centuries. That is why Bratislava is one of th| youngest capitals in Europe. Bratislava is situated on the Danube. There is a fine view of the wide rive from the castle, which is built on a hill above the river. For almost 150 year following a fire in 1811 this well-known landmark remained derelict; it wa completely rebuilt in the 1950s and now houses government offices and til Museum of Slovak Culture. From the hill you can identify the main sights in town below: the Old Town Hall and the Archbishop's Palace two of the manj Baroque and Classicist buildings in Bratislava - the medieval Michael Gate, Franciscan church (the oldest in the city), St Martin's Cathedral (a beautifu Gothic church), and the striking modern building on the Danube embankmen housing the National Gallery. The best view of the Castle itself is from tli restaurant on the new bridge, itself a landmark. Not far from the city, at the confluence of the Danube and the Morava, the ruins of Devín Castle, This place was mentioned in records as early as 8r Each year theatre performances are held in the amphitheatre of the castle. Nitra, a town in western Slovakia, is even older. Archaeologists have reveale that it was the seat of the Nitra Principality in the 8th century; the present castle though, was built much later. On the rock on which Trenčín Castle now stands in ruins, an inscription fros antiquity has been preserved: a record of one of their victories left by Romans. Central Slovakia is rich in old towns too. Kremnica and Banská Štiavnica5 were medieval mining towns, their wealth dependent on gold and silver deposit in the hills around the towns. The Kremnica Mint has been in its presenS location since the 15th century. It is open to the public and visitors can see hov coins and medals are minted there. Banská Bystrica is the town in which, 29 August 1944, the Free Slovak Radio proclaimed the Slovak National Uprising. The town became the headquarters of the partisans and it took the Nazi troops two months to recover it. Most visitors to Slovakia go to see the Tatra Mountains. They are covered with pine forests but the peaks are usually bare rock. Hikers must stick to the marked paths (their total length is over three hundred kilometres) as the whole territory is a national park; they may catch sight of chamois, marmots or perhaps even a bear. The approach to the High Tatras is from three resorts - Poprad, Tatranská Lomnica or Starý Smokovec. But once in northern Slovakia, the visitor should also see Martin, which became the centre of Slovak cultural and political life in the 19th century and where the union of Slovakia with the Czech lands was proclaimed in 1918. The picturesque Orava Castle and the ruins of Strečno Castle and the Demänová karst cave are other well-known tourist attractions. Eastern Slovakia can boast the largest castle in Slovakia Spiš - and several well-preserved old towns (Levoča, Kežmarok, Bardejov, Košice, Prešov), all of them worth visiting. In the environs of Košice are the Dobšiná Ice Cave and the Herlany Geyser: every 32 hours cold water spouts for half an hour to a height of thirty metres. For lack of space no mention can be made of the many attractive chateaux or the villages with folk architecture. Though folk costumes are no longer worn as everyday work clothes, folk songs and dances are kept alive in song and dance ensembles. Much singing and dancing goes on at the traditional vintage festivals which are held each year in the wine-growing areas of southwest Slovakia. amphitheatre [a;mn9iata] amfiteátr; annex [a1 neks] připojit; antiquity [amI tikwati] starověk; chamois jšíemwa:]/ č. = mn. č. kamzík; confluence [konfluans] soutok; derelict [derahkt] opuštěný; era [iara] období; geyser [gi:za] gejzír; karst cave [|ka:st '-] krasová jeskyně; marmot [ma:mat] svišť; mint razit; mincovna; the Great Moravian Empire Velkomoravská říše; partisan [,pa:ti 'za;n] partyzán; principality [iprinsiipselatí] knížectví; recover [ri'kava] znovu získat, opětně dobýt; spout [spauť] tryskat, prýštit, stříkat; vintage festival [1 vintidž ,-] vinobraní; wine-growing vinařský LESSON 14 165 LESSON 14 WORK 0r luncheon vouchers for meals in restaurants, subsidized holidays, or cheap flats-Social security in Britain includes such things as sickness benefit, a three-to-four-week holiday with pay, a retirement pension, maternity grant and maternity allowance, and unemployment benefit. In a modern society practically everybody below retirement age has a job of some kind. Women who are not employed because theV want to take care of small children at home must be regarded as working people too. Only few people live, no matter where they are, on unearned incomes from rents, investments, ojj interest on their savings (or rather, the money in their bank account). Of cours in all types of societies there have always been some people who wanted to gel! rich quick and to get something for nothing, not hesitating to cheat or even steal and rob other people. But the overwhelming majority make their living by honest work, working hard during the whole working week. For Czechs this has been 42 'A hours since free Saturdays were introduced in the 1960s. In Britain the standard weekly hours of work are 35^10, but many people, particularly it! manual occupations, work overtime sometimes. On the weekends Czech are not idle either, making various improvements in their homes and gardens, builds ing new houses or summer cottages for their families. Workmen may moonlight! to earn some extra money. i White-collar workers here usually start work early in the morning. Industrial workers, miners, and people in various other jobs are often on a shift system: this ensures that the expensive machinery in their plants and mines is fully exploited^ Many people in this country do not like the idea of working in the evening or,ij even worse, at night. The English, though they are ready to work until late ir the afternoon, are not inclined to work at various odd hours of the day and night either, as bus drivers and conductors or waiters have to. That is why manj immigrants from the West Indies and Asia are found in jobs in these occupations with irregular working hours. The employment of women and young people a% night is prohibited in industry in Britain as well as in this country. Wages in Britain are calculated by the hour, day, or week, and are normallj received in the form of cash; salaries, earned by more highly qualified employee and fixed on a monthly or yearly basis, are generally paid monthly straight intc the employees' bank accounts. Payday in the Czech Republic is twice a month; ir>| the middle of the month people get an advance, an approximation of their! earnings, and early in the next month they get the rest. The pay packet contains! a slip with several figures. From these data the employee can check the size of hisl gross earnings and his net earnings. The difference between the two is the tax thaw has been deducted. Family allowances are provided for families with childretr below certain age limits, both here and in Britain. In Britain the remuneration in commercial, technical,and professional careersj is better than that for manual workers. In the Czech Republic the rangeofwagesj and salaries is smaller, but of course the salary in a senior post is much higher than a starting salary. The earnings of star entertainers and certain othef successful people exceed the earnings of many persons in top-ranking managerial posts in industry and commerce. In addition to their basic pay! people may get various fringe benefits, such as cheap meals in works canteens! A (a man): Hallo, Bess. I hear you're working now. What does it feel like to be on your own? B: Well, of course it's something quite different from being at home and getting pocket money from one's parents. But I enjoy it. A: How did you get the job? B: I saw an advertisement in this month's Prospect. It was just what I wanted - expanding export firm looking for qualified secretary, knowledge of foreign languages welcomed - you know, that sort of thing - so 1 wrote to them. They sent me back an application form and later invited me to come to their office for an interview. A: And they couldn't resist your good looks and offered you the job at once. Can't say I blame them, of course. B: Oh come off it. Try to be serious for once. A: Well, just what does your job involve? What do you do all day long besides making cups of coffee for your boss? B: You'd be surprised - there's plenty to do all the time. I have to take down in shorthand all kinds of letters and reports my boss dictates to me, and then type them up and file the carbon copies in the office records. And then there's answering the phone, and noting down appointments. Oh, lots of things. I'm kept busy from 9 right through to 5.30. A: Then we can have a date at six, can't we? A: What's the pay like? B; Oh, I make about ... a week. A: That's pretty good. Probably you can't even spend it all! B: Well, I do manage to set a bit aside each month. I've got a bank account now. But I must say money does seem to vanish. A; You're telling me! I'd invite you for a cup of tea but I'm broke right now. B: Let me treat you today. VOCABULARY WORK hours of work, working hours mn. č. pracovní doba working week pracovni týden full-time work celodenní zaměstnání Parl-time work práce na částečný úvazek, práce se zkrácenou pracovní dobou work at various odd hours of the day pracovat v různou nepravidelnou dobu irregular (i'regjub) nepravidelný be on a shift system pracovat na směny work on the day shift / morning shift pracovat na ranní směně go out to work chodit do práce, být zaměstnán (jen o ženě") accept a job, take (up) a job přijmout práci get / obtain a job dostat / získat práci LESSON 14 167 LESSON 14 find a job najít si práci be given a job dostat práci turn down / reject [ri'dzekt] sb odmítnout někoho work for a firm pracovat u podniku be employed by an industrial firm být zaměstnán průmyslovým podnikem be engaged [in'geidzd] in agriculture zabývat se zemědělstvím working woman zaměstnaná žena He's working now. Je teď zaměstnaný. Chodi teď do práce. I'm busy. Jsem zaměstnán, (něčím; tj. nemám čas) I've got something to do. Mám práci. (// nemám čas) moonlight melouchafit; mít vedlejší zaměstnáni; It's a moonlight job. Je to melouch-occupalion [|Okju'peišn] zaměstnání profession [pra1 fešn] povolání (vyžadující specializované vysokoškolské vzdělání) position [pa'zisn] postaveni, místo post místo; senior [si:nia] post vyšši místo freelance journalist / artist nezávislý novinář / umělec (žijici na volné noze) exploit [ik'sploitj vykořisťovat; (o strojích) využívat travel to one's job, commute [ka'mju:t] dojíždět do práce CAREER career [ka'na] dráha; business career, career in business obchodní dráha (total) working population, labour force j. č. (veškeré, celkové) pracovní síly worker dělník; pracovník (dává se přednost konkrétnímu výrazu: pracovníci ve školství teachers; pracovníci v zemědělství farmers, apod.) workman dělník, řemeslník manual [mamjual] manuální apprentice [a'prcntis] učeň, učnice office worker, ran. č. office workers, office staff úředník white-collar worker úředník (novinářsky, socio-logicky) clerk |k!a;k], amer. [kb:rk] úředník (nižší), amer. té: prodavač official [a'fis!) úředník (vyšší), referent employer [im'ploia] zaměstnavatel employee [im'ploii:, (Cmplo'i:] zaměstnanec staff/ č. zaměstnanci, personál personnel 11 pa:sa' nel] personál self-employed nemající zaměstnavatele, sou] kromník, soukromý podnikatel be on one's own být samostatný, být svým pane research worker [ri'sax | -J, researcher zkumný pracovník, výzkumník head vedoucí, nadřízený boss hovor, šéf managing director [1 msnadžirj di | rekta] general ní ředitel 1 local authority official [: o: korali a,ft3g zaměstnanec místní správy (města) transfer [trsns'fa] to another department / div son přeložil do jiného oddělení OFFICE WORK office work kancelářská práce typist [taipistj písařka secretary [sekralri] sekretářka qualified [kwolafaid] kvalifikovaný secretarial job [sekra1 tearia! t ] práce sekretářk. involve [in'volv] various kinds of work zahrnoval různé pracovni úkony type psát na stroji take down in shorthand zapisovat těsnopisem shorthand typist, amer. stenographer [sta'nc grafa] stenotypistka write in longhand psát normálně (ne lěsnopisenii file zařadit oflice recordsjf/j mn. č. úřední doklady, záznamjj carbon (copy) ['ka:ban průklep carbon (paper) propisovaci / uhlový papír note down an appointment [a1 poinlmant] zai znamenat si obchodní schůzku PAY pay plat; Have you got your pay yet? Dostals ulf plat?; basic pay základni plat (obecně) wage, wages [weidžiz] mzda; earn a high wage^ hodně vydělávat ^ary [saílari] plat; pay good salaries dobře platit; How much salary does the job pay? Jaký jc v [om zaměstnání plat? ^nnnencing / starting salary počáteční plat ^ on irk' payroll [peiraul] of a firm být zaměstnán u firmy (doslova: být na výplatní listině) calculate the wage vypočítal mzdu pay by the hour platit hodinově |,y the piece úkolové piecework úkolová práce gKiework hodinová práce (n advance on the month's pay záloha (na plat) payday den výplaty pay packet výplatní sáček pay slip výplatní páska take-home pay čistý plat net earnings mn. č. čistý výdělek gross [graus] hrubý deduct [di'dakt] tax odpočítat daň insurance [in'suarans] pojištění bonus for extra work příplatek za práci navíc receive a promotion [pra1 maušn| dostat povýšení, být povýšen remuneration [ri | mjuina1 reišn] odměňování (úředni termin) charge a fee účtovat honorář charge poplatek pocket money kapesné tip, gratuity [gra'tju:ati] spropitné go to the bank jit do spořitelny have a bank account [a'kaunt] mít konto have a savings account mít spořitelní knížku (úroky jsou nižší než u deposit account [di- 1 poy.it | • | //. u knížky .v výpo vědtii lhůtou) deposit money in a bank uložil peníze v bance «t a bit aside dát něco málo stranou '■ave an overdraft [auvadrafl] mít přebráno i konta be broke hovor, být na dně, býl švorc spend ail one's money utratit všechny své peníze My money seems to vanish. Peníze mizí. ani nevím jak. get rich quick rychle zbohatnout cheat šidit, podvádět; cheat sb out of his money ošidit / připravil někoho o penize *'eal krást r<* loupit embezzle [im'bezl] zpronevěřil SOCIAL SECURITY social security [si1 kjuarati], amer. téz welfare (wclfear) sociálni zabezpečení get social security, amer. též be on welfare dostávat podporu 1 haven't got my welfare check yet this month. amer. Tento měsíc mi ještě nepřišla podpora. draw / collect unemployment benefit [benafit], hrit. hovor, be on the dole pobírat podporu v nezam ěst tichosti sickness benefit j. ť. dávky v nemoci retire (ri'taia) odejit do důchodu vid age pension, retirement pension [ri'taiamant ipenšn] důchod, penze maternity grant [ma'tanati |gra:nl] podpora v mateřství, porodné maternity allowance [a'lauans]/ č. dávky v mateřství- dependant, dependent [di1 pendant] vyživovaný rodinný příslušník it is payable [pciabl] vyplácí se. lze (to) vyplácet for a maximum of one year maximálně rok fringe benefit ['frindž f ] sociálni výhody mimo plal (poskytované určitým zaměstnavatelem) luncheon voucher [Mančn |vauča] poukázka na oběd (subvencovaná zaměstnavatelem) subsidize [sabsadaiz] subvencovat single-parent family neúplná rodina STRIKE go out / come out on strike začít stávkovat, zahájil slávku be (out) on strike stávkovat strike for higher pay and against bad working conditions stávkoval za vyšší plat a proti špatným pracovním podmínkám striker Stávkující (work) stoppage [stopidž] zastavení práce lay off vysadit r. práce dismiss [dis'mís] propustit sack, fire vyhodil (z práce) dismissal [dis'misi] propuštění settle an industrial dispute [di'spju:l, dispju:t] vyřešil spor zaměstnanců se zaměstnavatelem LESSON 14 169 LESSON 14 get more pay doslat přidáno Additional phrases from the text I hear dovídám se You know, that sort of thing. A podobně, však víš. I can't say I blame them. Ani se jim nedivím. Oh come off it. Přestaň si dělat legraci. Try to be serious for once. Snaž se aspoň je mluvit vážně. There's plenty to do all the tíme. Pořád dělat. I'm kept busy from 9 right through to 5.30. co dělat / Mám plné ruce práce od devitj do půl šesté. 1. Translate: part-time job; be on one's own; work at various odd hours; fringe bene! freelance journalist; managing director; be on the payroll; be on welfare; graf ity; moonlighting; be broke; receive a promotion; overwhelming majority; ma one's living in an honest way. 2. Distinguish: clerk - official; net earnings - gross earnings; steal - rob; have a date - hi an appointment; wage - salary; maternity grant - maternity allowance; co| pany - society; longhand - shorthand; exploit a resource - exploit a work' 3. Translate: ^ věk odchodu do důchodu; jit do zaměstnání; pečovat o dítě; vychovávat dš žít z úspor; chtít se rychle obohatit; vydělávat si na živobytí poctivou pra zavést volné soboty; pracovat přesčas; být nečinný; provádět různá vylepše melouch; vydělat nějaké peníze navíc; využívat strojové zařízení; zaměstná s nepravidelnou pracovní dobou; vypočítat mzdu na týden; výplata dvakř měsíčně; záloha a zbytek výdělku; výplatní sáček s páskou; hrubý a čiái výdělek; zaměstnanec si kontroluje výši platu; odečíst daň; poskytnout rodinj přídavky; odměňování v obchodu; vyšší místo; počáteční (nástupní) plat; r ditelské místo; navíc k základnímu platu; subvencované stravování v závod jídelně; sociální zabezpečení; nemocenská; podpora v mateřství; podpc v nezaměstnanosti; mít spořitelní knížku; psát dopis na stroji; zapsat těsnl| písem; zařadit kopii; zaznamenat si obchodní schůzku do diáře. 4. Enumerate: 1. various terms for payments; 2. several terms synonymous with "jot 3. a number of jobs with irregular working hours; 4, various jobs where tips i given; 5. different kinds of secretarial work. 5. Answer according to the text: 1. Does everybody work? What are the standard weekly hours of work in 1 Czech Republic and in Britain? 3. What sort of work do people tend to do i the weekend? 4. Are British people willing to work at various odd hours of 1 day and night? 5. How often is payday in your country? 6. What is deducted frc the gross pay to obtain the net earnings? 7. How wide is the range of Czec salaries? 8. What are fringe benefits? 9. Which payments are received undfl the British social security scheme? 10. What is a secretary's job like? 6, Find three responses: 1. Was it difficult for you to get accustomed to your new job? 2. I'm sure you'll jjjjfj a suitable job. 3. He's engaged in research. 4. I'm broke. 5. They may turn me down, of course. 7, Complete the statements: ] I'm on my own, I needn't... 2. I must say money does seem to vanish. Only yesterday I had ... 3.1 try to set a bit aside each month because... 4. I'm looking for a new job because ... 5. He was transferred to another position with less responsibility because ... 6. I haven't made up my mind yet. a. What preceded the statements? 1. And then he offered me the job. 2. You'd be surprised. There's plenty to do all the time. 3. I can't blame them of course. 4. Try to be serious for once. 5. As things are, it's not going to be easy. 6.1 wouldn't dream of rejecting such a good offer. 9. Topics for discussion: 1. Which would you prefer, working from 6.00 to 2.30 or from 8.00 to 4.30? 2. What do you expect from a satisfactory job? 3. Do heads and directors deserve their high salaries? 4. Does work in a team or independent work appeal to you most? 5. What salary would satisfy you? 6. My present idea of my future job. 7. My parents' jobs. GRAM MAR 1 PODMÍNKOVÉ VĚTY Vedlejší podmínkové věty vyjadřují podmínku, za jaké platí (může nastat) obsah věty hlavní. 1. Když se obsah věty hlavní uskuteční pokaždé, když se uplatní podmínka, užívá se pro podmínkovou větu přítomný čas (pro přítomnost a budoucnost) nebo minulý čas (pro minulost). Podmínka se uvádí spojkami: '/jestliže, -li, když; unless ledaže, jestlt(že) ne, ne ... -li, když ne; = if... not; provided (that) za předpokladu, že; o« condition (that) pod podmínkou, že; jestliže ovšem; w case v případě, že; pro případ, že. If he's well, he comes here Je-li zdráv, přichází l chodí sem every day. každý den. he will come. Je-li zdráv, přijde. Bude-U zdráv. přijde. If he was why didn't Jestliže byl proč nepřišel? well, he come? zdráv, LESSON 14 171 LESSON 14 2. Když uplatnění podmínky se podává jako ne docela jisté nebo j< o hypotetickou podmínku pro přítomnost, užívá se pro podmínkovou minulý čas (pro přítomnost a budoucnost). Podmínka se uvádí týmiž spojk-jako v 1. případě, ale v češtině je kdyby a (... že) by - např. ledaže by\ předpokladu, že by; pod podmínkou, že by, atd. If he was well, he would come. Kdyby byl zdráv, přisel by. Ve 3. osobě jednotného čísla se ve spisovném jazyce, případně v knižním udržuje tvar were [ws:] místo was: If he were well... , If I were you ... 3. Když se podmínka už nemůže uplatnit (jde o hypotetickou podmínku minulost), užívá se pro podmínkovou větu předminulý čas. Spojky jsou st' jako v 2. případě, ale v češtině lze doplnit „tenkrát" („kdyby tenkrát, ledaž tenkrát" atd.), a zvláště v knižním stylu lze dodat „byl" (tj. byl býval): If he had been well, he would (he'd) Kdyby byl (býval tenkrát) zdráv, have come. byl by přišel. Celé schéma podmínkového souvětí tedy vypadá takto: 1. if + ... -(s), ... (-s) nebo will ... 2. if + ... -ed, would ... 3. if + had ... -ed, would have ... -ed Poznámka: Uprostřed souvětí se čárka klade pouze před větu hlavni, nikdy ne pí spojku. Srovnejte: If he's there, he helps them. He helps them if he's there. 1.1 Respond: finish the job help mc / won't finish the job unless you help me. I. wait for you - promise to be back soon; 2. work harder increase my pi 3. lend you the dictionary return the other books; 4. go to the pictures with me. 1.2 Rephrase the statement: You should help her or she won't finish the job in time. If you don't help her, she won't finish the job in time. 1. You should do your homework regularly or you won't learn the languas 2. You should find a better job or you won't be able to support your fam» 3. You should explain it to them or they won't understand it. 4. You should : a telegram or she won't receive the news before the weekend. 1.3 Reply: You should help him if he asks you to. - / wouldn't help him even if he asked me to. 1. You should complain if you don't like the quality of the service. 2. Yo» should invite him again if he stops drinking. 3. You should take an umbrell with you if it looks like rain. 4. You should tell him the truth if he asks you politely 1.4 Reply: Did he ask you to help him? ft,), he didn't. But I'd certainly have helped him if he had asked me. ]. Did he tell you to wake him up? 2. Did she ask you to choose it for her? 3, Did she invite you to go to the theatre with her? 4. Did he ask you to go for a walk with him? 5. Did he tell you to cut the lawn? 1.5 Explain further: 1 didn't finish ii because he didn't help mc. Sut if he had helped me. I'd certainly have finished it. 1. I couldn't take it with me because it wasn't ready. 2. You didn't find it because you didn't look for it properly. 3. He lost it because he didn't take good care of it. 4. I failed the exam because I'd underestimated its difficulty. 5. I was hurt because I wasn't careful enough. 6-1 didn't come to the station to meet you because I didn't get your telegram. 7. We didn't win the championship because we hadn't trained intensively enough. 8. He didn't buy it because it was so expensive. 1.6 Translate: 1. Počkám, nebude-ii to dlouho trvat. 2. Co bys dělal s penězi, kdybys vyhrál velkou sumu? 3. Kdybychom si koupili auto, museli bychom pro něj postavit garáž. 4. Kdybys znal jeho názory, neměl bys o něm takové dobré mínění. ;5. Kdyby se to stalo loni, bylo by to (bývalo) ještě horší. 6. Nemůžeme to stihnout, ledaže si pospíšíme. 7. Kdyby (tenkrát bylo) pršelo, byli bychom (bývali) úplně promočeni. 8. Kolo si můžeš kdykoli vypůjčit za předpokladu, že ho v pořádku zase vrátíš. 9. Kdybych si před léty mohl vybrat, byl bych si asi zvolil jiné zaměstnání. 10. Kdybychom se museli stěhovat, prodali bychom část nábytku. 11. Vezmi si ten plášť do deště pro případ, že by pršelo. 12. V případě, že by sněžilo, zůstali bychom doma. 2 ÚČELOVÉ VĚTY U účelových vět se rozlišují dva typy: 1. Věta, která má stejný podmět jako věta řídící; např. Dělám to, abych mu pomohl. Tato věta účelová se většinou zkracuje infinitivem s to, a před tím častá bývá výraz in order (nehovorově) nebo so as (zejména v záporu): I'm doing it in order to help him. Dělám to, abych mu pomohl. I'm hurrying so as not to be late. Spěchám, abych nepřišel pozdě. He stayed in bed to get well. Zůstal ležet, aby se uzdravil. He left early so as not to miss the train. Odešel brzy. aby nezmeškal vlak. 2. Věta, která má jiný podmět než věta řídící; např. Dělám to, aby mi pomohl. V tomto případě, je-!i ve větě řídící sloveso v čase přítomném, předpřitomném nebo budoucím, je v kladné účelové větě po spojce so that sloveso will j would lebo can j could (zřídka, a jen nehovorově, po spojce in order that je may j mighty Je-li v řídící větě čas minulý, je tedy v účelové větě could nebo would (případně >night). V záporné účelové větě s hlavní větou v čase minulém i přítomném bývá nejčastěji sloveso should not, will not, would not. LESSON 14 1 173 LESSON 14 Sloveso will a would se hodi jen na některé situace. I often hurry so that we can finish in Často pospíchám, abychom skont time. včas. I hurried so that we could finish in Pospíchal jsem, abychom skončili vča time. I hurried so that we shouldn't finish Pospíchal jsem, abychom neskončili pi last. slední. V hovoru se často místo účelové věty raději užívá vazba se slovesem mál (přimět) nebo jiným faktitivem (cause, let, help, enable, prevent from), čímž dosáhne stejnosti podmětů: I told some jokes to make him forget Řekl jsem pár vtipů, aby zapomněl i his illness, (= so that he could / svou nemoc, (abych ho přiměl would forget) pomenout) I'll open the door to let the dog go for Otevřu dveře, aby se pes mohl prober a run. nout. I sent her a message to prevent her Poslal jsem jí vzkaz, aby sem neje\ from coming here during our holi- během naší dovolené. day. 2.1 Link the statements: We work overtime. We want to earn more. - We work over lime to earn more. We work hard. We don't want to be behind the others. - We work hard so as not to be behind tH others. 1. I want to buy a second-hand motorcycle. I want to commute to work it. 2. We're in a hurry. We don't want to be late. 3. They were very careful. Th io enter) na vysokou školu. 7. Vysvětlil jsem mu to dvakrát, aby se nedopustil chyby. 8. Mluvil pomalu, aby mu všichni rozuměli. 9. Půjdu do druhého pokoje, abyste tu nebyli rušeni. 10. Koupíme vstupenky už nyní, abychom nemuseli pak čekat ve frontě u pokladny. AU PAIR GIRLS Girls seeking au pair positions in Britain normally write to an au pair bureau, which sends an application form to them to be completed and returned with two photographs. When these are received, the bureau tries to arrange a suitable family; it is not prepared, however, to find a job in a certain area. A girl comes to Britain as an au pair primarily to learn the language, to make new friends, to learn something about the English way of life, and to see some of the country, and it is more important for her to be happy in the family with whom she is staying than to stay near a friend. The bureau makes it clear to the family and to the girl that if she is not happy in any way she may at any time inform the bureau and it will arrange another family for her. The minimum age for an au pair girl, according to Home Office regulations, is seventeen. The au pair girl must live as one of the family and should be treated as a daughter of the house, taking meals with the family and sharing their leisure-time activities. The relation between the hostess and the girl must not be a niistress-servant relation. It follows that the girl is expected to observe the customs and way of life of the household and to respect the authority of the host and hostess. She should have her own room with a minimum floor area of 100 square feet. Her duties will consist of light housework, including baby-sitting, and should not exceed five hours per day, for which she will receive a fee. The au pair girl should be allowed sufficient free time to attend studies, particularly for learning English at a local college of education, and also sufficient time to visit places of interest such as churches, museums, theatres, and art galleries. An au pair girl should have at least one day per week completely free and also one half day and at least three evenings per week. The Home Office requires that the mother in the family must not be" employed and at work elsewhere, but be a full-time housewife. All au pair girls coming into Britain are met personally at the airport or railway station by the inviting family. The reason that two photographs of the girt are required is so that one can be attached to the application form and kept in the office records and the other forwarded to the family to enable them to recognize the girl when they meet her. If for any exceptional reason the family cannot meet the au pair girl, then the au pair bureau will arrange this and a charge is made. It is normal for the au pair to pay her own fare from her country. The bureau makes no charge whatever to the au pair girl for its services (it charges the family). Normally a family arranging for a girl to come to them as an au pair sends a letter of invitation to the girl a month or so beforehand stating that she is LESSON 14 175 LESSON 15 coming to that family as an au pair and that they will take full responsibility j her during her stay in Britain, and that she will receive a certain amount pocket money, Normally this letter is in duplicate and addressed "To whor may concern" and the girl can show it to the Passport office to obtain her and work permit. In some countries the procedure is slightly different. rtLP TOWNS, NEW HOUSING ESTATES application form Ibrmulář žádosti; přihláška; au pair (girl) [au 'pea] děvče přijaté do rodiny (viz authority [oi'Borali] autorita; baby-sitting hlídání děli; concern [kan'ssin]: To whom it may con nadpis neadresovaného potvrzeni nebo dopisu; duplicate [dju:plikat[ duplikát; in duplicate dvojn floor area obytná plocha; Home Office bra. ministerstvo vnitra; hostess [haustas] hostitelka; prima [praimrali] v prvé řadě; procedure [pra' si:dža] postup; state uvést; treat sb as zacházet s někým jak Many Czech towns are now made up of two different parts - the old town and the new town. In the old town there is usually an impressive square with a town hall (now housing the town council), a church, a theatre, a memorial or a fountain, and a few fine residences built by the local nobility and burghers sometime in the 18th or early 19th centuries. Not many original buildings dating back to the 17th century or earlier have survived to the present day: they have either burnt down or been rebuilt. In most of the buildings around the square there are shops and restaurants on the ground floor and offices on the first and second floors. Many streets in the old district are narrow, twisty, and cobbled. In several places the remains of old town walls and other fortifications and gates can still be seen. . There may even be a castle, with collections of period furniture, old china and pottery, tapestries, archaeological finds, old weapons, and hunting trophies. It may have a moat, battlements, and a tower with a dungeon - and perhaps a ghost. But very few castles are haunted in these modern days of disbelief in spectres, goblins, dwarfs, white ladies, headless knights, and other figures from fairy tales and legends. The other part of the town, the new town (but not in the English sense of a town built from scratch), is a vast housing estate, and often more people live there than in the original town. These new housing developments are meant to solve the housing problem in the country. But it will take many more years yet before everybody can get a flat instantly or can even choose where he would like to live. Some people, for instance, would like to have a fine view of the surrounding countryside from an upper floor of a tower block, while others would prefer living on the second floor of a low-rise building so that they could keep an eye on their children playing nearby. To save enough money to buy a cooperative flat, young couples have to economize. They can do so by not going on expensive tours abroad, giving up a car. fur coat, and similar luxuries, saving on the day-to-day expenses, and especially by working hard at their jobs in order to get a bonus or even a promotion with a rise in salary. When the first people begin to move into a new housing estate, it is usually far from finished, and more blocks of flats are still under construction. Cranes can be seen unloading the prefabricated parts from trailers and these are then assembled by crews of workmen into rooms, which rise storey by storey. At first such things as laundries, playgrounds for the children, and shopping facilities are often lacking. But when the estate is finished, and all the paths have been paved and trees and shrubs planted, it is a pleasant place to live in. Wife: I'm getting tired of this old house. Husband: But we've been here since we got married. W That doesn't mean we have to live here the rest of our lives. Besides, there's no end of repairs - the house is falling apart. H: I'm the one who knows that best. But otherwise it's quite comfortable hL And I don't fancy a modern flat with tiny rooms. Where would we put! our things? I W: We could get rid of some old stuff, and then a modern three-roomed I would be large enough for us. H: You may be right. But think what a flat would cost. W: Dad could lend us the money. H; I don't really like the idea of owing him so much. Couldn't it wait till we saved up enough money to purchase a flat ourselves? W: Oh, be reasonable. Dad wouldn't even demand any interest. You've repairing his house for years. H: But who'll do the repairs if we move out? W; I've thought of that too. I'll persuade Dad to sell the house and a modern flat too, with centra! heating and all that. H: I wonder whether your parents could get used to a new place. W: They aren't as old-fashioned and conservative as you are. H: Well, I can see that you've set your mind on moving house. So I supp I'd better start looking for a suitable flat. W: Oh, I've got several in mind already. I knew all along that you'd be ke on moving too. VOCABULARY OLD TOWN survive [sa'vaiv] dochovat se; přežít town walls městské hradby fortifications [jftxtifi'keišnz] opevnení archaeological find [a:kÍ3|lodžikl l_] archeologická památka, archeologický nález relic of ancient times / early civilization památka ze starých dob / z rané civilizace urban conservation area [|a:ban konsa'veišn earia] mestská památková rezervace fall apart rozpadal se cobbled dlážděný kočičími hlavami castle collection hradní sbírka china [čaina] porcelán pottery [potři] keramika tapestry [t;epastri] gobelín, tapisérie weapon [wepan] zbraň hunting trophy lovecká trofej moat hradní přikop, pevnostní příkop dungeon [dandžan] hradní vězeni, podzemní žalář battlements [baUlmants] mn. č, cimbuří legend [ledžand] pověst, legenda fairy tale pohádka The castle is haunted [ho:ntid]. Na hradě straší. disbelief [ | disbi1 li: f] in the existence of st ne v něco spectre [spekta] přízrak, strašidlo ghost [gaust] duch white lady bílá paní headless knight [nait] bezhlavý rytíř HOUSING DEVELOPMENT new town brit. nové město (naplánované a vláÁ postavené na nezastavěné ploše) build from scratch stavět od základu housing development (1 huuzirj dijVcbpma housing estate ['-■ i,stcit] sídliště neighbourhood [neibahud] čtvrť, sousedství '* buikJ, construct [kan' strakť] stavět build up zastavět; vybudovat; a built-up zastavěná plocha erect [i'rekt] postavit (něco vysokého neho , slrukcí) building site staveniště plot, amer. lot parcela building firm stavební podnik worker in the building industry stavbař, prac nik ve stavebnictví construction machinery [ma'šŕnri]/ č. staveb stroje excavator [ekskaveita] exkavátor, bagr bulldozer [buldauza] buldozer anient mixer [si'ment iiriiksa] míchačka na beton crane jeřáb trailer vlek DA a prefabricated part [pri: | ftebrikeitid '-] zvednout panel Kt in its place usadit, dát na místo gggemble [a'sembl] montovat crew of workmen pracovní četa scaffolding [sksndirj] lešení foundations [faun deišnz] základy building materiál [ma'tiarial] stavební materiál built of brick postaven z cihel concrete [konkri:t] beton reinforced concrete [|ri:info:st '-], ferroconcrete [ i ferau' -] železobeton steel skeleton [skelatn] ocelový skelet, kostra plastics umělé hmoty, plasty plumber [plama] instalatér fit water pipes and bathroom articles zavádět vodovodní potrubí a zařízení koupelny plumbing [plamin] instalace vody, vodovodní instalace pave the path vydláždit cestu launderette [lom'dret], zejm, amer. laundromat [lo:ndramaet] automatická prádelna (bez obsluhy, na mince) laundry [lo:ndri] prádelna playground dětské hřiště TYPES OF BUILDINGS single-storey house, one-storey house přizemní dům bungalow [barjgabu] přízemní dům house, amer. téz home rodinný dúm; brit. též dům (starší obytná budova) estate of modern bungalows čtvrť nových (přízemních) domků four-bedroomed house, amer. four-bedroom house Šestipokojový dům cottage [kotidž] venkovský dům, chalupa multistorey [|matti'sto:ri] mnohoposchoďový, vícepodlažni, mnohopatrový block of flats, amer. apartment building b'pairtmmt |-] obytný dům high-rise, brit. těl tower block výšková budova, věžák semidetached house [.semidtečt '-], semi brit. hovor, půldomek (polovina dvojdomku) half-timbered house hrázděný dům (polozděný dřevo kostry je viditelné ve zdivu) office block administrativní budova (velká) office building kancelářská budova prefabricated block of flats panelová stavba, panelák caravan [kserevfcn], amer. trailer obytný přívěs mobile home timer, [jinaubl '-] velký obytný automobil / přívěs period house ['piariad )-] historicky cenný dům (v určitém slohu) Tudor house [Uju:da H tudorovský dům mansion [msenšan] velká vila, velký dům (zámožně osoby) palace [pabs] palác country house / seat zámek, venkovské sídlo stately borne zámek (velký) formal garden, ornamental garden [o:na|mentl '-] francouzský park chalet [šaelei] 1. chatka (v letním táboře); = amer. cabin; 2. = lodge lodge [lodž] horská chata summer home, summer cottage, weekend cottage chata converted farmhouse [kan|va:tid '-] přestavěné, upravené selské stavení council estate ['kaunsl i, steít] brit. sídliště (patřící městské správě) warehouse [wcahausj sklad, skladiště hostel [hosti] ubytovna, noclehárna move, brit. též move house přestěhovat se spacious [speišas] prostorný cramped stísněný decayed [di1 keid], run-down sešlý shabby ošumělý dreary ponurý, smutný dilapidated [di'lsepadeitid] zchátralý, rozpadávající se unfinished rozestavěný lower-priced levnější neat úpravný well-kept dobře udržovaný dug-up street rozkopaná ulice well laid-out estate dobře řešené sídliště Additional phrases from the text I'm tired of it Už toho mám dost. LESSON 15 179 LESSON 15 There's no end of repairs. Opravám není konce. I don't fancy that. Nemám to rád. get rid of old stuff zbavit se starých krámů Oh, be reasonable. Buď přece rozumný. He has set bis mind on it. Umínil si to. Vzal si| do hlavy. I've known it all along. Vždycky jsem to věd^ be keen on moving toužit se stěhovat 1. Translate: dreary surroundings; dilapidated building; we're cramped for space her spacious flat; low-rise building; the crane lifts prefabricated parts; put up scafjl folding around a building; built of concrete and steel; council estate; peric house; country seat; stately home; impressive formal garden; the castle is haunt ed; tower with battlements. 2. Distinguish: housing estate - council estate; caravan - weekend cottage; water pipe plumbing; skyscraper - high-rise building; playground - sports ground; rer nant - relic; move a wardrobe - move house - move the spectator to tears; hot - bungalow. 3. Translate: skládat se z různých částí; na radnici je nyní umístěna městská správa; bývaly sídlo městské šlechty; měšťané z počátku 19. století; domy pocházející 17. století; zachovat se až do současnosti; vyhořet a být přestavěn; krivolaká kameny dlážděná ulice; zbytky městských hradeb; opevnění s příkopem; torický (= dobový) nábytek; porcelán a keramika; gobelín s loveckými výjev {scene); staré zbraně; lovecké trofeje; pokusit se vyřešit bytový problém; okamžitě dostat byt; mít pěkný výhled na okolní krajinu; horní poschodí výškového domu; přestěhovat se do nové čtvrtiá zvyknout si na maličké pokoje; zdůraznit výhody; odradit od výměny bytul sídliště je ve výstavbě; vyložit z nákladního auta; četa stavbařů montuje panelyy navržen architektem; dětské hřiště; vybavení obchody; blátivá stezka místo] chodníku; ani jeden strom nebo keř; zapomenout zavřít vodovodní kohoutek? vyplavit byt; radiátor ústředního topní je prasklý; plyn může explodovat; dátj si pojistit byt; mít už po krk starého domu; opravy nemají konce; dům sf rozpadá; zbavit se starých krámů; moderní třípokojový byt; po koupi nábytkl mu dlužím spoustu peněz; banka počítá (= žádá) vysoký úrok. 4. Identify the terms as British or American: new town; apartment building; caravan; tower block; mobile home; council^ estate; laundromat. 5. Enumerate: 1. various building materials; 2. different kinds of construction machinery;] 3. some houses and buildings of historical interest; 4. as many adjectives as possible describing the bad condition of a house; 5. several kinds of buildings'] suitable for spending a night in or for holidaying in. 6. Answer according to the text: I. What memorable buildings are found in the centre of an old town? 2. What is there to see inside a castle? 3. What supernatural beings occur in legends aSSociated with castles and country houses? 4. What is the difference between new town and a new housing development? 5. Why do some people prefer to |jve high up while others don't? 6. In what ways can a family save money? 7 What sorts of activities can be seen going on on a building site? 8. What is meant by "finishing" the housing estate? 9. Why are old houses often nicer to look at than to live in? 7. Find three responses: 1. I wonder whether we'll get used to the new place. 2. Is this town worth seeing? 3. Is the castle open to the public? 4. Let me take some pictures of it. 5, Shall we climb the tower? 6. Where'll we put all the things if we move house? 8. What preceded the statements? 1. I'm too tired to take in any more sights. 2. Dad would lend us the money. 3, We could get rid of the old stuff. 4. I don't fancy the tiny flats in a housing estate. 5.1 don't want to go on living here the rest of my life. 6— but otherwise it's quite comfortable here. 7. Maybe this is all to the good. 8. But think of what it would cost! 9. Complete the statements: 1. We've got to economize. We should ... 2. Be reasonable. Can't you see that this flat ... 3. There's no end of repairs here ... 4. I can't help wishing we had stayed where we were ... 5. Take it easy now, the furniture is already in its place... 6. I don't really mind as long as ... 7. The garden is rather large ... 10. Points for discussion: 1. The problems of traffic in the centre of an old town. 2. Are all housing estates the same? 3. Are people becoming slaves of things? 4. Are you attached to places? 5. Would you, be able to do your own decorating? 6. Where my roots are. 7. The kind of house I'd like to have. GRAMMAR 1 NEPŘÍMÁ ŘEČ Nepřímá řeč je reprodukce přímého sdělení nebo přímé otázky po slovesech say, tell, ask, answer, reply, announce, report, write, read, know, learn (dovědět se), feel aj., tj. po slovesech s významem mluvení, myšleni a vnímání. Věta vedlejší se připojí k větě řídící spojkou that, kterou lze vynechat, zejména v hovorovém stylu (tím vzniká takzvané spojení těsné), nebo příslovci. Pořádek slov v nepřímé otázce je stejný jako ve větě oznamovací, tj. bez inverze a bez pomocného do: He often asks how you are. Často se ptá, jak se maš. He asked: "Where does she work?" He asked where she worked. Posuny časů: Je-li v řídící větě sloveso v minulém nebo v předminulém čase nebo v kondicionálu, posouvají se časy v nepřímé řeči, tj. ve vedlejší větě, podle pravidel o souslednosti časů takto; Přítomný čas se mění v minulý. Minulý a předpřítomný čas se mění v předminulý. Budoucí Čas se mění v přítomný kondicionál. LESSON 15 LESSON 15 He said He said He said "I live in Prague." "I lived in Prague." "I've lived in Prague." "I was living in Prague at my sister's." "I've been living in Prague at my sister's." He said: "I'll live in Prague." He asked me: "Are you ready?" "Was she ready?" "Will you be ready?" "How did you do it?" "Can I borrow it?" "Shall I help you?" He said he lived in Prague. Řekl, že bydlí v Praze. He said he had lived in Prague. Řekl, že bydlel v Praze. He said he had been living in Prague\ his sister's. Řekl, že v Praze bydlel u sestry. Řekl, že v Praze bydlí u sestry. He said he'd live in Prague. Řekl. že bude bydlet v Praze. He asked me if/whether I was readj He asked me whether she had be ready. He asked me whether I'd be ready. He asked me how I had done it. He asked me whether he could borrc it. He asked me whether he should he! me. (Shall ve významu „mám' v 2. a 3. osobě nemění ve will.) K posunu nedochází v těchto případech: 1. Uvozovací sloveso je v čase přítomném, budoucím nebo předpřítomné 2. Stav v době výroku trvá nezměněn. (Zvlášť si všimněte posledního přikladl] je jiného druhu než obecně platné pravdy v prvních čtyřech příkladech.) Učili jsme se, že Země obíhá kole\ Slunce. Nevěřil, že dvě a dvě jsou čtyři. We learnt that the earth moves round the sun. He didn't believe that two and two are Jour. They knew that Olomouc is in Moravia. He explained that a leap year is every fourth year. He said that she had decided not to buy the house because it was on amain road. (= She said: "I decided not to buy the house because it was on ...") 3. Minulý čas se nemění v předminulý, je-li udána doba v minulosti vedlejij Časovou větou; udává-li příslovečné určení přesnou dobu (poslední dva př klady), lze užít čas minulý i předminulý: Věděli, že Olomouc je na Moravě. Vysvětlil, že přestupný rak je kažá _ čtvrtý rok. Řekl, že se rozhodla nekoupit ten dun protože je na hlavní silnici. He said he lived there when it was still a small town. (= He said: "I lived there when it still was a small town.") He said that when he saw them they were playing tennis. (= He said: "When I saw them they were playing tennis.") Rekl, že tam bydlel, když to ještě byl\ městečko. Řekl, že když je viděl, hráli tenis. He said that when they were living in Paris, ... (= He said: "When we were living ...") He said he lived there in 1970. (= He said: "I lived there in 1970.") They thought I arrived on Monday. Řekl, že když žili v Paříži, ... Řekl, že tam bydlel roku 1970. Mysleli, že jsem přijel v pondělí. 4. Musí zůstává beze změny. Opis s have to však změně podléhá: He said: "You must not smoke." He said: "It must be pretty late, and I really must go." He said: "I have to go, there's no later bus- He said that I must not smoke. Rekl, že nesmím kouřit. He said that it must be pretty late and that he really must go. Rekl, že už je určitě dost pozdě a že opravdu už musí jit. He said that he had to go because there was no later bus. 5. Kondicionál a výrazy had better a used to zůstávají beze změny ■ i sst 1___ .___i j i__i _ .._ t, ti.__: j i _i________u i__i_ — He said: "John would help you." He said: "I might be there." He asked: "Hadn't I better take an umbrella?" He said: "That's where I used to live when I was a child." He said John would help you. Řekl, že John by ti pomohl. He said he might be there. He asked whether he hadn't better take an umbrella. Ptal se, jestli by si neměl raději vzít deštník. He said that was where he used to live when he was a child. 6. Obecně platí, že souslednost se méně dodržuje v mluvené řeči než v jazyce psaném, zvláště tehdy, nemůže-li dojít k dvojznačnosti. Souslednost se projevuje i ve vedlejších větách časových a podmínkových, které jsou závislé na předmětné větě řídící se sousledností. V časové a podmínkové větě jde vlastně o dvojí posun: z budoucího do přítomného času (protože je to věta časová či podmínková) a z přítomného času do minulého (protože tu působí souslednost): He said he'd post it as soon as he wrote it. He promised he'd type it if it wasn't too long. He said he'd go to the post office if you told him where it was. He thought he'd post it when he went to the station. Rekl, že to odešle, jakmile to napíše. Slíbil, že to napíše na stroji, nebude-li to ^ příliš dlouhé. Řekl, že půjde na poštu, jestli mu řeknete, kde je. Myslel, že to odešle, až půjde na nádraží. Rozkaz nebo žádost se v nepřímé řeči uvádí slovesy ask, tell, order, recommend apod. Rozkazovací způsob přímé řeči se v nepřímé řeči mění v infinitiv: She said to him: "Stay here." She told / asked him to stay there. She said to him: "Don't leave tomor- She told / asked him not to leave the row." next day. Jak ukazuji předchozí dva doklady, v nepřímé řeči může podle okolností docházet ke změně příslovcí a příslovečných určení. Podobně jako here se mění LESSON 15 v there a tomorrow v the next day, nastávají i další změny: this - that (v časovéfi údaji), today - that day, last week / year - the week j year before, next week] year - the following week j year nebo the next week j year. 183' LESSON 15 1.1 Report on what you've been told: We live on the first floor. - He told me they lived on the first floor. 1. There's an old town hall in this town. 2. This memorial was built in thj 19th century. 3. The remains of town walls can still be seen in some place 4. Thousands of people will live in the new part of the town. 5. I'd like to hav a fine view from my windows. 6. I prefer living on an upper floor. 7. I couldn'a find a job nearby. 8. The playground will be finished later. 9. We've been here for several years. 10. You might be surprised but I don't really like the idea oi moving house. 11. You mustn't regret it. 12. You should build a new house tool 1.2 Report on what you've been asked: Where will you live? - They wanted to know where I'd live. Will you like it there? - They wanted to know whether I'd like it there. 1. How do you like it there? 2. How long have you been living there? 3. Hav(j you got any friends there? 4. When was the housing estate built? 5. Where did you put the bookcase? 6. Who planted these trees? 7. Shall 1 ring the bell? 8. vVil you miss the old place? 1.3 Report on what you've been told: I'll finish it when I come back, (say) - He said he'd finish it when he came back. 1. I'll help you if it's possible, (promise) 2. I'll bring it when I come nextj (think) 3. I'll repair it if you show me how to do it. (explain) 4. I'll fall asleep I have to read it all. (feel) 5. He won't be allowed to start a new project until 1 finish this, (learn) 6.1 won't be able to leave before my wife returns, (feel) 7.1'H| enjoy it even more if you join me. (write) 1.4 Translate: 1. Řekl, že si na to nenašetřili ještě dost peněz. 2. Ptal se, kam dám všechny své věci. 3. Psal, že musí zůstat v Praze. 4. Chtěli vědět, kolik stojí takový družstevní byt. 5. Slyšel jsem, že se přestěhovali. 6. Vysvětlil mi, že na tor pracoval skoro tři dny. 7. Odpověděl, že tam dosud nebyl. 8. Cítil jsem, že by rád věděl, ale že se bojí zeptat. 9. Četl jsem, že začnou stavět zde, až dokončí) první sídliště. 10. Oznámil jsem jim, kde mě mohou najít. 11. Sdělil (let know) jsem jim, že nebudu v tu dobu doma. 12. Často se ptal, jak se máš. 13. Dověděl, jsem se, že je tam volný byt. 14. Slíbil, že by nám pomohl. 15. Lékař řekl, nesmím těžce pracovat, dokud nebudu úplně zdravý. 2 INFINITIV PO VÝRAZU S TOO A ENOUGH TOO a) He's too lazy to work. Činitel děje vyjádřeného v infinitivu je zpravidla shodný s podmětem řídícího slovesa. V češtině je vazba „příliš / natolik ... (než) aby". j4e's too tired to walk. She's too old to do any work. He's too ill to be able to get up. He was walking too slowly to catch up with them. It's too good to be true. Je příliš unavený, než aby šel j mohl jít pěšky. Je příliš stará, než aby j na to, aby mohla dělat nějakou práci. Na to, aby byl schopen vstát, je příliš nemocný. Šel příliš pomalu, než aby je dohonil. Zni to příliš dobře, než aby to byla pravda. b) It's too heavy to carry. Činitel děje vyjádřeného v infinitivu je obecný, takže děj se týká kohokoli, včetně mluvčího. It's too early to return. It's too hot to walk on. The suitcase is too heavy to carry. The writing is too faint to read. The tea is too hot to drink. The grass is too short to cut. It's too good a chance to miss. ENOUGH a) He's strong enough to carry it. V češtině je tu vazba s dost / natolik He's rich enough to own a car. He speaks well enough to make himself understood. He was angry enough to shout at us. Enough může stát i u příslovce: He isn't near enough to see us. I've lived long enough to know. Je ještě příliš brzo na to, abychom se vrátili. Je příliš horko na to, abychom šli dál. Ten kufr je příliš těžký na nošení. Rukopis je příliš slabý na to, aby se dal číst. Čaj je příliš horký, než aby se dal pít. Tráva je příliš krátká na sekání. Je to příliš dobrá příležitost, než abychom šiji nechali ujít. .. aby / že nebo tak ... že: Je dost bohatý na to, aby měl auto. Mluví natolik dobře, že se dorozumí. Byl tak rozzloben, že na nás křičel. Není tak blízko, aby nás viděl. Už jsem na světě dost dlouho, abych to věděl. Když činitel děje slovesa v infinitivu se neshoduje s podmětem řídícího slovesa nebo když to není obecný podmět, může se tento činitel vyjádřit pomocí pred-sazeného for (viz též 16. lekce): The film si good enough for anyone to enjoy. It's too far away for them to see anything. Film je dost dobrý na to, aby se líbil každému. Je to pro ně příliš daleko, aby něco viděli. 2.1 Rephrase: He writes very welt. He could write a bestseller some day. He writes well enough to write a bestseller some day. LESSON 15 185 LESSON 15 1. He's very tall. He could be a basketball player. 2. He's very smart. He coultj be a lawyer. 3. He's very close. He could overhear what we say. 4. He isn't old He can't become the head of the department. 5. She isn't slim. She can't become a model. 2.2 Respond: He can't miss it. It's very important. Yes, it's certainly too important for him to miss. 1. You won't be able to swim here. The water's very dirty. 2. You can'tj understand him. He speaks loo quickly. 3. We can't see anything. It's very fai away. 4. He can't catch the train now. It's impossible. 5. You can't cross the rivei here. It's very dangerous. 6. 1 can't find it. It's very small. 13 Translate: I. Je příliš chytrý, než aby se nechal ošidit. 2. Je příliš pečlivá, než aby na něcr>. takového zapomněla. 3. Zní to příliš dobře, než aby to byla pravda. 4. Je přiliji mala na to, aby se podobala Marilyn Monroeové. 5. Je příliš sucho na to, abyl rostly houby. 6. Ovoce je příliš vysoko na stromě, než abych na ně dosáhl 7 Našel auto není dost rychlé, aby předhonilo vaše. 8. Je to příliš složité na pochopení! 9. Není to tu dost bezpečné, aby se tu dalo plavat. 10. Náš starý strýc nebydlil tak bhzko, abychom ho mohli navštěvovat každý den. 3 INFINITIV PO PRÍDAVNÝCH JMÉNECH JISTOTY V PRÍSUDKU He's likely to come. Mezi přídavná jména jistoty patří certain, sure jisté, likely pravděpodobné Jistotu, zda k ději dojde nebo došlo, lze ovšem vyjádřit i souvětím, tak jako v cestine - pak je vedlejší věta podmětová zpravidla předjata slůvkem it (ti ; nebýva *That he'll come is likely.) Přídavná jména jistoty následují po slovese be někdy seem (to be), appear (to be). It's certain (that) he'll lose it. He's certain to lose it. It isn't likely (that) he'll find it. He isn't likely to find it. It wasn't quite sure that he'd find it. He wasn't quite sure to find it. Určitě to ztratí. Není pravděpodobně, že to najde. Nebylo to docela jisté, že to najde. 3.1 Respond: He'll lose his job. (certain) Yes, he's certain to lose it. 1. They won't find the purse if they lost it a week ago. (not likely) 2 He'll remind you of your promise, (certain) 3. She'll complain about the defects (sure) 4. An opportunity like that won't come again, (unlikely) 5. He'll pass the exam -it s easy, (certain) 3.2 Přeložte: 1. Není pravděpodobné, že udělá tutéž chybu dvakrát. 2. Určitě se to příště zlepší. 3. Je jisté, že na to nezapomene. 4. Pravděpodobně přijde s nějakou výmluvou. 5. Nejsem si tak jist, že mám pravdu. STRATFORD-UPON-AVON Stratford, a pleasant market town in Warwickshire with a good many old half-timbered houses, is the greatest literary pilgrimage resort in the world, owing to its connection with Shakespeare. But in spite of intensive research, relatively little is known for certain about Shakespeare's life. He left the town sometime in the latter half of the 1580s. He became an actor in London and by the age of thirty was the regular playwright of the Lord Chamberlain's Men. He was also one of the partners responsible for building and running the Globe Theatre, constructed on Bankside in 1599. In 1610 Shakespeare returned to Stratford from London, died there aged 52, on 23 April 1616, and was buried in the local church. The shrines to be visited in Stratford are: Shakespeare's birthplace, a half-timbered building of the early 16th century. In his lifetime it was two separate buildings, one the family home, the other an adjoining warehouse used by his father, who was a glover. There are two storeys, the birthroom being situated above the front living room so that its windows look out on Henley Street. Today the house, visited by nearly half a million people each year, holds a priceless collection of Shakespearean relics. The garden behind the birthplace is planted with the flowers, trees, and herbs mentioned in the plays. The Grammar School. Under the first-floor schoolroom, where Shakespeare is thought to have been educated, is the Guildhall, where strolling actors performed on their visits. In 1569 they were entertained by the bailiff, Shakespeare's father. Anne Hathaway's Cottage, a mile from the town. Anne lived in this thatched cottage before her marriage to Shakespeare. He married her when he was eighteen and a half and she was twenty-six. The remains of New Place, which was the best house in the town when Shakespeare bought it in 1597. Here he spent the last six years of his life. By an extraordinary chance the town had just come under the control of a Puritan council, which prohibited players from acting there. Thus Shakespeare's last years were spent in a town where his own plays were banned and his colleagues unwelcome. Of the house only the site and foundations remain, preserved in gardens. Hall's Croft, home of Shakespeare's daughter Susanna and her husband DrJohn Hall, a building with a splendid garden. The house contains rare furniture and period exhibits. The Church of the Holy Trinity. Shakespeare's funeral monument, with a bust of the poet, is on one of the walls. The old font in which Shakespeare was baptized is near the case in which the parish register is kept; this contains the entries for his baptism and burial. The Shakespeare Memorial Buildings, close to the river, consist of a theatre, a picture gallery, and a museum. Portraits of Shakespeare and of famous LESSON 15 Shakespearean actors and actresses are displayed here with a collection original costumes and designs of sets used in productions from 1879 to present day. The Shakespeare Statue, presented to the town in 1888, with figures i Hamlet, Lady Macbeth, Faistaff, and Prince Hal around him, symbolize philosophy, tragedy, comedy, and history. 1 Interest in Shakespeare's background began shortly after his death in 16lj In 1769, the actor David Garrick organized the first Shakespeare celebration The Shakespeare Festival now lasts from April to October, and the poeij birthday is celebrated on 23 April by the unfurling of the flags of all nation a public luncheon, and a procession to the poet's grave. adjoining [a'dzointrj] přilehlý; bailiff [beilif] šafář, biřic; ban (úředně) zakázat; zákaz; baptism křq baptize [bip'taizj pokřtít; burial [bcrial] pohřeb; croft malý statek; entertain [icnta'teinj host} exhibit [ig'zibil] exponát; font křtitelnice; glover [glava] rukavičkář; guildhall [gildho:!] cechov budova (sloužící jako radnice); in his lifetime za jeho života; luncheon [lančn] slavnostní oběd; part [pseriš] farnost; parish register farní matrika; pilgrimage resort [jpilgrimidž ri'zo:t] poutní míst priceless nesmírně cenný; procession [pra1 sešn] průvod; shrine [šrain] svatyně; strolling actors kočov herci; thatched [6aeči] doškový; trinity trojice, unfurl Jan'fa.l) rozvinout (o vlajce) j Vlastni jména: Banltside oblast na jižním břehu Temie v Londýně; Kalstaff [fo:lsta:f] postava i Jintffi cha IV. a Veselých paniček wmdsorskych: David Garrick [gsrikj největší anglický herec svého stole (1717-79); Hal [haet] Jindra (odvozeno od Henry); Anně Hathaway [hie9awei]; Henley Street phenli i ulice nazvaná podle města Henley-on-Thames; the Lord Chamberlain [ceimbalin] Lord komof Warwickshire Jworikšaj hrahstvi ve střední Anglii 187 LESSON 16 STUDY AT THE UNIVERSITY At the secondary school the main sources of knowledge were the teachers and the textbooks. A bright student could pick up most of what he needed to know in the classroom - if he paid attention to what the teachers said, of course. Now at the university it is different. Simply to have brains is not enough; you also have to do a great deal of work on your own if you are to achieve success in your studies. Thousands of pages are assigned to you for reading. In addition, you must be able to find the necessary books for yourself, either in the departmental library or in the central library. Let us visit the latter. The reading room contains a reference library. There are encyclopedias, dictionaries, manuals, handbooks, bibliographies, and basic textbooks for every branch of the sciences and humanities here. You can take any book from the shelves and study it as long as you like, but you are not allowed to take anything out of the library. After you have finished your reading you return the book to its place. If you want to take a book home you go to the catalogue room and look up the number of the book in the name catalogue. The books are listed here by author, in alphabetical order. When you have no particular book in mind, you can find some titles relating to your subject in the subject catalogue. Then you fill in a slip giving the number of the book you want and hand it in at the loan desk. Within perhaps half an hour a library employee brings the required book -if it is in the stacks. When the book is out on loan - which is often the case, especially when it is a book on the required reading list or a new acquisition -there is nothing you can do except try again later and hope that it will be available then. If the book has been lost or misplaced and you need it very badly, for instance for your final-year dissertation, the library can order it for you from another library. To get the book from the loan desk you must show your library card. The books have to be returned within two to four weeks. When a book is overdue, there is a fine to pay. Another important part of the library is the periodicals room, with racks full of newspapers (both dailies and weeklies), magazines, and scholarly journals. A large library subscribes to several thousand periodicals. There the results of the latest research are published and anybody who wants to be up to date in his field must go through them regularly. In the reading room you can find all types of students together: science students and arts students, freshers and students preparing for their finals and postgraduates working for a higher degree. The time spent here is a good investment: when the examinations arrive, the hours spent studying in the library bring their reward. And the students who have spent their afternoons playing games and their evenings dating girls, while their fellow students were sitting up late in the reading room and doing their assignments, very often fail several exams and drop out after one or two years of study.